Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

215
Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives (Panchavrttayah) Editor : Medhā Michika, AVG, Anaikatti E-Published by: Arsha Avinash Foundation 104 Third Street, Tatabad, Coimbatore 641012, India Phone: + 91 9487373635 E mail: [email protected] www.arshaavinash.in

Transcript of Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Page 1: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series

Volume 3 Derivatives (Panchavrttayah)

Editor : Medhā Michika, AVG, Anaikatti

E-Published by:

Arsha Avinash Foundation 104 Third Street, Tatabad, Coimbatore 641012, India

Phone: + 91 9487373635 E mail: [email protected]

www.arshaavinash.in

Page 2: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Derivatives rivatives

Medhā MichikaAVG Anaikkatti, 2016

Volume

rivatives

Medhā MichikaAVG Anaikkatti, 2016

���

Volume

rivatives (Pa

Medhā MichikaAVG Anaikkatti, 2016

Volume 3

Pañcav

Medhā MichikaAVG Anaikkatti, 2016

ñcavṛttaya

Medhā Michika AVG Anaikkatti, 2016

ttayaḥ)

Page 3: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

2

Copyright © 2016 by Medhā Michika All rights reserved. The contents of this work may not in any shape or form be reproduced without permission from Medhā Michika. All profit from the sales of this book goes towards the activities initiated by Śrī Pūjya Svamī Dayānanda Sarasvatī. Electronic version of this book is available at: Arsha Avinash Foundation www.arshaavinash.in Printed version of this book is available at: Arsha Vidya Gurukulam, Coimbatore, TN, India www.arshavidya.in Swami Dayananda Ashram, Rishikesh, UK, India www.dayananda.org Arsha Vidya Gurukulam, Saylorsburg, PA, USA www.arshavidya.org CreateSpace www.createspace.com (Search by “medha michika”) Amazon of your country www.amazon.com etc. (Search by “medha michika”)

Tutorial videos to accompany this series of books will soon be available online. Search YouTube under "Medha Sanskrit".

Page 4: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar - Volume 3

i

Table of Contents

Introduction ............................................................................................................................................ 1

Topic I - #$%&� (derived word) and %#+,� (explanatory sentence) ..................................................... 3

Topic II - Brief Explanation of Five Types of #$%& ............................................................................... 4

1. 12345637 8-#$%&� (A new root derived from a root or a noun) .................................................... 4

2. ;$ 7 <-#$%&� (A new nominal base derived from a root) .................................................................. 6

3. 7%>7-#$%&� (A new nominal base derived from a nominal base) ............................................... 8

4. 1@31-#$%&� (A new nominal base derived by compounding nouns) ...................................... 10

5. D;EFG-#$%&� (A new nominal base derived by keeping one word out of many) ................... 12

Topic III - H7 < letters in IJKs ............................................................................................................... 14

Topic IV - Common Changes in MNs ............................................................................................... 17

A. 637 8 as MN ....................................................................................................................................... 17

1. #$%> takes place when the IJK is %P7 < or %Q7 < ........................................................................... 17

2. If #$%> did not take place, S 8Q can take place .......................................................................... 18

3. Prohibition of S 8Q & #$%> when the IJK is %;7 < or %V7 < ........................................................... 18

B. I3%7W%X; as MN ................................................................................................................................ 19

1. Z%X-#$%> (#$%> on the first vowel of the MN) takes place ......................................................... 19

when the 7%>7-IJK is %P7 <, %Q7 <, or %;7 < ........................................................................................ 19

2. [\W of the last M#Q ] or H#Q ] in MN when the 7%>7-IJK begins with “K <” or a vowel .......... 20

3. S 8Q of the last `#Q ] in MN when the 7%>7-IJK begins with “K <” or a vowel ....................... 20

4. K 8aX < and MbX < in singular are changed into cX < and @X <. ..................................................... 21

Topic V - Hd3S@� (augment He <) .......................................................................................................... 22

Wf#$%&-%#gh3�

Topic VI - 123453� Derived Roots ..................................................................................................... 23

123%X-IJK3� (Suffixes to make a root) ............................................................................................ 23

1. %Qk5� (%Ql <-IJK ending root) ..................................................................................................... 25

2. 125� (12 <-IJK ending root) ........................................................................................................ 28

%mc@ < (Reduplication) .................................................................................................................... 30

Page 5: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar - Volume 3

ii

Topic VII - ;$ X5@ < Kodanta ................................................................................................................. 34

;$ 7 <-IJK3� (Suffixes to a root to make a new nominal base) ....................................................... 34

i. Basic sense of ;$ 7 <-IJK .............................................................................................................. 35

ii. Additional sense of ;$ 7 <-IJK ................................................................................................... 36

1. ;$ J3� in ;@ ]%Q & p3#F ....................................................................................................................... 37

a. K7 <, qW <, rK7 < (the content is “K”) .............................................................................................. 39

b. 7s7 <, 7s (the content is “7s”) ................................................................................................ 43

c. M2�Kh < (the content is “M2�K”) ................................................................................................... 43

2. ;$ 7 <-IJKs in ;7 ]%h, that denote ;73 ] (agent) .................................................................................. 46

a. 7$l < ................................................................................................................................................ 47

b. r# 8[ < .............................................................................................................................................. 50

c. %t #W < .............................................................................................................................................. 53

3. %2u3 (v & v#7 8w) ............................................................................................................................... 55

a. v .................................................................................................................................................. 56

b. v#7 8w ............................................................................................................................................. 63

4. E7$w/E32l < (Replacement for [e < and [$e <) ..................................................................................... 66

a. E7$w ................................................................................................................................................ 71

b. E32l < ............................................................................................................................................ 72

c. #1 8w ................................................................................................................................................ 80

5. p3# F and other ;3h;s ...................................................................................................................... 81

a. y 8e < .............................................................................................................................................. 82

b. zP <................................................................................................................................................ 87

c. %v2 < ............................................................................................................................................... 91

6. ;$ 7 <-IJKs to make MsKs .............................................................................................................. 96

a. t c3 ............................................................................................................................................... 97

b. yW < ............................................................................................................................................ 100

c. 7 8@ 82 < ............................................................................................................................................ 103

7. Summary of ;$ 7 <-#$%&� .................................................................................................................. 107

Page 6: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar - Volume 3

iii

Topic VIII - Taddhitānta 7%>735@ < .................................................................................................. 108

7%>7-IJK3� (Suffixes to a nominal base to make a new nominal base) .................................. 108

[|Q-#3q@ < .................................................................................................................................... 109

1. 7}3WJ@ < (descendant of …) ...................................................................................................... 110

a. MQ </MP < ..................................................................................................................................... 111

b. HP < .............................................................................................................................................. 114

c. �; < .............................................................................................................................................. 116

2. @c��K3� (one who has …) .......................................................................................................... 118

a. @7 8wW < ............................................................................................................................................ 119

b. H%2 w .............................................................................................................................................. 122

c. %#%2 w ............................................................................................................................................. 124

d. Ml < ............................................................................................................................................. 126

3. 7} p3#� (the status of …) .......................................................................................................... 128

a. c ............................................................................................................................................... 129

b. 7[ < .............................................................................................................................................. 131

c. �P < ............................................................................................................................................. 133

4. I3%�XE�K3� (MsKs made of 1# ]23@) ............................................................................................... 135

a. 7%1w[ < .......................................................................................................................................... 136

b. �[ </X3/%,� ................................................................................................................................... 139

c. �3[ </�@ 8w ...................................................................................................................................... 142

5. Comparative & superlative ...................................................................................................... 145

a. 7hW < ............................................................................................................................................. 146

b. 7@W < ............................................................................................................................................ 147

c. �K1 8w2 < .......................................................................................................................................... 148

d. Hu2 < ............................................................................................................................................ 151

6. Mp�7-7�3#F (new status) ............................................................................................................... 154

a. %� #w .............................................................................................................................................. 154

7. Summary of 7%>7-#$%&� ............................................................................................................... 156

Page 7: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar - Volume 3

iv

Topic IX - 1@313� Samāsā� ................................................................................................................. 157

Basic concept of 1@31-#$%&� ............................................................................................................ 157

(A new I3%7W%X; made by compounding 1 8�5s) ........................................................................ 157

i. The difference between 1@31� and 1%�� .............................................................................. 157

ii. Pā�ini-sūtras enjoining regulations on 1@31 ...................................................................... 158

iii. Process of making 1@31 ........................................................................................................ 158

iv. �WX-1@31� M�WX-1@31� (%2J1@31�) .................................................................................... 159

v. Steps of understanding 1@31 ................................................................................................ 159

1. MsK�p3#-1@31� (Type A) ............................................................................................................ 160

2. 7� 8�G-1@313� (Type T) ................................................................................................................. 162

a. %m7�K3-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type 2T) ................................................................................................ 163

b. 7$7�K3-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type 3T) ................................................................................................. 165

c. l7 8��-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type 4T) .................................................................................................. 166

d. Wf@�-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type 5T) ................................................................................................. 167

e. Gu�-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type 6T) ...................................................................................................... 168

f. 1�@�-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type 7T) ................................................................................................... 170

g. ;@ ]63hK-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type KT) ............................................................................................. 171

h. 2P <-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type NT) .................................................................................................... 174

i. ;8 -S%7-I3%X-7� 8�G-1@31� ............................................................................................................. 176

j. `WWX-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type UT) .................................................................................................. 177

3. ����%,-1@31� (Type B) ................................................................................................................. 184

a. General ����%,-1@31� (Type 1~7B) ........................................................................................ 186

Abbreviation of ����%,-1@31 ...................................................................................................... 190

b. 2P <-����%,-1@31� (Type NB) .................................................................................................... 193

c. 1,-����%,-1@31� (Type SB) ...................................................................................................... 194

d. I3%X-����%,-1@31� (Type PB) .................................................................................................... 195

4. m�-1@31� (Type D) ..................................................................................................................... 196

a. H7hF7h-m�-1@31� (Type ID) ..................................................................................................... 197

b. 1@3,3h-m�-1@31� (Type SD) ................................................................................................... 199

5. Summary of 1@31#$%7� ................................................................................................................ 202

Page 8: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar - Volume 3

v

Topic X - D;EFG� Ekaśe�a� ................................................................................................................ 203

1. Basic concept of D;EFG-#$%&� (A new nominal base derived

by keeping one word out of many) .......... 203

Apendix ............................................................................................................................................. 203

Page 9: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar - Volume 3

vi

Page 10: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Introduction

1

Introduction

Scope of Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Volume 3

In Volume 1, we have studied the two types of words in Sanskrit and how they are

syntactically connected in a sentence, by finding verbal and nominal suffixes attached to the

root and the nominal bases respectively.

637 8� (root) + %7V<-IJK� (verbal suffix) = %7V5@ < (verb)

I3%7W%X;@ < (nominal base) + 1 8W <-IJK� (nominal suffix) = 1 8�5@ < (noun)

In Volume 3 we will take a closer look at 637 8 (roots) and I3%7W%X; (nominal bases).

637 8s are of two types: original 637 8s and derived 637 8s. Similarly, I3%7W%X;s are of two

types: underived I3%7W%X;s and derived I3%7W%X;s. Detailed information about them follows.

i. 637 8�

There are two types of 637 8� (root).

1. Original 637 8�

Original 637 8s are about 2000 in number.

They are defined by Pā�ini and compiled in a book called “637 8W3 �”.

2. Derived 637 8�

Any number of 637 8s can be derived grammatically from original 637 8 or nouns.

Those derived 637 8s are called 12345637 8-#$%&s.

Page 11: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Introduction

2

ii. I3%7W%X;@ <

There are two types of I3%7W%X; (nominal base).

1. Non-derived (Ms 8�¡) I3%7W%X;

A meaningful group of letters, which is not a 637 8 or IJK (suffix), is called I3%7W%X;@ <.

2. Derived (s 8�¡) I3%7W%X;

I3%7W%X;s are also grammatically derived from roots and nouns.

There are three ways of deriving I3%7W%X;s.

i. Deriving a I3%7W%X; from a 637 8 by adding a type of suffix called ;$ 7 <-IJK

ii. Deriving a I3%7W%X; from a I3%7W%X; by adding a type of suffix called 7%>7-

IJK

iii. Deriving a I3%7W%X; by compounding two or more nouns (1@31�)

In this volume we will study how the derived 637 8s and I3%7W%X;s are made.

A few key words to know for this study are:

� Derivation of a word is called s 8�%&�.

� A derived word is called #$%&�.

� A sentence which grammatically explains a #$%&� is called %#+,�.

With reference to a given #$%&� (derived word), we utilize %#+,� (explanatory sentence)

to understand the s 8�%&� (derivation) of the word.

Page 12: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic I – #$%&� and %#+,�

3

Topic I

#$%&� (derived word) and

%#+,� (explanatory sentence)

#$%&� (derived words)

� #$%& is a word by which the meaning of other words is denoted.

E.g., eater is a #$%&, meaning “one who eats”.

� #$%& is a word which needs explanation.

� There are 5 types of #$%&.

1. 12345637 8-#$%&� (A new 637 8 derived from a 637 8 or a 1 8�5)

2. ;$ 7 <-#$%&� (A new I3%7W%X; derived from a 637 8)

3. 7%>7-#$%&� (A new I3%7W%X; derived from a I3%7W%X;)

4. 1@31-#$%&� (A new I3%7W%X; derived by compounding 1 8�5s)

5. D;EFG-#$%&� (Keeping one I3%7W%X; out of many)

%#+,� (explanatory sentences)

� %#+, is a sentence which explains the meaning of a #$%&.

� There are 2 types of %#+,.

1. [¥%;;-%#+,� (in natural language)

This type of explanatory sentence is seen in the language, especially for our

benefit, employed by traditional Vedanta teachers.

E.g., # FX323@ < M53� # FX353� ¦

2. M[¥%;;-%#+,� (not in natural language)

This type of sentence is seen only in grammar books.

E.g., # FX + Z@ < + M5 + k1 <

Page 13: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic II – Brief Explanations of Five Types of #$%&

4

Topic II

Brief Explanation of

Five Types of #$%&

1. 12345637 8-#$%&� (A new root derived from a root or a noun)

� 123%X-IJK, a type of IJK (suffix), is suffixed to a 637 8 (root) or a 1 8�5 (noun) to create

a new 637 8 (root).

� A group of 12 IJKs, beginning (Z%X) with 12 <, is called 123%X�.

� That which ends (M5) with 123%X-IJK is called 12345 and it becomes a 637 8 by

Pā�ini-sūtra 3.1.32 123453 637#� ¦

� The new 637 8 is called 12345-637 8� (that root which ends with 123%X-IJK).

637 8�/1 8�5@ < + 123%XIJK� = new 637 8� called 12345637 8�

Examples of 12345637 8-#$%&� and %#+,�

637 8� 123%X-IJK�

(in the sense of)

New 637 8� called

12345-637 8�

[¥%;;-%#+,� M[¥%;;-%#+,�

§3

(to know)

12 < (to desire to do

…)

%k§31 (to desire to

know)

§37 8@ < 0 H¨3 1/1

%k§313 1/1 ¦

§3 + 12 < = %k§31

;$ (to do) 12 < (to desire to do

…)

%l;�G ] (to desire to do) ;7 8]@ < 0 H¨3 1/1

%l;�G3 ] 1/1 ¦

;$ + 12 < = %l;�G ]

§3

(to know)

%Ql < (to make

somebody do …)

§3%W (to make

somebody know) -

§3 + %Ql < = §3%W

;$ (to do) %Ql < (to make

somebody do …)

;3%h (to make

somebody do) -

;$ + %Ql < = ;3%h

Page 14: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic II – Brief Explanations of Five Types of #$%&

5

Some of the 123%X-IJKs are:

1) 12 < (1 is the content and 2 < is an indicatory letter) is used in the sense of “to desire to do

…” and suffixed to a 637 8 to make a new 637 8 whose meaning will be “to desire to do the

action indicated by the 637 8”.

For example, to make a new 637 8 whose meaning is “to desire to know”, the 12 < IJK is

suffixed to §3 (to know) 637 8. After some modifications, §3 + 12 < becomes %k§31. As it

ends with one of the 123%X-IJKs, %k§31 is qualified to be a new 637 8, and it can be

conjugated as %k§31%7, %k§317�, etc.

2) %Ql < (H is the content and Q < and l < are indicatory letters) is used in the sense of “to make

somebody do …” and suffixed to a 637 8 to make a new 637 8 whose meaning will be “to

make somebody do the action indicated by the 637 8”.

For example, to make a new 637 8 whose meaning is “to make somebody know”, the %Ql <

IJK is suffixed to §3 (to know) 637 8. After some modifications, §3 + %Ql < becomes §3%W.

As it ends with one of the 123%X-IJKs, §3%W is qualified to be a new 637 8, and it can be

conjugated as §3WK%7, §3WK7�, etc.

3) KV< (K is the content and V< is an indicatory letter) is used in the sense of “to do …

frequently or intensively” and suffixed to a 637 8 to make a new 637 8 whose meaning will

be “to do the action indicated by the 637 8 frequently or intensively”.

For example, W FW�K (to drink again and again) is a new 637 8 derived from W3 (to drink)

with KV< suffix. kNª (to go frequently or intensely) is derived from S@ < (to go) and KV<.

4) ql </;3ªl </qV< are suffixed to nouns in various senses to make a new 637 8.

For example, “W 8��K” and “W 8�;3ª” are new 637 8s. Both mean “to desire a son”. They are

derived from a noun “W 8�@ <” (son) suffixed by “ql <” and “;3ªl <”, respectively.

More IJKs and their details are found in Topic VI.

Page 15: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic II – Brief Explanations of Five Types of #$%&

6

2. ;$ 7 <-#$%&� (A new nominal base derived from a root)

� ;$ 7 <-IJK, a type of IJK (suffix), is suffixed to a 637 8 (root) to create a new I3%7W%X;

(nominal base).

� That which ends with ;$ 7 <-IJK becomes a I3%7W%X; by Pā�ini-sūtra 1.2.46 ;$ 7 <-7%>7-

1@313¬ ¦

� The new I3%7W%X; which ends (M5) with ;$ 7 <-IJK is called ;$ X5@ < (that which ends

with ;$ 7 <-IJK).

637 8� + ;$ 7 < IJK� = new I3%7W%X;@ < called ;$ X5@ <

Examples of ;$ 7 <-#$%&� and %#+,�

637 8� ;$ 7 <-IJK�

(in the sense of)

;$ 7 <-#$%&� or

;$ X5­ I3%7W%X;@ <

[¥%;;-%#+,� M[¥%;;-%#+,�

§3

(to know)

7$l < (agent) (…er) §37$ (knower) k323%7 III/1 H%7 0

§373 1/1¦

§3 + 7$l < = §37$

§3

(to know)

v (object in past)

(…ed)

§37 (that which is

known)

§3K7 F III/1 H%7 0

§37� 1/1 ¦

§3 + v = §37

§3

(to know)

t c3 (having …ed) §3c3 (having known) - §3 + t c3 = §3c3

§3

(to know)

y 8e < (M2) (instrument

or the meaning of

637 8 itself)

§32 (by which

something is known,

or knowing itself)

§3K7 F III/1 M2 F2 3/1

H%7 0, §%�� 1/1

63c�® 7/1 ¦

§3 + y 8e < = §32

Page 16: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic II – Brief Explanations of Five Types of #$%&

7

Some of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs are:

1) 7$l < (7$ is the content and l < is an indicatory letter) is used in the sense of the agent. In

Sanskrit, the same thing is told as “7$l <-IJK� ;7 ]%h IK 8 7 F¦“. 7$l < is suffixed to a 637 8 to

make a new I3%7W%X; whose meaning is “the agent of the action indicated by the 637 8”.

For example, to make a new I3%7W%X; whose meaning is “the knower, agent of

knowing,”, the 7$l < IJK is suffixed to §3 (to know) 637 8. §3 + 7$l < becomes §37$. As it ends

with one of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs, §37$ is qualified to be a new I3%7W%X;, and it is declined as

“§373, §373h¥, §373h�”, etc. in masculine.

2) v (7 is the content and ; < is an indicatory letter) is used generally in the sense of the

object of an action in the past. In Sanskrit, the same thing is told “v-IJK� ;@ ]%Q p�7 F

IK 8 7 F¦“. v is suffixed to a 637 8 to make a new I3%7W%X; whose meaning is “the object of

the past action indicated by the 637 8”.

For example, §37 means “that which is known”. v-ending words decline according to

the gender of the noun which is being qualified by the v-ending word.

3) y8e < (K 8 is the content and [ < and e < are indicatory letters) is suffixed to a 637 8 to indicate

mainly the instrument or location of the action of the 637 8, or the meaning of the 637 8

itself. In Sanskrit, “y 8e <-IJK� ;hQF M%6;hQF p3# F l IK 8 7 F ¦”. The K 8 is replaced by M2. The

new I3%7W%X; becomes M-ending and is mainly used in neuter gender.

4) t c3 (c3 is the content and ; < is an indicatory letter) is used to indicate an action which

happens prior to another action. The agent of both actions has to be the same. The new

I3%7W%X; is MsK (indeclinable).

More IJKs and their details are found in Topic VII.

Page 17: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic II – Brief Explanations of Five Types of #$%&

8

3. 7%>7-#$%&� (A new nominal base derived from a nominal base)

� 7%>7-IJK, a type of IJK, is suffixed to a I3%7W%X; to create a new I3%7W%X;.

� That which ends with 7%>7-IJK becomes a I3%7W%X; by Pā�ini-sūtra 1.2.46 ;$ 7 <-7%>7-

1@313¬ ¦

� The new I3%7W%X;@ < which ends with 7%>7-IJK is called 7%>735 (that which ends with

7%>7-IJK).

I3%7W%X;@ < + 7%>7IJK� = new I3%7W%X;@ < called 7%>735@ <

� For certain 7%>7-IJKs to be suffixed, I3%7W%X; has to be with certain %#p%v (case). For

example, c, one of the 7%>7-IJKs, is suffixed to a I3%7W%X; ending with 6th case.

Examples of 7%>7-#$%&� :

I3%7W%X;@ < 7%>7-IJK�

(in the sense of)

7%>7-#$%&� /

7%>735­ I3%7W%X;@ <

[¥%;;-%#+,� M[¥%;;-%#+,�

D; (one) c (the status of …) D;c (oneness) D;} 6/1 p3#� 1/1 D;c@ < 1/1 ¦

D; + V1 < + c = D;c

D; (one) �P < (the status of …) °q (oneness) D;} 6/1 p3#� 1/1 °q@ < 1/1 ¦

D; + V1 < + �P < = °q

pS (virtue in absolute measure)

@7 8wW < (one who possesses …)

pS#7 < (one who has pS, the lord)

pS� 1/1 M} 6/1 M%g III/1 H%7 0 pS#32 < 1/1 ¦

pS + 1 8w + @7 8wW < = pS#7 <

§32 (know-ledge)

H%2 w (one who possesses …)

§3%22 < (a person who has knowledge)

§32@ < 1/1 M} 6/1 M%g III/1 H%7 0 §32� 1/1 ¦

§32 + 1 8w + H2 < = §3%22 <

ph7 (Bharata)

MQ < (descendant of …)

p3h7 (descendant of ph7)

ph7} 6/1 MWJ­ 1/1 W 8@32 < 1/1 p3h7� 1/1 ¦

ph7 + V1 < + MQ < = p3h7

7X < (that) 7%1w[ < (5th case of …) 77� (from that) 7b37 < 5/1 ¦ 7X < +V%1w + 7%1[ < = 771 <

7X < (that) �3[ < (in … manner) 7�3 (in that manner) 7 F2 3/1 I;3hFQ 3/1 ¦ 7X < + e3 + �3[ < = 7�3

� Note that inside the 7%>7-#$%&s all the 1 8W <-IJKs are elided.

Page 18: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic II – Brief Explanations of Five Types of #$%&

9

Some of the 7%>7-IJKs are:

1) c is suffixed to a I3%7W%X; with a 6th case nominal suffix to make a new I3%7W%X; whose

meaning is “the status (p3#) of ...”. For example, c is suffixed to D; (one) with V1 < (6th

case singular suffix) to make a new I3%7W%X; D;c (the status of one, oneness). Its %#+,#3q

is D;} p3#� D;c@ < ¦ c-ending I3%7W%X; declines as M-ending neuter word.

2) �P < (K is the content, G < and P < are indicatory letters) is used in the same sense as c. The

indicatory letter P < indicates that the first vowel of the MN (to which the suffix is

enjoined) should take #$%>. Then the last M#Q ] (any type of M) or H#Q ] (any type of H) of the

MN drops. Thus the I3%7W%X; °q can be derived from D; to mean “the status of one,

oneness”. �P <-ending I3%7W%X; declines as M-ending neuter word.

3) @7 8wW < (@7 < is the content, w and W < are indicatory letters) is suffixed to a I3%7W%X; with 1st case

ending to create a new I3%7W%X; whose meaning is “the one who has …”.

For example, to make a new I3%7W%X; whose meaning is “one who has pS”, @7 8wW < IJK is

suffixed to pS�. After necessary modifications, such as the elision of the nominal suffix

of pS� and substitution of @ < of @7 8wW < with # <, the new I3%7W%X; becomes pS#7 < and declines

in all three genders.

4) H%2 w (H2 < is the content and Hw is indicatory letter) is used in the same sense as @7 8wW <. The last

M#Q ] or H#Q ] of the MN is elided and the new I3%7W%X; becomes H2 <-ending word.

5) A variety of 7%>7-IJKs are suffixed to names (proper nouns) to make a new I3%7W%X;

indicating “a descendent of …”. For example, p3h7 (son of ph7) is derived by suffixing

MQ <-IJK to a proper noun “ph7”.

6) 7%1w[ < and �3[ < (71 < and �3 are the contents, respectively) are suffixed to a 1# ]23@ (pronoun)

to make a new I3%7W%X; indicating 5th case meaning and “in the manner” of that pronoun.

For example, 77� (from that) is derived from a 1# ]23@ “77 <” (that) by suffixing 7%1w[ <-IJK.

More IJKs and their details are found in Topic VIII.

Page 19: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic II – Brief Explanations of Five Types of #$%&

10

4. 1@31-#$%&� (A new nominal base derived by compounding nouns)

� Two or more nouns which are meaningfully associated can be compounded into a

new I3%7W%X; (nominal base).

� The new I3%7W%X;@ < is called 1@31-#$%&�, or 1@31�.

� Generally a compound is made with two nouns at a time.

� Of the two nouns, the first noun is called W�# ]WX@ <, and the second noun is called

`&hWX@ <.

1 8�5@ < (W�# ]WX@ <) + 1 8�5@ < (`&hWX@ <) = new I3%7W%X;@ < called 1@31#$%&�

Examples of 1@31-#$%&� and %#+,�:

1@31#$%&� W�# ]WX@ < `&hWX@ < [¥%;;-%#+,� M[¥%;;-%#+,�

# FX353� # FX323@ < M53� # FX323@ < 6/3 M53� 1/3 H%7 0 # FX353� 1/3 ¦ # FX + Z@ < + M5 + k1 <

7;];8E[� 7;® ;8E[� 7;® 7/1 ;8E[� 1/1 H%7 7;];8E[� 1/1 ¦ 7;] + %V + ;8E[ + 1 8w

Wh@3±3 Wh@� Z±3 Wh@¬ 1/1 M1¥ 1/1 Z±3 1/1 l H%7 0

Wh@3±3 1/1 ¦

Wh@ + 1 8w + Z±2 < + 1 8w

M23±3 2P < (M2 <) Z±3 2 Z±3 1/1 H%7 0 M23±3 1/1 ¦ 2P < + Z±2 < + 1 8w

W�73²h� W�7@ < M²h@ < W�7@ < 1/1 M²h­ 1/1 K} 6/1 1� 1/1

W�73²h� 1/1 ¦

W�7 + 1 8w + M²h + 1 8w

1[³Q� 1, [³QF2 [³QF2 3/1 1, 0 #7 ]7 F III/1 H%7 0

1[³Q� 1/1 ¦

1, + [³Q + e3

h3@[³Q¥ h3@� [³Q� h3@¬ 1/1 [³Q¬ 1/1 h3@[³Q¥ 1/2 h3@ + 1 8w + [³Q + 1 8w

� Note that inside the compound all the 1 8W <-IJKs are elided.

Page 20: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic II – Brief Explanations of Five Types of #$%&

11

� There are 4 types of 1@31, classified by which of the two words is predominant. (I632@ <).

1. MsK�p3#-1@31� (Type A)

o The meaning of W�# ]WX@ < has predominance. (W�# ]WX-M� ]-I632@ <)

2. 7� 8�G-1@31� (Type T)

o The meaning of `&hWX@ < has predominance. (`&hWX-M� ]-I632@ <)

E.g., #e} (of the tree) + @�[@ < (root) = #e@�[@ < (root of the tree)

2�[@ < (blue) + `�[@ < (lotus) = 2�[\�[@ < (blue lotus)

3. ����%,-1@31� (Type B)

o The meaning of M´WX@ < (a word other than the two) has predominance. (M´WX-

M� ]-I632@ <)

E.g., W�7@ < (yellow) + M²h@ < (clothes) K} (for whom) 1� (he is)

= W�73²h� (one for whom clothes are yellow) = %#µ8� (Lord Vi��u)

4. m�-1@31� (Type D)

o The meanings of both words have equal predominance. (`pKWX-M� ]-I632@ <)

E.g., h3@� (Rāma) l (and) + [³Q� (Lak�ma�a) l (and) = h3@[³Q¥ (Rāma and

Lak�ma�a)

� Predominance is decided by supplying a verb and examining which WX is denoted by

the verb. For example, “2�[\�[­ %#;1%7 ¦“ (Blue lotus blooms.) What blooms is the lotus,

not the blue. Thus `�[ (the lotus) is predominant in the compound. Similarly, in

“W�73²h� S¨%7 ¦“, neither yellow nor garment goes. Who actually goes is the meaning of

another word, %#µ 8�. Thus M´WX is decided to be predominant.

More details are found in Topic IX.

W�# ]WX@ < + `&hWX@ <

W�# ]WX@ < + `&hWX@ <

W�# ]WX@ < + `&hWX@ < M´WX@ <

W�# ]WX@ < + `&hWX@ <

Page 21: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic II – Brief Explanations of Five Types of #$%&

12

5. D;EFG-#$%&� (A new nominal base derived by keeping one word out of many)

� D; means “one”, and EFG means “remaining, balance”. Together they mean

“remaining of one word”.

� When two or more I3%7W%X;s are present together in a same sentense, only one

remain under certain conditions. This is called D;EFG. The one which remains

represents other I3%7W%X;s.

Examples of D;EFG-#$%&� and %#+,�:

D;EFG-#$%&� [¥%;;-%#+,� M[¥%;;-%#+,�

h3@¥ h3@¬ 1/1 h3@¬ 1/1 h3@¥ 1/2 ¦ h3@ + 1 8w + h3@ + 1 8w

h3@3� h3@¬ 1/1 h3@¬ 1/1 h3@¬ 1/1 h3@3� 1/3 ¦ h3@ + 1 8w + h3@ + 1 8w + h3@ + 1 8w

,­1¥ ,­1� 1/1 l 0 ,­1¬ 1/1 ,­1¥ 1/2 ¦ ,­1� + 1 8w + ,­1 + 1 8w

·37h¥ ·373 1/1 l 0 �13 1/1 l 0 ·37h¥ 1/2 ¦ ·37$ + 1 8w + �1$ + 1 8w

W 8�¥ W 8�¬ 1/1 ¸%,73 1/1 l 0 W 8�¥ 1/2 ¦ W 8� + 1 8w + ¸%,7$ + 1 8w

E 8¹3%2 E 8¹¬ 1/1 E 8¹3 1/1 l 0 E 8¹­ 1/1 l 0 E 8¹3%2 1/3 ¦ E 8¹ + 1 8w + E 8¹3 + 1 8w + E 8¹ + 1 8w

%W7h¥ @373 1/1 l 0 %W73 1/1 l 0 %W7h¥ 1/2, @373%W7h¥ 1/2 #3 0 ¦ @37$ + 1 8w + %W7$ + 1 8w

Some of the D;EFG examples are:

1) When there are two or more I3%7W%X;s, which are in the same form when in the same

case, only one I3%7W%X; remains among them. For example, when they are two "h3@"s

which are to be used in the same case ending, only one form h3@ remains.The duality

(the sense of two-ness) is expressed by the dual number of the nominal suffix when

declined.

Page 22: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic II – Brief Explanations of Five Types of #$%&

13

2) In the same manner, when any number of I3%7W%X;s, which have the same form in the

same %#p%v, are used in one sentence, only one remains as D;EFG#$%&. The Number of the

members is expressed when the D;EFG#$%& is declined.

3) When there are I3%7W%X;s indicating male and female members of a class or species,

only the masculine I3%7W%X; remains among them. For example, ,­1� is a female goose

and ,­1 is a male goose. They both belong to the same species. When used in the same

sentence, only one masculine form remains. The %#+, of the word ,­1¥ can be “,­1� l

,­1¬ ,­1¥ ¦“ or “,­1¬ ,­1¬ ,­1¥ ¦“. Both are possible.

4) Similarly, when there are I3%7W%X;s ·37$ (brother) and �1$ (sister), or W 8� (son) and ¸%,7$

(daughter) in a sentence, used in used in the %#p%v, only the masculine I3%7W%X;

remains. The %#+, of the D;EFG#$%& will be “·37h¥” can be “·373 l �13 l ·37h¥ ¦“ or

“·373 l ·373 l ·37h¥ ¦“. Similarly, the %#+, of the D;EFG#$%& “W 8�¥” can be “W 8�� l ¸%,73 l

W 8�¥ ¦“ or “W 8�� l W 8�� l W 8� » ¦“.

5) When there are I3%7W%X;s in the same form expressed in neuter gender as well as other

genders, only the I3%7W%X; in neuter remains. As in “E 8¹¬ E 8¹3 l E 8¹­ l E 8¹3%2 ¦“.

6) When there are I3%7W%X;s %W7$ (father) and @37$ (mother) in the same %#p%v in a sentence,

the D;EFG is optional. If the D;EFG happens, only the form %W7$ remains as “@373 l %W73 l

%W7h¥¦”. If the D;EFG does not happen, they take %#p%v separately and become 2 WXs.

Then m� 1@31 happens, as “@373 l %W73 l @373%W7h¥”, @37$ word comes first because of the

regulation which states the more respected member should come first in the m�-1@31.

Page 23: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic III – H7 < letters in IJKs

14

Topic III

H7 < letters in IJKs

Definitions of H7 < letters

In IJKs, some extra letters are attached to the content of IJKs. These letters are called

H7 < (indicatory) letters. H7 < letters are defined in 7 Pā�ini-sūtras.

The following definitions apply on Pā�ini’s works, called `WXFE, i.e. IJKs, 637 8s, @3,F½h1��3%Q etc.

1. M2 823%1; (nasalized) vowel is H7 <. (1.3.2 `WXFEF¾k2 823%1; H7 <¦)

e.g., w of @7 8wW < (7%>7-IJK�)

2. ,[ < (consonant) at the end is H7 <. (1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦~ `WXFEF H7 <)

e.g., W < of yW < (;$ 7 <-IJK�)

; < of M; < (IJ3,3h�)

3. However, 7#S ], 1 <, @ < at the end of 1 8W < and %7V< are not H7 <. (1.3.4 2 %#pv¥ 7 8b3�¦~ ,[¿@ < `WXFEF

H7 <) e.g., @ < of M@ < (1 8W <-IJK�)

1 < of Á1 < (1 8W <-IJK�)

1 < of 71 < (%7V<-IJK�)

4. %P, e8, d8 at the beginning of 637 8 are H7 <. (1.3.5 Z%X%P ]e8d#�¦~ `WXFEF H7 <)

e.g., e8 of e8# FW$w ;Â2 F (637 8�)

d8 of d8;$ P < ;hQF (637 8�)

5. G < at the beginning of IJK is H7 <. (1.3.6 G� IJK}¦ ~ Z%X� `WXFEF H7 <)

e.g., G < of �P < (7%>7-IJK�)

6. l#S ] and e#S ] at the beginning of IJK is H7 <. (1.3.7 l 8e� ¦ ~ IJK} Z%X� `WXFEF H7 <)

e.g., Q < of %Ql < (123%X-IJK�)

7. [ <, E <, and ;#S ] at the beginning of IJK is H7 <, unless the IJK is a 7%>7-IJK. (1.3.8 [EÃ7%>7F

¦~ IJK} Z%X� `WXFEF H7 <)

e.g., [ < of yW < (;$ 7 <-IJK�)

; < of t 7 (;$ 7 <-IJK�)

All the H7 < letters are to be elided. (1.3.9 7} [\W�¦ ~ H7�)

Page 24: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic III – H7 < letters in IJKs

15

Giving nicknames to IJKs based on H7 < letters

� In qW < IJK, H7 < letters are ; < and W <. Thus the %t #W < IJK can be called %;7 < (one whose H7 < is ; <)

or %W7 < (one whose H7 < is W <).

� These are ����%,-1@31 (a type of compound) and their %#+,#3qs (explanatory sentences)

are:

; < H7 < K}, 1� %;7 <, qW < ¦ The one whose (K}) H7 < is ; <, is %;7 <, an adjective to qW <.

W < H7 < K}, 1� %W7 <, qW < ¦ The one whose (K}) H7 < is W <, is %W7 <, an adjective to qW <.

Exercise 1:

These are the IJKs we are going to study in this book. Find out which letters are H7 <, and

cross them out. Write the content of the IJK, and make names of the IJK based on the H7 <

letters. Note that 7%>7-IJKs are listed from number 22 onwards.

IJK3� letters content H7 <, sūtra, and nick name

1. %Ql < Q < H l < H Q <, 1.3.5 l 8e�¦, %Q7 <; l <, 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <¦, %l7 <

2. 12 < 1 < M 2 <

3. KV< K < M V<

4. 7$l < 7 < Å l <

5. r# 8[ < Q < # < ` [ <

6. K7 < K < M 7 <

7. qW < ; < K < M W <

8. rK7 < Q < K < M 7 <

9. 7s 7 < M # < K < M

10. M2�Kh < M 2 < � K < M h <

11. t 7 ; < 7 < M

12. t 7#7 8w ; < 7 < M # < M 7 < w

13. zP < z < M P <

14. y8e < [ < K < ` e <

15. %t 72 < ; < 7 < H 2 <

Page 25: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic III – H7 < letters in IJKs

16

Exercise 2:

Do the same to %7V<-IJK and 1 8W <-IJKs.

IJK3� letters content name based on H7 <

16. t c3 ; < 7 < # < Z

17. yW < [ < K < M W <

18. E7$w E < M 7 < Åw

19. E32l < E < Z 2 < M l <

20. #1 8w # < M 1 < w

21. MQ < M Q <

22. MP < M P <

23. HP < H P <

24. �; < � < M ; <

25. @7 8wW < @ < M 7 < w W <

26. H%2 w H 2 < Hw

27. %#%2 w # < H 2 < Hw

28. Ml < M l <

29. c 7 < # < M

30. 7[ < 7 < M [ <

31. �P < G < K < M P <

32. 7%1w[ < 7 < M 1 < Hw [ <

33. �[ < 7 < h < M [ <

34. X3 X < Z

35. �3[ < � < Z [ <

36. 7hW < 7 < M h < M W <

37. 7@W < 7 < M @ < M W <

38. �K1 8w2 < � K < M 1 < w 2 <

39. Hu2 < H G <   < M 2 <

40. ;W < ; < M W <

Page 26: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IV Common Changes in MN

17

Topic IV

Common Changes in MNs

When a IJK is suffixed to a I;$ %7, that I;$ %7 is called MN. There are some common

changes enjoined to MNs.

A. 637 8 as MN

When a IJK is suffixed to a 637 8, the 637 8 is called MN and #$%> or S 8Q can take place in

that MN depending on the H7 < letter of the IJK.

1. #$%> takes place when the IJK is %P7 < or %Q7 <

� at the last H; <, if the 637 8 ends with H; <. (7.2.115 Ml\ %ÆQ%7 ¦ ~ MN} #$%>�)

E.g.1, 2� + r# 8[ < To “2�” 637 8, r# 8[ < IJK is suffixed.

2� + M; r# 8[ < is replaced by M;.

2 » + M; Being a %Q7 < IJK, r# 8[ < causes #$%> in the MN.

23K < + M; MK <-M# <-ZK <-Z# < 1%� is applied.

23K; (one who leads)

� at the penultimate short M, if the 637 8 has one. (7.2.116 M7 `W63K3� ¦ ~ MN} #$%>� %ÆQ%7)

E.g. 2, W  < + r# 8[ < To “W  <” 637 8, r# 8[ < IJK is suffixed.

W  < + M; r# 8[ < is replaced by M;.

W3  < + M; Being a %Q7 < IJK, r# 8[ < causes #$%> in the MN.

W3 ; (one who studies)

E.g. 3, W  < + zP < To “W  <” 637 8, zP < IJK is suffixed.

W  < + M H7 < letters are removed.

W3  < + M Being a %P7 < IJK, zP < causes #$%> in the MN.

W3  (study)

637 8� (MN@ <) + IJK�

Page 27: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IV Common Changes in MN

18

2. If #$%> did not take place, S 8Q can take place

� at the last H; <, if the 637 8 ends with H; <. (7.3.84 13# ]637 8;36 ]637 8;K\� ¦ ~ MN} S 8Q�)

E.g. 1, 2� + 7$l < To “2�” 637 8, 7$l < IJK is suffixed.

2� + 7$ H7 < letter is removed.

2 F + 7$ 7$l < IJK causes S 8Q in the MN.

2 F7$ (one who leads)

E.g. 2, ;$ + y 8e < To “;$ ” 637 8, y 8e < IJK is suffixed.

;$ + M2 y 8e < is replaced by M2.

;h < + M2 S 8Q takes place in the MN caused by the y 8e < IJK.

;h < + MQ Qc-1%� is applied.

;hQ (means of doing)

� at the penultimate short H; <, if the 637 8 has one. (7.3.86 W 8S5[z�W6} l ¦ ~ MN} S 8Q� 13# ]...)

E.g. 3, � 86 < + zP < To “� 86 <” 637 8, zP < IJK is suffixed.

� 86 < + M H7 < letters are removed.

�\6 < + M S 8Q takes place in the MN caused by the “zP <” IJK.

�\6 (knowledge)

E.g. 4, HG < + y 8e < To “HG <” 637 8, y 8e < IJK is suffixed.

HG < + M2 y 8e < is replaced by M2.

DG < + M2 y 8e < IJK causes S 8Q in the MN.

DG < + MQ Qc-1%� is applied.

DGQ (desire)

3. Prohibition of S 8Q & #$%> when the IJK is %;7 < or %V7 < (1.1.5 %ttV%7 l ¦ ~ 2 S 8Q#$>�)

E.g. 1, ;$ + t c3 to “;$ ” 637 8, t c3 IJK is suffixed.

;$ + c3 ; < of t c3 is H7 < letter, thus ; < is removed.

Because the IJK is %;7 <, S 8Q change is prevented in MN.

;$ c3 (having done)

Page 28: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IV Common Changes in MN

19

B. I3%7W%X; as MN

When a 7%>7-IJK is suffixed to a I3%7W%X;, that I3%7W%X; is called MN. If the I3%7W%X; is

followed by 1 8W <-IJK, the 1 8W <-IJK is elided and only I3%7W%X; remains. There are some

common operations on that MN according to the H7 < letter, or beginning letter of the 7%>7-IJK.

1. Z%X-#$%> (#$%> on the first vowel of the MN) takes place

when the 7%>7-IJK is %P7 <, %Q7 <, or %;7 < Pā�ini-sūtras 7.2.117 7%>7 FÇl3@3XF� ¦ ~ MN} #$%>� %ÆQ%7, and 7.2.118 %;%7 l¦ ~ MN} #$%>�

7%>7 FÇl3@3XF� describe this rule.

E.g. 1, �½h +V1 < + �P < To a I3%7W%X; with 6th case suffix, �P < IJK is suffixed.

�½h + K H7 < letters are elided. 1 8W <-IJK is also elided.

°½h + K Being %P7 <, �P < IJK causes #$%> on the first vowel of the MN.

°½h < + K The last M of the MN is elided by the next rule.

°½K ] (lordship)

E.g. 2, ph7 +V1 < + MQ < To a I3%7W%X; with 6th case suffix, MQ < 7%>7-IJK is suffixed.

ph7 + M H7 < letters are elided. 1 8W <-IJK is also elided.

p3h7 + M Being %Q7 <, MQ < suffix causes #$%> on the first vowel of the MN.

p3h7 < + M The last M of the MN is elided by the next rule.

p3h7 (the descendant of ph7)

E.g. 3, ;85� +V1 < + �; < To a I3%7W%X; with 6th case suffix, �; < 7%>7-IJK is suffixed.

;85� + � H7 < letters are elided. 1 8W <-IJK is also elided.

;85� + DK � is replaced by DK by 7.1.2 ZK2 FK�2�%KK� È�ÉÊz3­ IJK3X�23@ < ¦

;¥5� + DK Being %;7 <, �; < suffix causes #$%> on the first vowel of the MN.

;¥5 < + DK The last � of the MN is elided by the next rule.

;¥5FK (the descendant of ;85�)

I3%7W%X;@ < (MN@ <) + 7%>7-IJK�

Page 29: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IV Common Changes in MN

20

2. [\W of the last M#Q ] or H#Q ] in MN when the 7%>7-IJK begins with “K <” or a vowel

Pā�ini-sūtra 6.4.148 K}F%7 l ¦ ~ p} MN} 7%>7 F [\W� describes this rule.

For examples, see the examples of the previous rule.

3. S 8Q of the last `#Q ] in MN when the 7%>7-IJK begins with “K <” or a vowel

Pā�ini-sūtra 6.4.146 ËS 8]Q� ¦ ~ p} MN} 7%>7 F describes this rule.

E.g., W3rd8 + V1 < + MP < To a I3%7W%X; with 6th case suffix,MP < IJK is suffixed.

W3rd8 + + M H7 < letters are elided. 1 8W <-IJK is also elided.

W3rd\ + M Since the MP < begins with vowel, the last ` of MN takes S 8Q.

W3rd# < + M MK#3K3#-1%� takes place.

W3rd# (the son of Pā�Ìu)

In the same manner, ;¥h# is derived from ;8�, h3z# from hz 8, p3S ]# from p$S 8, etc.

MN M/H#Q ]

[\W� (elision)

Ml </K < 7%>7-IJK�

Page 30: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IV Common Changes in MN

21

4. K 8aX < and MbX < in singular are changed into cX < and @X <.

K 8aX < and MbX < are 1# ]23@ (pronoun) indicating the listener and speaker, respectively.

When these pronouns are used in singular and followed by a IJK or `&hWX in 1@31, they are

changed into cX < and @X < respectively. Pā�ini-sūtra 7.2.98 IJK\&hWXK\¬¦ ~ MN} %#pv¥

c@3#F;#l2 F @WK ]5} describes this rule.

e.g., K 8aX < +V%1w + 7%1w[ < To a I3%7W%X; with 5th case suffix, 7%1w[ < IJK is suffixed.

K 8aX < + + 71 < H7 < letters are elided. 1 8W <-IJK is also elided.

cX < + 71 < Because K 8aX < is used in the sense of singular here, and it is

followed by a IJK, K 8aX < is changed into cX <.

c7 < + 71 < By 8.4.55 É%h l ¦, lc]-1%� takes place.

c&1 < (from you)

In the same manner, cX�K, cÍ13X, cX´, etc. are formed.

e.g., MbX <+%V + @21 <+1 8w A sentence “@%K (in me) @2� (the mind) K} (whose) 1�¦” is

qualified to be a compound.

MbX < + @21 < 1 8W <-IJKs are elided.

@X < + @21 < Because MbX < is used in the sense of singular here, and it is

followed by IJK, MbX < is changed into @X <.

@2 < + @21 < By 8.4.45 Kh\¾2 823%1;F ¾2 823%1;\ #3 ¦, X < is replaced by 2 <.

@Î21 < (the one whose mind is in me)

In the same manner, @&1 <, @X�K, @�v, @X3±2 <, @�h, etc. are formed.

Page 31: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic V Common Changes in MN

22

Topic V

Hd3S@� (augment He <)

� ZS@� (augment) is an additional letter to an entity such as IJK, 637 8, etc., without adding

any meaning. It is enjoined by Pā�ini-sūtra.

� ZS@ does not have its own entity. For example, when an ZS@ is attached to a IJK, it

becomes a part of the IJK.

� He < is an ZS@ attached to the beginning of a IJK under some conditions listed below:

637 8 has to be:

Condition 1) 1 Fe < 637 8

1 Fe < is a type of 637 8 which comes with (1,) He <. In 637 8;\E� 1 Fe < is indicated as “S” in the

third column after the first two columns for 1 to 10 conjugation and P/A/U.

IJK has to be:

Condition 1) Z6 ]637 8;-IJK

Z6 ]637 8; is a technical term for a IJK which is suffixed to 637 8, and not %7V< or %E7 <.

Condition 2) starting with #[ < (any consonant other than K <)

To see how He < is attached, IJKs conforming to the conditions are listed with a 1 Fe < 637 8.

1 Fe < 637 8 IJK modification process final form

%#X < (2P S) to know + 12 < = %#%#X < + He < + 1 = %#%#%XG

+ 7$l < = # FX < + He < + 7$ = # F%X7$

+ t c3 = %#X < + He < + c3 = %#%Xc3

+ 7 8@ 82 < = # FX < + He < + 7 8@ < = # F%X7 8@ <

+ v = %#X < + He < + 7 = %#%X7

+ v#7 8w = %#X < + He < + 7#7 <= %#%X7#7 <

+ 7s = # FX < + He < + 7s = # F%X7s

Page 32: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VI – 123453� - Derived Roots

23

Wf#$%&-%#gh3� We have seen Wf#$&K� in brief. From here onwards, we will see them in detail.

Topic VI

123453�

Derived Roots

123%X-IJK3� (Suffixes to make a root)

� 123%X-IJKs are the suffixes added to a 637 8 (root) or a 1 8�5­ WX@ < (noun) to make a new

637 8.

637 8�/1 8�5@ < + 123%X-IJK� = new 637 8�

� There are 12 123%X-IJKs, found in Pā�ini-sūtras 3.1.5 to 3.1.31. Pā�ini-sūtra 3.1.32

defines 123%X-IJK-ending words to be qualified to be called 637 8.

� The new 637 8� which ends (M5) with 123%X-IJK is called 12345-637 8 (that which end

with 123%X type of suffix).

� 123%X-IJKs indicate actions related to the 637 8 or 1 8�5­ WX@ < to which the 123%X-IJKs are

suffixed.

� The new 637 8s enjoy the status of 637 8, that is, they will be conjugated, or transformed

into ;$ X5s by suffixing ;$ 7 <-IJKs.

Page 33: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VI – 123453� - Derived Roots

24

� Here are the 12 123%X-IJKs:

1. 12 < (desiderative)

2. ql < (23@637 8, a root from noun)

e.g., Z±2� (for himself) W 8�@ < (son) H¨%7 (desires) H%7 W 8��K%7 (he desires to have a son) ¦

3. ;3ªl < (23@637 8)

e.g., %,7@ < (benefit) H¨%7 (desires) H%7 %,7;3ª%7 (desires for benefit) ¦

4. qV< (23@637 8)

5. %t #W < (23@637 8)

6. qG < (23@637 8)

7. %QV< (23@637 8)

8. %Ql < (causative)

9. KV< (Intensive)

e.g., W¥2�W 8 F2 (repeatedly) p$E­ (intensively) Ï@%7 (moves around) H%7 XЪ7F ¦

e.g., W¥2�W 8 F2 p$E­ ,%5 (injures) H%7 kÑ z´7F ¦

e.g., W¥2�W 8 F2 %W�%7 (drinks) H%7 W FW�K7 F ¦

10. K; < (23@637 8)

e.g., M%p + M1� + K; < = MÁ1�K, MÁ1�K%7 (He feels jealous.)

11. ZK (for S 8W <, 6�W <, etc. 637 8s)

12. �KV< (for Å7 < 637 8)

� When studying 123%X-IJKs, the following things are to be known:

1) What meaning 123%X-IJK brings

2) Content of the 123%X-IJK

3) H7 < letters of the 123%X-IJK and their functions

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN (that which immediately precedes a IJK)

5) How the new 637 8 is conjugated, and which ;$ 7 <-IJKs are generally suffixed

6) %#+,#3q@ < of the 12345-637 8-#$%&�

In this book, each 123%X-IJK will be introduced with these 6 aspects.

Page 34: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VI – 123453� - Derived Roots %Ql <

25

1. %Qk5� (%Ql <-IJK ending root)

� The %Ql <-ending 637 8 is commonly called %Qk5� (that which ends with %Ql <.)

� %Ql < is suffixed to a 637 8 to make a new 637 8.

� Of the 123%X-IJKs, the following are the 6 things to be known regarding “%Ql <”:

1) Which sense %Ql < brings

• Causative (to make/cause somebody do …)

• Note that %Ql is suffixed to 637 8s in 10th conjugation without causative sense.

2) Content of %Ql <

• H

3) H7 < (indicatory) letters of %Ql < and their function

• Q < – By 1.3.7 l 8e� . It is to cause #$%> on MN, if applicable.

• l < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <. It is for intonation

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• Being %Q7 < IJK to 637 8, #$%> and S 8Q can take place. See Topic IV A for details.

• When the 637 8 is Z ending, an augment W < is added to the end of the 637 8.

E.g., §3 + %Ql < = §3%W, Ò3 + %Ql < = Ò3%W, etc. Note that there are some exceptions

such as M%6 + HV< to study + %Ql < = MÓ3%W, and S@ < + %Ql < = S%@.

5) How the new 637 8 is treated

• The %Qk53-637 8 is `pKWX� by default.

• When conjugating, the new 637 8 is treated like 1st conjugation.

• Any ;$ 7 <-IJK can be added.

6) %#+,#3q@ < of this %Ql <-ending 12345637 8-#$%&�

• For example, “;8# ]5­ I FhK%7 H%7 ;3hK%7/;3hK7 F ¦”, “WÔK5­ I FhK%7 H%7 XE ]K%7/XE]K7 F ¦”,

etc.

• Note that %#+,#3q for %Ql <-ending 12345637 8-#$%& is not commonly seen.

Page 35: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

%Ql < Topic VI – 123453� - Derived Roots

26

For example, to make a new 637 8 indicating an action “to make somebody do”, %Ql < is

suffixed to the 637 8 ;$ (to do). The last Å, which is H; <, takes #$%> because of the H7 < letter Q < of %Ql <.

When Å or Õ becomes MQ <, it is mandated to be followed by h <. Thus the #$%> substitute for the

Å of 637 8 ;$ is #$%> letter Z followed by h <, together Zh <. Then the new 637 8 becomes ;3%h. Hence, ;$

(to do) + %Ql < (causative) = ;3%h (to make somebody do).

1) ;$ + %Ql < A 123%X-IJK %Ql < in the sense of causative is suffixed to the 637 8 ;$ (to do).

By the addition of the suffix, ;$ is qualified to be an MN.

2) ;$ + H Q < and l < of %Ql < are H7 < (indicatory) letters. They are elided.

3) ;3h < + H Being %Q7 <-IJK, %Ql < can cause #$%> in the MN. (See Topic IV)

4) ;3%h Being 12345 (that which ends with 123%X-IJK), this is qualified to

be a 637 8. The meaning is “to make somebody do”.

The conjugation in present tense in active voice will be ;3hK%7 (he makes somebody do),

;3hK7� ;3hK%5,… In imperative in active voice will be ;3hK7 8 (may one make somebody do,

;3hK73@ <, ;3hK5 8,…

1) ;3%h + [e < To denote an agent of a present action, [e <-IJK is suffixed to the 637 8.

By the addition of the suffix, ;3%h is qualified to be an MN.

2) ;3%h + %7W < [e < is replaced by %7V<-IJK, a conjugational suffix to make a verb.

3) ;3%h + %7 W < is H7 < hence elided.

4) ;3%h + EW < + %7 %7V< can bring another suffix EW < to the 637 8.

5) ;3%h + M + %7 E < and W < of EW < are H7 <, thus elided.

6) ;3hF + M + %7 The suffix EW < cause S 8Q to its MN. (See Topic IV)

7) ;3hK < + M + %7 Vowel 1%� is applicable. By 6.1.78 Dl\¾K#3K3#�¦ MK < takes place.

8) ;3hK%7 This is the final form.

From the new 637 8 – ;3%h, ;$ X5 words can also be made. With 7$l < (agent) the new

I3%7W%X; is ;3h%K7$. With E7$ (indicating ;73 ] of present action, in other words, present active

participle) the new I3%7W%X; is ;3hK7 < (the one who is making somebody do). With t c3 (agent

of previous action), the new I3%7W%X; is ;3h%Kc3 (having made someone do).

Page 36: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VI – 123453� - Derived Roots %Ql <

27

Here are more examples of %Ql <-ending (%Qk5) 637 8s:

Original 637 8� New 637 8� and %#+,#3q@ < [e </;7 ]%h/III/1

M%6 + H (to study) + %Ql < = MÓ3%W (to make somebody study, to teach) MÓ3WK%7

;$ (to do) + %Ql < = ;3%h (to make somebody do) ;3hK%7

É3X < (to eat) + %Ql < = É3%X (to make somebody eat, to feed) É3XK%7

S@ < (to go) + %Ql < = S%@ (to make somebody go) S@K%7

§3 (to know) + %Ql < = §3%W (to make somebody know) §3WK%7

ÖE < (to see) + %Ql < = X%E ] (to make somebody see, to show) XE ]K%7

W  < (to study) + %Ql < = W3%  (to make somebody study, to teach) W3 K%7

� 86 < (to know) + %Ql < = �\%6 (to make somebody know, to teach) �\6K%7

%2 + K 8k < (to engage) + %Ql < = %2K\%k (to make somebody engage, urge) %2K\kK%7

I + #$7 < (to engage) + %Ql < = I#%7 ] (to make somebody engage, to propel) I#7 ]K%7

� 8 (to hear) + %Ql < = �3%# (to make somebody hear, to tell) �3#K%7

Ò3 (to stand) + %Ql < = Ò3%W (to make somebody stand, to put) Ò3WK%7

,2 < (to injure) + %Ql < = z3%7 (to make somebody kill) z37K%7

Exercise: Find %Qk5 637 8s in the following sentences, identify the 637 8s and translate the

sentences by parsing each word. For %#p%vs related %Qk5, see Appendix.

1. 1�K ]� 1#3 ]2 < %#GK32 < I;3EK%7 ¦

2. #3K 8� E3É3� l3[K%7 ¦

3. M,­ §32X�W F2 7@� 23EK3%@ ¦

4. XF,� 2 ;h\%7 2 ;3hK%7 ¦

5. ;�­ 1� W 8�G� ;­ z37K%7 ¦

6. K� H@­ Wh@­ S 8×­ �3#K F7 < ØÙ1­1%X ¦

7. ÖÚ35� X3Ú3 ]5­ §3WK%7 ¦

8. �½h� Mk 8]23K %#½ÛW­ XE ]K%7 ¦

9. 1F2K\�pK\@ ]ÓF h�­ Ò3WK @F¾Ü87 ¦

10. 1F2K\�pK\@ ]ÓF Ò3W%Kc3 h�\&@@ < ¦

11. 6@]1­Ò3W23�3 ]K 1­p#3%@ K 8S F K 8S F ¦

12. @%K � 8%>­ %2#FEK ¦

13. 2 � 8%>p FX­ k2KF7 < ¦

14. �Ï� 1#3 ]2 < h\XK%7 ¦

15. %W73 W 8�­ +3@­ S@K%7 ¦

16. S 8�� %E�­ I�\6K%7 ¦

17. Zl3K ]� %E�32 < # FX@ < MÓ3WK%7 ¦

18. @373 ËX2­ %EE 823 É3XK%7 ¦

19. #FX� W 8�G­ ;@ ]%Q I#7 ]K%7 ¦

20. z\hF ;@ ]%Q @3­ %2K\kK%1 ¦

Page 37: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

12 < Topic VI – 123453� - Derived Roots

28

2. 125� (12 <-IJK ending root)

� 12 < is one of the 123%X-IJKs, suffixed to 637 8 to make a new 637 8.

� The 12 <-ending 637 8 is commonly called 125� (that which ends with 12 <.)

� The following are the 6 things to be known regarding 12 < IJK:

1) In which sense 12 < is used

• Desiderative (to desire to do …) 12 < denotes the action of desiring

2) Content of 12 <

• 1

3) H7 < (indicatory) letters of 12 < and their function

• 2 < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <. This is for intonation.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• %mc@ < (reduplication of the 637 8) takes place. Details follow.

• No S 8Q or #$%> takes place in the MN. (Ref. 1.2.8 to 1.2.10)

• When He <-ZS@ is attached, 1 < of 12 < becomes G <.

5) How the new 637 8 is treated

• In conjugating, 1235-637 8 is treated like 637 8s in 1st conjugation.

E.g. 1, %k§31%7, %k§317�, %k§31%5, etc.

• Two ;$ 7 <-IJKs are commonly suffixed to 12345637 8. One is “`” to denote agent,

the other is “M” to denote the action itlsef.

E.g. 2. %WW31 (to desire to drink) + ` (agent) = %WW31 8 (one who desires to drink)

E.g. 3. %WW31 (to desire to drink) + M (action itselg) + Z (feminine suffix to make

it femine) = %WW313 (thirst)

6) %#+,#3q@ < of this 12 <-ending 12345637 8-#$%&�

• In %#+,#3q, 7 8@ 82 < (;$ 7 <-IJK to make “to infinitive”) is used after orininal 637 8.

• H¨%7 (disires), HÝ� (agent of desiring), H¨3 (desire), etc. are used as 125637 8 is

suffixed with %7V<, `, and M , respectively.

E.g. 1, W37 8@ < H¨%7 H%7 %WW31%7¦ He desires to drink is said %WW31%7.

E.g. 2, W37 8@ < HÝ� %WW31 8� ¦ The one who wants to drink is %WW31 8�

E.g. 3, W37 8@ < H¨3 %WW313 ¦ The desire to drink is %WW313.

Page 38: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VI – 123453� – Derived Roots 12 <

29

For example, to make a new 637 8 indicating an action “to desire to drink”, 12 < is suffixed

to the 637 8 W3 (to drink). After the modifications shown below, the new 637 8 becomes %WW31.

1) W3 + 12 < A 123%X-IJK 12 < is suffixed to the 637 8 W3 (to drink).

By the addition of the suffix, W3 is qualified to be an MN.

2) W3 + 1 2 < of 12 < is H7 < thus elided.

3) W3 + W3 + 1 When 12 <-IJK is suffixed, 637 8 undergoes %mc@ < (reduplication).

4) %W + W3 + 1 The first one of the two undergoes further modifications.

5) %WW31 This is the final form. Being 12345, this is qualified to be a 637 8.

From the new 12345-637 8, %7V5 (verbs) can be made by suffixing %7V<-IJKs. The

conjugation of the 637 8 in present tense in active voice will be %WW31%7 (he desires to drink, he is

thirsty), %WW317�, %WW31%5 …

1) %WW31 + [e < To conjugate in present tense, [e < is suffixed.

2) %WW31 + %7W < In the place of [;3h, %7V< is the substitute.

3) %WW31 + EW < + %7 In [e <, SQ%#;hQ EW < IJK is suffixed to 637 8.

4) %WW31%7 After removing H7 <s, and sandhi, this is the last form.

;$ 7 <-IJK “`” denotes the agent of 12345637 8 and makes a new I3%7W%X;. For example,

%WW31 (to desire to drink) + ` (agent) makes %WW31 8 (one who is thirsty), %k§31 (to desire to

know) + ` (agent) makes %k§31 8 (one who wants to know). The new I3%7W%X; declines as `-

ending, like S 8�.

Another ;$ 7 <-IJK is “M”, which makes a new Z-ending feminine I3%7W%X; denoting the

action itself. For example, from the new 12345637 8 %WW31 (to desire to drink), by suffixing M

and feminine suffix e3W < (Z), a new I3%7W%X; %WW313 (thirst) is made. Note that feminine suffix

e3W < (Z) is suffixed to certain M-ending feminine word without adding any extra meaning.

Similarly, %k§313 (desire to know) is made by suffixing M and feminine suffix e3W < (Z) to a

12345637 8 %k§31 (to desire to know).

Page 39: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

12 < Topic VI – 123453� - Derived Roots

30

%mc@ < (Reduplication)

� 637 8s undergo reduplication, %mc, when the 637 8s are suffixed with certain IJKs such as:

• %[e < (verbal suffix in perfect past tense)

• 12 < (desiderative)

• KV< (intensive)

• Þ 8 (conjugational suffix for 3rd conjugation)

• other specific instances

� When and how the 637 8s should be reduplicated are described from Pā�ini-sūtra 6.1.1

onwards.

� After reduplicating a 637 8, in other words after repeating a 637 8 twice, the first one of the

two is called “MÁ31”.

� The MÁ31 undergoes a process called “MÁ31-;3K ]”, which is described from Pā�ini-sūtra

7.4.58 onwards.

� Here is a basic outline of the process of MÁ31:

a) The vowel becomes ß� (short). (7.4.59 ß��¦)

b) Only the initial consonant remains. Any other consonants are elided. (7.4.60

,[3%X� EFG�¦)

c) ;#S ] and , < become their corresponding l#S ] letters. (7.4.62 ;8,\¬ 8�¦)

d) Å becomes M. (7.4.66 `h7 <¦)

e) Only when 12 < follows, a short M becomes H. (7.4.79 1´7�¦)

f) à[ < should become kE < (class 3) or lh < (class 1). (8.4.54 MÁ31 F ll ]¦)

For example:

§3 + §3 + 12 < ÖE < + ÖE < + 12 < ,3 + ,3 + 12 < 637 8s are reduplicated by 12 <.

§ + §3 + 12 < , + ,3 + 12 < by a) 7.4.59 ß��¦

k + §3 + 12 < Ö + ÖE < + 12 < by b) 7.4.60 ,[3%X� EFG�¦

à + ,3 + 12 < by c) 7.4.62 ;8,\¬ 8�¦

X + ÖE < + 12 < by d) 7.4.66 `h7 <¦

%k + §3 + 12 < %X + ;$ + 12 < %à + ,3 + 12 < by e) 7.4.79 1´7�¦

%k + ,3 + 12 < by e) 8.4.54 MÁ31 F ll ]¦

Page 40: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VI – 123453� – Derived Roots 12 <

31

Here are more examples of 12 <-ending (125) 637 8s:

Original 637 8� New 637 8� Example of %#+,#3q@ <

ZW < (to obtain) + 12 < = �á (to desire to obtain) Z� 8@ < H¨%7 �á%7 ¦

;$ (to do) + 12 < = %l;�G ] (to desire to do) ;7 8]@ < HÝ� %l;�G 8]� ¦

â3 (to state) + 12 < = %lâ31 (to desire to state) â37 8@ < H¨%7 %lâ31%7 ¦

S@ < (to go) + 12 < = %kS%@G (to desire to go) S5 8@ < H¨%7 %kS%@G%7 ¦

M2 8 + +, < (to bless) + 12 < = M2 8%kz$| (to desire to bless) M2 8S$,�7 8@ < HÝ� M2 8%kz$| 8� ¦

%k (to conquer) + 12 < = %kS�G (to desire to conquer) k F7 8@ < HÝ� %kS�G 8� ¦

k�# < (to live) + 12 < = %kk�%#G (to desire to live) k�%#7 8@ < H¨%7 %kk�%#G%7 ¦

§3 (to know) + 12 < = %k§31 (to desire to know) §37 8@ < HÝ� %k§31 8� ¦

7ã (to cross) + 12 < = %77�G ] (to desire to cross) 7%h7 8@ < H¨%7 %77�G ]%7 ¦

`W + %XE < (to teach) + 12 < = `W%X%X| (to desire to teach) `WXFÚ8@ < H¨%7 `W%X%X|%7 ¦

ÖE < (to see) + 12 < = %XÖ| (to desire to see) ÏÚ8@ < H¨%7 %XÖ|%7 ¦

Ó » (to meditate) + 12 < = %XÓ31 (to desire to meditate) Ó37 8@ < H¨%7 %XÓ31%7 ¦

W  < (to study) + 12 < = %WW% G (to desire to study) W% 7 8@ < H¨%7 %WW% G%7 ¦

W3 (to drink) + 12 < = %WW31 (to desire to drink) W37 8@ < H¨3 %WW313 ¦

� 86 < (to know) + 12 < = � 8p 8ä (to desire to know) �\>8@ < H¨%7 � 8p 8ä%7 ¦

p 8k < (to enjoy) + 12 < = � 8p 8| (to desire to enjoy) p\v8@ < H¨3 � 8p 8|3 ¦

@ 8l < (to liberate) + 12 < = @ 8@ 8| (to desire to liberate) @\v8@ < H¨3 @ 8@ 8|3 ¦

Z + �, < (to climb) + 12 < = Z��| (to desire to climb) Zh\�8@ < H� Z��| 8�

#l < (to speak) + 12 < = %##| (to desire to speak) #v8@ < H¨3 %##|3 ¦

%#X < (to know) + 12 < = %#%#%XG (to desire to know) # F%X7 8@ < H¨3 %#%#%XG3 ¦

� 8 (to hear) + 12 < = E 8��G (to desire to hear) �\7 8@ < H¨3 E 8��G3 ¦

,3 (to give up) + 12 < = %k,31 (to desire to give up) ,37 8@ < H¨3 %k,313 ¦

W%h + W3[ < + %Ql < + 12 < = W%h%WW3[%KG (to desire to protect) W%hW3[%K7 8@ < H¨3 W%h%WW3[%KG3¦

(to protect)

`X < + 6$ + %Ql < + 12 < = `%å63h%KG (to desire to save) `>3h%K7 8@ < H¨3 `%å63h%KG3 ¦

(to save)

Page 41: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

12 < Topic VI – 123453� - Derived Roots

32

Examples from E3æ3%Q

637 ]h3ç} ¸� 8]>FK 8]>F %IK%l;�G ]#�è S�é ê-ëìè

;8K3 ]%mm3­g�31v%¬;�G 8][í;1­+,@ <è S�é ì-ëîè

Z��|\@ 8]2 FKíS­ ;@ ] ;3hQ@ 8Ü7Fè S�é ï-ìè

%k§31 8h%W K\S} EðØÙ3%7#7 ]7 Fè S�é ï-ññè

Z7í %k§31 8h�3 ]�� §32� l ph7G ]pè S�é ò-êïè

K32 F# ,c3 2 %kk�%#G3@� èS�é ë-ïè

Z±3 #3 MhF … %2%XÓ3%17s� è�$é ë.ñ.îè

7@F7­ # FX32 8#l2 F2 Ø3ÙQ3 %#%#%XG%5 K§F2 X32 F2 7W13 M23E;F2…è �$é ñ.ñ.ëë è

`p F 7�c3 ]¾E23K3%WW31 F E\;3%7S\ @\X7 F �S ][\;Fè;é ê.ê.êëè

Exercise 1:

Give the three types of %#+, (explanatory sentences) of the 125-637 8 examples.

Exercise 2:

Attempt to figure out MÁ31;3K ] (changes in MÁ31), as show in the example below, of the

following 125-637 8s:

1. %lâ31

2. %kS%@G

3. %kk�%#G

4. %k§31

5. %WW% G

6. %WW31

7. � 8p 8ä

8. � 8p 8|

9. @ 8@ 8|

10. %##|

11. %#%#%XG

12. %k,31

• 637 8 is â3 (2P) to say

1) â3 + 12 < 12 < is suffixed.

2) â3 + â3 + 12 < Because of the 12 <, the 637 8 is reduplicated.

3) â + â3 + 12 < The vowel becomes ß� (short). (7.4.59 ß��¦)

4) É + â3 + 12 < Only the first consonant of MÁ31 remains. (7.4.60 ,[3%X� EFG�¦)

5) %É + â3 + 12 < Only when 12 < follows, a short M becomes H. (7.4.79 1´7�¦)

6) %l + â3 + 12 < à[ < should become kE < (class 3) or lh < (class 1). (8.4.54 MÁ31 F ll ]¦)

7) %lâ31 The final form

Page 42: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VI – 123453� – Derived Roots 12 <

33

Exercise 3:

Give %#+,#3q of the following words derived from 12ó637 8 in the format given below.

1. %l;�Gí�

2. s3%lâ313K3�

3. %kS%@G�Q3@ <

4. %kk�%#GK3

5. M2 8%kz$|K3

6. %k§31\�

7. %77�G 8]Q3

8. %WW% G�2 <

9. W%h%WW3[%KG\�

10. %WW31K3

11. %WW313K »

12. � 8p 8ä#F

13. � 8p 8| 8G 8

14. @ 8@ 8|#F

15. @ 8@ 8|�Q3@ <

16. Z��|\�

17. %##|3K3@ <

18. %#%#%XG 8Q3

19. E8��G3K3�

20. %k,31K3

Example answer to 1:

;7 8]@ < HÝ� %l;�G 8]� 7b37 </7} %l;�Gí� ¦

Exercise 4: Find 125-637 8s in the following sentences, identify the 637 8s, give %#+,#3q for

12345#$%&, and translate the sentences by parsing each word.

1. D77 < È[­ @K3 �ô7F ¦

2. 1F#3­ %l;�G ]#� ZS¨%5 ¦

3. H@3%2 E3æ3%Q @K3 s3%lâ3}5F ¦

4. 7F k23� �Sõ %kS%@G%5 ¦

5. [\;32 < M2 8%kz$| 8� �½h� ¦

6. 1� K 8>F %kS�G%7 ¦

7. W3W­ ;$ c3 #K­ 2 %kk�%#G3@� ¦

8. [\;32 < Wh�ö 1� Z±2� 7÷­ %k§31%7 ¦

9. 1­13h­ %77�Gí� `W3K� E3æ F `W%XÔK7F ¦

10. 1� `WXFE} M�õ %2%XÓ31%7 ¦

11. %E�3� # FX32 < S 8h\� %WW% G%5 ¦

12. XF#X&} %WW313 M%g ¦

13. D;F � 8p 8ä%5 ¦

14. M´F � 8p 8|%5 ¦

15. Z��|\� K\S� ;@ ] `Ü7F ¦

16. 7F 7÷­ %#%#%XG%5 ¦

17. XF#X&� E 8��G3­ ;h\%7 ¦

18. %k,31K3 Jk%7 ¦

19. � 8p 8äK3 W$ %7 ¦

20. M2 8%kz$|K3 pS#32 < `W%XE%7 ¦

Page 43: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

34

Topic VII

;$ X5@ <

Kodanta

;$ 7 <-IJK3� (Suffixes to a root to make a new nominal base)

� ;$ 7 <-IJKs are the suffixes added to a 637 8 (root) to make a new I3%7W%X; (nominal base).

637 8� + ;$ 7 <-IJK� = I3%7W%X;@ <

� In other words, nominalization of 637 8 is done by suffixing ;$ 7 <-IJK. Or, by suffixing

;$ 7 <-IJK, 637 8 gets nominalised. (*1)

� There are more than 100 ;$ 7 <-IJKs. They are found in Pā�ini-sūtras 3.1.93 to 3.4.76.

� The new I3%7W%X; and the declined form (1 8�5) of that I3%7W%X; are called ;$ X5@ < (verbal

derivative nouns, or nominalised root).

� ;$ 7 <-IJKs denote ;3h; (agent, object, etc.) or/and p3# (action itself) of the 637 8.

� Some ;$ 7 <-IJKs can also express additional sense such as tense of the action.

*1: Pā�ini-sūtra 3.1.91 declares that from there onward and up to the end of the 3rd chapter,

all the IJKs enjoined are to be suffixed to 637 8. Pā�ini-sūtra 3.1.93 teaches that all the IJKs

other than the 18 %7V<-IJKs are ;$ 7 <-IJK. Then Pā�ini-sūtra 1.2.46 defines that ;$ 7 <-IJK-ending

words are qualified to be called I3%7W%X;@ <.

Page 44: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

35

i. Basic sense of ;$ 7 <-IJK

� A ;$ 7 <-IJK indicates/denotes any one of ;3h; (;73 ], ;@ ], ;hQ@ <, etc.) or p3#, the meaning

of the 637 8 itself.

� A637 8 indicates action.

� A 637 8 and a ;$ 7 <-IJK meet together to make a single I3%7W%X;.

� The new I3%7W%X; indicates/denotes the ;3h; of the action or p3# of the action.

For example:

§3 (to know) + 7$l < (agent, ~er) = §37$ (agent of knowing, knower)

� §3 is a 637 8 indicating the action of knowing.

� 7$l < is a ;$ 7 <-IJK indicating the agent (;73 ]).

� The 637 8 and ;$ 7 <-IJK make a new I3%7W%X; indicating the agent of knowing.

� This type of derivation is called ;7 ]%h s 8�%&� (derivation in the sense of agent).

[\; < (to experience) + zP < (object, ~ed) = [\; (object of experience, experienced)

� [\; < is a 637 8 indicating the action of experience.

� zP < is a ;$ 7 <-IJK indicating the object (;@ ]).

� The 637 8 and ;$ 7 <-IJK make a new I3%7W%X; indicating the object of experience.

� This type of derivation is called ;@ ]%Q s 8�%&� (derivation in the sense of object).

� All ;$ 7 <-IJKs are used in the sense of ;3h; and/or p3#. Thus ;3h; and p3# are called

“the basic sense” in this book.

Page 45: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

36

ii. Additional sense of ;$ 7 <-IJK

� On top of the basic sense, some ;$ 7 <-IJKs can indicate time of the action, necessity of

action, and so on. These are called “additional sense”.

For example:

§3 (to know) + v#7 8w (agent, ~er) + (of the past action) = §37#7 < (one who knew)

� §3 is a 637 8 indicating the action of knowing.

� v#7 8w is a ;$ 7 <-IJK indicating the agent of the action in the past.

� The 637 8 and ;$ 7 <-IJK makes a new I3%7W%X; indicating the agent of knowing,

which happened in the past.

S@ < (to reach) + 7s (object, ~ed) + (necessity) = S5s (that which should be reached)

� S@ < is a 637 8 indicating the action of going.

� 7s is a ;$ 7 <-IJK indicating the object of the action which is necessary.

� The 637 8 and ;$ 7 <-IJK makes a new I3%7W%X; indicating the object of reaching,

which should be done.

� When studying ;$ 7 <-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known:

1) What the ;$ 7 <-IJK denotes

2) Content of the ;$ 7 <-IJK

3) H7 < letters of the ;$ 7 <-IJK and their functions

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the ;$ 7 <-#$%&�

In this book, each ;$ 7 <-IJK will be introduced with these 7 aspects.

� In this book, ;$ 7 <-IJKs are introduced in the order of MÚ3Ó3K� (Pā�ini-sūtra).

Page 46: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ < ;@ ]%Q & p3#F ;$ J3�

37

1. ;$ J3� in ;@ ]%Q & p3#F

� There are 6 ;$ 7 <-IJKs together called ;$ J3�.

� These 6 ;$ J3� IJKs are K7 <, qW <, rK7 <, 7s7 <, 7s, M2�Kh <.

� ;$ J3� IJKs are enjoined in the section of Pā�ini-sūtra from 3.1.95 to 3.1.132.

� ;$ J is a subcategory of ;$ 7 <-IJKs.

� All ;$ J3� IJKs are used in the same sense.

• Basic meaning: ;@ ] (object) and also p3# (meaning of the 637 8 itself)

• Additional meanings: the sense of direction, fitness, necessity, capacity, etc.

� The meanings of all of the six ;$ J-ending are:

Object which shold be done, object which is fit be done, object which is necessarily to

be done, object which is possible to be done;

Action which shold be done, action which is fit be done, action which is necessarily to

be done, action which is possible to be done;

In the examples, only one meaning is written as a sample to save space.

� After removal of H7 < letters, the contents of the ;$ J3� are 3 types:

a. K7 <, qW <, rK7 < (the content is “K”)

b. 7s7 <, 7s (the content is “7s”)

c. M2�Kh < (the content is “M2�K”)

� H7 < letters of IJK determine how MN should be modified. For example:

a. §3 (to know) + K7 < = § FK (When K7 < is suffixed, Z of the 637 8 is modified into D.)

g 8 (to praise) + qW < = g 8J (7 8; <-ZS@ is added because qW < is %W7 <.)

;$ (to do) + rK7 < = ;3K ] (Because rK7 < is %Q7 <,#$%> takes place in MN.)

b. ;$ (to do) + 7s = ;7 ]s

c. ;$ (to do) + M2�K = ;hQ�K

� Among these ;$ J3� suffixes, 7s7 <, 7s, M2�Kh < can be suffixed to any 637 8.

� Among K7 <, qW <, and rK7 <, the characteristics of the 637 8 determines which one of them

can be suffixed.

Page 47: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

;@]%Q & p3#F ;$ J3� Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

38

� Of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs, these are the 7 common things to be known about ;$ J3� (K7 <, qW <, rK7 <,

7s7 <, 7s, M2�Kh <):

1) What ;$ J3� denote:

• ;@] (object) and also p3# (meaning of the 637 8 itself)

• The sense of direction, fitness, necessity, or capacity, are added to the action.

2) Content of ;$ J3�

• K for K7 <, qW <, and rK7 <

• 7s for 7s7 < and 7s

• M2�K for M2�Kh <

3) H7 < (indicatory) letters of ;$ J3� and their function

• Individually seen in the following sections

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• S 8Q or #$%> can take place (See Topic IV.)

5) Gender of the new I3%7W%X;

• The new I3%7W%X; declines in 3 %[Ns. The %[N is determined by the %[N of a noun,

which the ;$ J-ending word qualifies.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In W 8w%ùN and 2W 8­1;%[N, it declines as M-ending.

• In æ�%[N, a feminine suffix e3W < (Z) is added and it declines as Z-ending.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the ;$ 7 <-#$%&�

• As the explanation for one ;$ J-IJK, another ;$ J-IJK is generally used.

E.g., ;7 ]s@ < for ;hQ�K@ <, XE ]2�K� for ÖÔK�, etc.

• To show the meaning of fitness, K\�K with 7 8@ 82 <-ending word may be used.

E.g., X37 8­ K\�K@ < for XFK@ <. ÏÚ8 ­ K\�K� XE ]2�K�, etc.

• To show the meaning of capacity, Eq with 7 8@ 82 <-ending word may be used.

E.g., Jv8­ Eq� Jvs�, #v8­ Eq­ #l2�K@ <, etc.

Page 48: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < –Kodanta ;@ ]%Q & p3#F ;$ J3�

39

a. K7 <, qW <, rK7 < (the content is “K”)

� H7 < (indicatory) letters of K7 <, qW <, rK7 < and their function

o For K7 <

� 7 < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦ For intonation.

o For qW <

� ; < – By 1.3.8 [EÃ7%>7F ¦ When %;7 <-IJK follows, S 8Q and #$%> are prohibited in MN.

(See Topic IV)

� W < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦ When %W7 <-IJK which is ;$ 7 <-IJK follows a 637 8 which ends

with a short vowel, 7 < is attached at the end of the 637 8. (6.1.71 ß�} %W%7 ;$ %7 7 8; < ¦)

o For rK7 <

� Q < – By 1.3.7 l 8e� ¦ Q < can cause #$%>. (See Topic IV)

� 7 < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦ For intonation.

� Among K7 <, qW <, and rK7 <, the characteristics of the 637 8 determines which one of them

can be suffixed. See the next page for examples.

o K7 < is suffixed to:

� Ml <-ending 637 8. (3.1.97 Ml\ K7 < ¦ ~ IJK� Wh¬ 637\� )

� W 8-ending 637 8s which has short M in penultimate take K7 < (3.1.98 W\h¸W637 < ¦ ~ K7 <)

(MW#3X to 3.1.124)

� other specific instances

o For qW <

� Some specific 637 8s take qW < (3.1.109 D%7g8E3�$Ök 8G� qW < ¦)

o For rK7 <

� Å7 <-ending 637 8s take rK7 < (3.1.124 Å,[\rK ]7 < ¦) (MW#3X of 3.1.97)

� ,[ <-ending 637 8s take rK7 < (3.1.124 Å,[\rK ]7 < ¦)

� other specific instances

Page 49: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

;@]%Q & p3#F ;$ J3� Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

40

Here are some examples of K7 < ending words:

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ < with one of the possible meanings

� Ml <-ending 637 8s take K7 <.

%k (1P) to conquer + K7 < = k FK (that which should be conquered)

2� (1U) to lead + K7 < = 2 FK (that which should be led)

� Z at the end becomes �, then S 8Q, when followed by K7 <.

§3 (9P) to know + K7 < = § FK (that which should be known)

X3 (3U) to give + K7 < = X FK (that which should be given)

I + @3 (2P) to know + K7 < = I@FK (that which should be known)

M2 8 + Ò3 (1P) to practise + K7 < = M2 8uFK (that which should be practised)

M%p + 63 (3U) to name + K7 < = M%p6 FK (that which should be named)

,3 (3P) to abandon + K7 < = ,FK (that which should be abandoned)

� %Qk5637 8 drops the last H of %Ql <, 125637 8 drops the last M of 12 <.

I%7W3%X to unfold + K7 < = I%7W34 (that which should be unfolded)

%k§31 to desire to know + K7 < = %k§3} (that which should be desired to be known)

� Short M in penultimate and W 8-ending 637 8s take K7 <.

[p < (1A) to gain + K7 < = [Á (that which should be gained)

S@ < (1P) to reach + K7 < = Sª (that which should be reached)

To make a word denoting an object which should be given:

1) X3 + K7 < K7 <, one of the ;$ J3� IJKs is suffixed to X3 (to give) because K7 < can

be suffixed to an Z-ending 637 8 in this sense.

By the addition of the suffix, X3 is qualified to be an MN.

2) X3 + K 7 < of K7 < is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) X� + K When Z ending 637 8 is suffixed by K7 <, the Z is replaced by �.

4) XF + K The �, a part of the 637 8, takes S 8Q (See Topic IV).

5) XFK K7 < is one of the ;$ J3� IJKs, and ;$ Js are subset of ;$ 7 <-IJKs.

Thus XFK is a ;$ X5 (that which ends with ;$ 7 <-IJK).

Being a ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <.

In the same manner, § FK (§3 to know), M%p6 FK (M%p + 63 to designate), etc. are made.

Page 50: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < –Kodanta ;@ ]%Q & p3#F ;$ J3�

41

Here are some examples of qW < ending words:

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ < with one of the possible meanings

� Some specific 637 8s take qW <.

g 8 (2P) to praise + qW < = g 8J (that which should be praised)

E31 < (2P) to teach + qW < = %E� (one who is fit to be taught)

ÖE < (1P) to see + qW < = ÖÔK (that which should be seen)

E; < (5P) to be possible + qW < = Eq (that which should be possible to be …ed)

;$ (8U) to do + qW < = ;$ J (that which should be done)

* ;$ 637 8 can take both qW < and rK7 <.

To make a word denoting an object which should be praised:

1) g8 + qW < qW <, one of the ;$ J3� IJKs is suffixed to g 8 (to praise) because qW <

can be suffixed to certain 637 8s such as g 8, E31 <, etc.

By the addition of the suffix, g 8 is qualified to be an MN.

2) g8 + K ; < and W < of qW < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

%;7 < IJK does not cause S 8Q in the MN.

3) g8 + 7 < + K Because g 8 ends with a � (short vowel), and qW < is %W7 < (one

whose H7 < is W <) as well as ;$ 7 <-IJK, by 6.1.71 ß�} %W%7 ;$ %7 7 8; <¦, 7 8; <-

ZS@ (the content is 7 <) is attached at the end of the 637 8.

4) g8J Being ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <.

In the same manner, %E� (E31 < to teach), ÖÔK (ÖE < to see), etc. are made.

Page 51: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

;@]%Q & p3#F ;$ J3� Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

42

Here are some examples of rK7 < ending words:

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ < with one of the possible meanings

� Å7 <-ending 637 8s take rK7 <.

;$ (8U) to do + rK7 < = ;3K ] (that which should be done)

ú (1U) to take away + rK7 < = ,3K ] (that which should be taken away)

� ,[ <-ending 637 8s take rK7 <.

136 < (5P) to accomplish + rK7 < = 13Ó (that which should be accomplished)

#l < (2P) to speak + rK7 < = #3Ü (that which should be spoken)

#l < (2P) to speak + rK7 < = #3q (sentence)

X, < (1P) to burn + rK7 < = X3× (that which should be burnt)

`X < + WX < (4A) to produce + rK7 < = `�34 (that which should be produced)

%#X < (2P) to know + rK7 < = # F4 (that which should be known)

%[, < (2P) to lick + rK7 < = [F× (that which should be licked)

%# + %EG < (7P) to qualify + rK7 < = %#EF� (that which should be qualified)

E 8l < (1P) to lament + rK7 < = E\Ü (that which one should be lamented)

K 8k < (7U) to be fit + rK7 < = K\�K (that which is fit)

W�k < (1U) to worship + rK7 < = W� (that which should be worshiped)

ZW < (5P) to pervade + rK7 < = Zû (that which should be pervaded)

`W + Z1 < (2A) to meditate + rK7 < = `W3} (that which should be meditated)

To make a word denoting an object which should be done:

1) ;$ + rK7 < rK7 <, one of the ;$ J3� IJKs is suffixed to ;$ (to do) because rK7 < can

be suffixed to Å-ending and ,[ <-ending 637 8s in this sense.

By the addition of the suffix, ;$ is qualified to be an MN.

2) ;$ + K Q < and 7 < of rK7 < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

3) ;3h < + K Being a %Q7 <, rK7 < causes #$%> in the MN.

4) ;3K ] Being ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <.

In the same manner, ,3K ] (ú to take away), `�34 (`X < + WX < to produce), etc. are made.

Page 52: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < –Kodanta ;@ ]%Q & p3#F ;$ J3�

43

b. 7s7 <, 7s (the content is “7s”)

� The difference between 7s7 < and 7s is only intonation.

• 7 < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦ For intonation.

� Both IJKs are suffixed to any 637 8 as long as the form is seen in the E3æ.

For example, to make a word whose meaning is an object which has to be done:

1) ;$ + 7s 7s7 < or 7s is suffixed to ;$ (to do).

By the addition of the suffix, ;$ is qualified to be an MN.

2) ;h < + 7s S 8Q takes place in the MN. (See Topic IV)

3) ;7 ]s Being ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <

c. M2�Kh < (the content is “M2�K”)

� H7 < (indicatory) letter of M2�Kh < and its function

• h < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦ For intonation.

� M2�Kh < is suffixed to any 637 8 as long as the form is seen in the E3æ.

For example, to make a word whose meaning is an object which has to be done:

1) ;$ + M2�Kh < M2�Kh <, one of the ;$ J3� IJKs is suffixed to ;$ (to do).

By the addition of the suffix, ;$ is qualified to be an MN.

2) ;$ + M2�K h < of M2�Kh < is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) ;h < + M2�K S 8Q takes place in the MN. (See Topic IV)

4) ;hQ�K Qc-1%� takes place.

5) ;hQ�K Being ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <

Page 53: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

;@]%Q & p3#F ;$ J3� Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

44

Here are more examples of 7s7 <, 7s and M2�Kh < ending words which are seen often:

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ < in ;@ ]%Q

S@ < (1P) to go + 7s/ M2�Kh < = S5s/S@2�K (object to be reached)

%l5 < (10U) to think + M2�Kh < = %l52�K (object to be considered)

§3 (9P) to know + 7s = §37s (that which should be known)

Jk < (1P) to give up + 7s/ M2�Kh < = Jvs/Jk2�K (object to be given up)

X3 (3U) to give + 7s = X37s (object to be given)

ÖE < (1P) to see + 7s/ M2�Kh < = ÏÚs/XE]2�K (object to be seen)

� 8 (1P) to hear + 7s/ M2�Kh < = �\7s/�#Q�K (object to be heard)

@2 < (4A) to think + 7s/ M2�Kh < = @5s/@22�K (object to be thought)

%2 + %XÓ31 to contemplate + 7s = %2%XÓ3%17s (object to be contemplated)

%# + %k§31 to desire to know+ 7s = %#%k§3%17s (object of desire to know)

� 86 < (1P) to know + 7s = �\>s (object to be known)

p 8k < (7U) to experience + 7s/ M2�Kh < = p\vs/p\k2�K (object to be experienced)

Z + hp < (1A) to start + 7s/ M2�Kh < = Zhüs/Zhý2�K (object to be started)

h@ < (1A) to rejoice at + M2�Kh < = h@Q�K (object to be rejoiced at)

[p < (1A) to obtain + 7s = [üs (object to be obtained)

#l < (2P) to speak + 7s/ M2�Kh < = #vs/#l2�K (that which is to be said)

%#X < (2P) to know + 7s/ M2�Kh < = # F%X7s/#FX2�K (that which is to be known)

1 F# < (1A) to serve + 7s = 1 F%#7s (that which is to be served)

b$ (1P) to remember + M2�Kh < = bhQ�K (object to be remembered)

,2 < (2P) to injure + 7s/ M2�Kh < = ,5s/,22�K (object to be injured)

Examples from E3æ :

ØÙ »# 7 F2 S5s@ < ¦ (S�é ñ.ëñ)

Z±3 #3 MhF ÏÚs� �\7s� @5s� %2%XÓ3%17s� ¦ (�$é ë.ñ.î)

;@ ]Q\ ×%W �\>s­ �\>s­ l %#;@ ]Q� ¦ (S�é ñ.êò)

Page 54: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < –Kodanta ;@ ]%Q & p3#F ;$ J3�

45

Exercise 1:

Try to identify the 637 8 and IJK of the following ;$ J-ending ;$ X5 nouns.

From the 637 8 and the gender, discuss what that nouns can qualify and in what sense, and try

to make %#+,#3q accordingly.

1. ;3K ]@ <

2. ;hQ�K@ <

3. ÖÔK@ <

4. %E�3�

5. `W3}@ <

6. ,FK@ <

7. `W3XFK@ <

8. M%p6 FK@ <

9. M2 8uFK@ <

10. M2 8ÏÚs�

11. %k§3%17s@ <

12. %2# ]l2�K@ <

13. %#%k§3}@ <

14. %2%XÓ3}@ <

Example answer to 1:

;3K ]@ < is made of ;$ (to do) and rK7 <. Since it is in neuter gender, it can be qualifying a ;@ ].

Exercise 2: Find ;$ J35 words, identify their 637 8s and IJKs, and translate the following

sentences by parsing each word.

1. HX­ ;@ ] ;7 ]s­ @K3 ¦

2. mF %#4 F # F%X7sF p#7� ¦

3. ;7 8õ Eq@ < M;7 8õ Eq­ ;@ ] ¦

4. H@3%2 `W3}3%2 ÛW3%Q 1%5 ¦

5. Zl3K ]� %E�FÁ� § FK­ ØÙ `W%XE%7 ¦

6. K\%S2� ;7 ]sF2 ;@ ]Q3 �½h@ < Ml ]%5 ¦

7. M� %#GK F %;­ #vs@ < ¦

8. D77 < ;3K ]@ F# ¦

9. s3âFK� +þ� ¦

10. Mb3;@ < 1 F%#7s3K Zl3K3 ]K Mb3%p� %;­

;hQ�K@ < ¦

Note that ;73 ] of action in ;$ J-ending word takes 3rd case or 6th case. Because ;$ J-IJK

denotes ;@ ] and p3# <, just as %7V<-IJK denotes ;@ ] and p3# < in ;@ ]%Q IK\S and p3#F IK\S, an

undenoted ;73 ] is expressed in 7$7�K3 %#p%v� (;7 ]%h 7$7�K3). Optionally, that ;73 ] is expressed in Gu�

%#p%v� (Ref. 2.3.71).

E.g., X F#X&F2 Sk� ÖÔK7F ¦ %7V<-IJK denotes ;@ ] and undenoted ;73 ] is in 7$7�K3 %#p%v.

X F#X&F2/XF#X&} Sk� ÏÚs� ¦ ;$ J-IJK denotes ;@ ] and undenoted ;73 ] is in 7$7�K3 %#p%v,

or optionally Gu� %#p%v.

Page 55: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

46

2. ;$ 7 <-IJKs in ;7 ]%h, that denote ;73 ] (agent)

� To make a new I3%7W%X; (nominal base) which denotes a doer/agent of a given action,

the following ;$ 7 <-IJKs are suffixed to a 637 8 indicating that action.

a. 7$l <

b. r# 8[ <

c. %t #W <

d. v/v#7 8w denote the agent of the past action. Note that v can denote both ;73 ] and ;@ ].

(See under Topic VII 3. %2u3)

e. E7$/E32l < denote the agent of the present action. Note that E32l < can denote both ;73 ]

and ;@ ]. (See under Topic VII 4. E7$/E32l <)

f. t c3/yW < denote the agent of the previous action. (See under Topic VII 6 t c3/yW <)

� For example, to make a word whose meaning is “a doer” or “agent of doing”, those

;$ 7 <-IJKs listed above are suffixed to the 637 8 ;$ (to do). The following are the results of

adding the above ;$ 7 <-IJKs.

a. ;$ + 7$l < = ;7$ ] (doer/one who does/agent of doing)

b. ;$ + r# 8[ < = ;3h; (doer/one who does/agent of doing)

c. ;$ + %t #W < = ;$ 7 < (doer/one who does/agent of doing)

d. S@ < + v = S7 (one who has gone)

;$ + v#7 8w = ;$ 7#7 < (doer in past/one who has done/agent of doing in past)

e. ;$ + E7$ = ;8# ]7 < (doer at present/one who is doing/agent of doing at present)

;$ + E32l < = ;8#3 ]Q (doer at present/one who is doing/agent of doing at present)

f. ;$ + t c3 = ;$ c3 (having done/after doing)

%# + ;$ + yW < = %#;$ J (having modified/after modifying)

� Most of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs which denote ;73 ] are enjoined by Pā�ini-sūtras in the section

from 3.1.133 to 3.2.83.

� By default, all ;$ 7 <-IJKs are used in the sense of agent (;7 ]%h) by 3.4.67 ;7 ]%h ;$ 7 < ¦

Page 56: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta ;7 ]%h 7$l <

47

a. 7$l <

� Of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs the following 7 things are to be known regarding “7$l <”:

1) What 7$l < denotes:

• ;73 ] (agent)

2) Content of 7$l <-IJK

• 7$

3) H7 < (indicatory) letter of 7$l < and its function

• l < - By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <. This is for intonation.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• Being Z6 ]637 8; and #[ <-beginning IJK, 7$l < can take He <-ZS@ (See Topic V)

• S 8Q can take place in MN (See Topic IV)

5) Gender of the new I3%7W%X;

• The new I3%7W%X; can decline in 3 %[Ns.

• The %[N is determined by the %[N of the noun, which the 7$l <-ending word

qualifies.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In W 8w%ùN and 2W 8­1;%[N, it declines as 7$k5 (that which ends with 7$l <). (See

Volume 1 “Å-ending masculine” for W 8w%ùN)

• In æ�%[N, a feminine suffix V�W < (�) is added and it declines as �-ending feminine,

like 2X�. (See Volume 1“�-ending feminine” for æ�%[N)

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the ;$ 7 <-#$%&�

• %7V5 in ;7 ]%h-IK\S can be used. For example, “;h\%7 H%7 ;73 ] ¦”, “WÔK%7 H%7 ÏÚ3 ¦”,

etc.

� The 7$l <-ending word is commonly called 7$k5 (that which ends with 7$l <.)

Page 57: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

;7 ]%h 7$l < Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

48

For example, to make a word whose meaning is a knower, an agent of knowing:

1) §3 + 7$l < A ;$ 7 <-IJK 7$l < (~er) is suffixed to the 637 8 §3 (to know).

By the addition of the suffix, §3 is qualified to be an MN.

2) §3 + 7$ l < of 7$l < is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) §37$ Being ;$ X5 (that which ends with ;$ 7 <-IJK), this is qualified to

be a I3%7W%X;@ <

The %#+,#3q will be like “k323%7 H%7 §373 ¦“. The declension of this word will be §373, §373h¥,

§373h�, … in W 8w%ùN, and §3��, §3�¥, §3��, … in æ�%[N.

Here are more examples of 7$l <-ending (7$k5) words:

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ < %#+,#3q@ <

;$ (8U) to do + 7$l < = ;7$ ] (doer) ;h\%7 H%7 ;73 ] ¦

p� (1P) to be + 7$l < = p%#7$ (one who becomes) p#%7 H%7 p%#73 ¦

S@ < (1P) to go + 7$l < = S5$ (goer) S¨%7 H%7 S53 ¦

§3 (9P) to know + 7$l < = §37$ (knower) k323%7 H%7 §373 ¦

X3 (3U) to give + 7$l < = X37$ (giver) XX3%7 H%7 X373 ¦

63 (3U) to support + 7$l < = 637$ (supporter) X63%7 H%7 6373 ¦

ÖE < (1P) to see + 7$l < = ÏÚ$ (seer) * WÔK%7 H%7 ÏÚ3 ¦

¸, < (2P) to milk + 7$l < = X\�6$ (one who milks) X\%�6 H%7 X\�63 ¦

p 8k < (7U) to experience + 7$l < = p\v$ (experiencer) p 82%v M2 8p#%7 H%7 p\v3 ¦

I + @3 (2P) to know + 7$l < = I@37$ (knower) I@3%7 H%7 I@373 ¦

� 8 (5P) to hear + 7$l < = �\7$ (hearer) �Q\%7 H%7 �\73 ¦

1$k < (6P) to create) + 7$l < = �Ú$ (creator) * 1$k%7 H%7 �Ú3 ¦

g 8 (2P) to praise + 7$l < = g\7$ (one who praises) g¥%7 H%7 g\73 ¦

M2 8 + Ò3 to perform + 7$l < = M2 8u37$ (one who performs) M2 8%7u%7 H%7 M2 8u373 ¦

,2 < (2P) to injure + 7$l < = ,5$ (injurer) ,%5 H%7 ,53 ¦

� (3U) to sacrifice + 7$l < = ,\7$ (one who sacrifices) k 8,\%7 H%7 ,\73 ¦

;3%h to make someone do + 7$l < = ;3h%K7$ (impeller) ;3hK%7 H%7 ;3h%K73 ¦

* Irregular forms

Page 58: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta ;7 ]%h 7$l <

49

Exercise 1:

What is the s 8�%& of the following ;$ X5 words? Answer in the format of the example answer.

1. ;7ã ]Q3@ <

2. ;7$ ]Á3@ <

3. S53h@ <

4. §373h¥

5. X3� F

6. 637$G 8

7. X\�63h@ <

8. ÏÚ8�

9. p\v3h�

10. p\vã 2 <

11. I@37 8�

12. �\7$%p�

13. M2 8u37ãQ3@ <

14. �Ú%h

15. ,53h�

16. ,\73h@ <

Example answer to 1:

The s 8�%& of the word ;73 ] is analyzed as follows:

a) This is a ;$ X5 word.

b) The 637 8 is ;$ (to do)

c) The ;$ 7 <-IJK is 7$l <. Thus this is called 7$k5 word.

d) The %#+, is “;8# ]%5 H%7 ;73 ]h�, 7 FG3­ ;7ã ]Q3@ <”.

e) The suffix denotes the ;73 ] of the action. Thus, this is ;7 ]%h s 8�%&�.

Exercise 2: Find 7$k5 words, identify their 637 8s, give %#+,#3q for 7$k5 ;$ m$%&, and translate the

following sentences by parsing each word.

1. �½h� kS7� �Ú3 M%g ¦

2. X\�63 S\W[2ó2� ¦

3. ;@]Q3­ ;73 ]h� È[323­ p\v3h� 1%5 ¦

4. 1� ,53h­ k323%7 ¦

5. 1� K§} ,\73h­ 2@%7 ¦

6. 1� @3S ]} S5ã2 < WÔK%7 ¦

7. [\;� p\; <�3 M2 8p�K7 F ¦

8. D77 < �\7$%p� M#Sª7F ¦

9. X3� F 2@� ¦

10. �Ú8� kS7 < k3K7 F ¦

11. ÏÚ8� ÏÚ3 2 2ÔK%7 ¦

12. Zl3K ]� +þ} �\7ãQ3­ E�3 ­ WÔK%7 ¦

13. DG� Eð� ;7 ]%h IK 8 7 F ¦

14. X37%h 1%7 ZX373 p#%7 ¦

Note:

The ;@ ] of 7$k5 word, when not denoted by %7V5 word, is expressed in the 6th case. In other

words, undenoted ;@ ] takes Gu� %#p%v. (This type of 6th case is called ;@ ]%Q Gu�.)

Page 59: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

;7 ]%h r# 8[ < Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

50

b. r# 8[ <

� Of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “r# 8[ <”:

1) What r# 8[ < denotes:

• ;73 ] (agent)

2) Content of r# 8[ <

• # 8 which is converted to “M;” by 7.1.1 K 8#\h23;¥ ¦

3) H7 < (indicatory) letters of r# 8[ < and their function

• Q < – By 1.3.7 l 8e� . This causes #$%> on MN

• [ < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <. This is for intonation.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• #$%> takes place, if applicable. See Topic IV.

5) Gender of the new I3%7W%X;

• The new I3%7W%X; declines in 3 %[Ns.

• The %[N is determined by the %[N of the noun, which the r# 8[ <-ending word

qualifies.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In W 8w%ùN and 2W 8­1;%[N, it declines as M-ending.

• In æ�%[N, a feminine suffix e3W < (Z) is added, the short M before ; < is changed into

H, and it declines as Z-ending feminine. E.g., ;3%h;3, W3%[;3

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the ;$ 7 <-#$%&�

• For example, “;h\%7 H%7 ;3h;� ¦”, “1 F#7 F H%7 1 F%#;3 æ�”, etc.

Page 60: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta ;7 ]%h r# 8[ <

51

For example, to make a word whose meaning is a purifier, an agent of purifying:

1) W� + r# 8[ < A ;$ 7 <-IJK r# 8[ < (~er) is suffixed to the 637 8 W� (to purify).

By the addition of the suffix, W� is qualified to be an MN.

2) W� + # 8 Q < and [ < of r# 8[ < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

3) W� + M; The remaining # 8 is replaced by M;.

4) W¥ + M; The suffix, being a %Q7 <, causes #$%> to the MN.

5) W3# < + M; MK <-M# <-ZK <-Z# < sandhi is applied.

6) W3#; Being ;$ X5 (that which ends with ;$ 7 <-IJK), this is qualified to

be a I3%7W%X;@ <

The %#+,#3q of this new I3%7W%X; will be like “W 823%7 H%7 W3#;�¦“. Declension of this word will

be W3#;�, W3#;¥, W3#;3�, …

Here are more examples of r# 8[ < -ending words:

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ < %#+,#3q@ <

;$ (8U) to do + r# 8[ < = ;3h; (doer) ;h\%7 H%7 ;3h;� ¦

X, < (1P) to burn + r# 8[ < = X3,; (one who burns) X,%7 H%7 X3,;� ¦

2� (1U) to lead + r# 8[ < = 23K; (leader) 2K%7 H%7 23K;� ¦

1 F# < (1A) to serve + r# 8[ < = 1 F#; (one who serves) 1 F#7 F H%7 1 F#;� ¦

136 < (5P) to accomplish + r# 8[ < = 136; (accomplisher) 13�\%7 H%7 136;� ¦

ÖE < (1P) to see + r# 8[ < = XE ]; (seer) WÔK%7 H%7 XE ];� ¦

K3l < (1U) to beg + r# 8[ < = K3l; (one who begs) K3l7 F H%7 K3l;� ¦

W� (9P) to purify + r# 8[ < = W3#; (purifier) W 823%7 H%7 W3#;� ¦

%pX < (7U) to separate + r# 8[ < = p FX; (divider) %p2%& H%7 p FX;� ¦

#$6 (1A) to grow + r# 8[ < = #6 ]; (one who grows) #6 ]7 F H%7 #6 ];� ¦

Page 61: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

;7 ]%h r# 8[ < Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

52

Here are examples of %Qk5-637 8s (causative roots) becoming r# 8[ <-ending words.

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ < %#+,#3q@ <

§3 + %Ql < = §3%W + r# 8[ < = §3W; (example) §3WK%7 H%7 §3W;� ¦

@ 8X < + %Ql < = @\%X + r# 8[ < = @\X; (one who makes happy) @\XK%7 H%7 @\X;� ¦

Ò3 + %Ql < = Ò3%W + r# 8[ < = Ò3W; (one who establishes) Ò3WK%7 H%7 Ò3W;� ¦

W  < + %Ql < = W3%  + r# 8[ < = W3 ; (one who teaches) W3 K%7 H%7 W3 ;� ¦

Exercise 1:

What is the s 8�%& of the following ;$ X5 words? Answer in the format of the example answer.

1. ;3h;32 <

2. X3,;FÁ�

3. 1F#;323@ <

4. 23K;¥

5. XE];37 <

6. W3#;3%2

7. #6 ];3K

8. Ò3W;@ <

9. W3 ;F G 8

10. @\X;3%2

11. §3%W;K3

12. I%7W3X;37 <

Example answer to 1:

The s 8�%& of the word ;3h;3� is analyzed as follows:

a) This is a ;$ X5 word.

b) The 637 8 is ;$ (to do)

c) The ;$ 7 <-IJK is r# 8[ <.

d) %#+, is “;8# ]%5 H%7 ;3h;3�, 732 < ;3h;32 <”.

e) The suffix denotes the ;73 ] of the action. Thus, this is ;7 ]%h s 8�%&�.

Exercise 2: Find ;$ X5 words, identify their 637 8s and IJKs, give %#+,#3q for r# 8[ <-ending ;$ m$%&,

and translate the following sentences by parsing each word.

1. 13 K3l;3K %p|3­ XX3%7 ¦

2. 1� @3S ]} S5ãQ3­ 23K;� p#%7 ¦

3. E3æ� 7} 1 F#;» � 1, ZS¨%7 ¦

4. X32 ­ 7W3­%1 l @2 8�323­ W3#;3%2 1%5¦

5. S 8�� p FX;32 < �367 F ¦

6. D77 < 1362­ � 8>F� #6 ];@ < ¦

7. Mb3;@ < Zl3K ]� 6@ ]} Ò3W;� ¦

8. %E�3� # FX32 < W3 ;37 < W %5 ¦

9. XF#X&� D7­ %#GK­ §3W;F 2 M#S¨%7 ¦

Note: Here too, the undenoted ;@ ]s take Gu� %#p%v. (This type of 6th case is called ;@ ]%Q Gu�.)

Page 62: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta ;7 ]%h %t #W <

53

c. %t #W <

� Of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “%t #W <”:

1) What %t #W < denotes:

• ;73 ] (agent)

2) Content of %t #W <

• Zero-IJK� (When only # < of %#w remains in a suffix, that # < is also elided by 6.1.67

#FhW$v}¦)

3) H7 < (indicatory) letters of %t #W < and their function

• ; < – By 1.3.8 [EÃ7%>7F ¦. S 8Q and #$%> are prohibited to take place in MN.

• W < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦. When 637 8 is ending with a short vowel, 7 < is attached at the

end of the 637 8.

• H – This is just for pronunciation. (`�3hQ3� ]@ <)

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• %ÃW < being %;7 <, no S 8Q or #$%> takes place in MN.

5) Gender of the new I3%7W%X;

• The new I3%7W%X; declines in 3 %[Ns.

• The %[N is determined by the %[N of the noun, which the %t #W <-ending word

qualifies.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• The new %t #W <–ending I3%7W%X;s decline according to the last letter.

• In æ�%[N, no feminine suffix is attached.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the ;$ 7 <-#$%&�

• Being ;7 ]%h IJK, %7V5 in ;7 ]%h IK\S is used. “h3k7F H%7 h3e < ¦”, “%#·3k7F H%7 %#·3e <”, etc.

� The %t #W <-ending word is commonly called %t #�5 (that which ends with %t #W <).

Page 63: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

;7 ]%h %t #W < Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

54

For example, to make a word denoting an agent of GX < 637 8, whose meanings are %#EhQ-S%7-

M#13X2, with two `W1S ]s, `W and %2 :

1) 1X < The G < of 637 8 GX < is replaced by 1 <. (6.1.64)

2) `W + %2 + 1X < + %t #W < A ;$ 7 <-IJK %t #W < (~er) is suffixed to `W + %2 + 1X <.

By the addition of the suffix, 1X < is qualified to be an MN.

3) `W + %2 + 1X < + %# ; < and W < of %t #W < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

4) `W + %2 + 1X < # < is also elided. (6.1.67) H for pronunciation is taken away.

5) `W + %2 + GX < Because of the preceding H of %2, 1 < of 1X < is replaced by G <. (8.3.59)

6) `W%2GX < Being ;$ X5 (that which ends with ;$ 7 <-IJK), this is qualified to

be a I3%7W%X;@ <. (1.2.46)

The new I3%7W%X; is feminine and the declension will be `W%2G7 </X <, `W%2GX¥, `W%2GX�, `W%2GX@ < …

Here are more examples of %t #W < -ending (%t #�5) words:

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ < %#+,#3q@ <

h3k < (1U) to shine + %t #W < = h3k < (one who shines) h3k7 F H%7 h3e < ¦

%# + ·3k < (1A) to shine + %t #W < = %#·3k < (one who shines) %#·3k7F H%7 %#·3e < ¦

%[, < (2P) to lick + %t #W < = %[, < (one who licks) [F%� H%7 %[e < ¦

p31 < (1A) to shine + %t #W < = p31 < (one who shines) p317 F H%7 p31 < ¦

k <] (10U) to strengthen + %t #W < = k <] (one who strengthens) k]K%7 H%7 ; <] ¦

� In some cases, %t #W < requires `WWX, a noun related to the 637 8 to which the %t #W < is suffixed.

See Topic IX 2 j. `WWX7� 8�G1@31� for more information.

For reference, this is how the I3%7W%X; “h3k <” declines in 1st case singular:

h3k < + 1 8w 1 8W <-IJK is added.

h3k < + 1 < of 1 8w is elided when I3%7W%X; ends with consonant. (6.1.68)

h3G < 8.2.36 �¬·k1$k@$kKkh3kp3k¨E3­ G� ¦ ~ à%[ WX} M5F l

h3d < 8.2.39 à[3­ kE\¾5F ¦ ~ WX}

h3e < 8.4.56 #3#132 F ¦ ~ lh < à[3@ <

Page 64: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

55

3. %2u3 (v & v#7 8w)

� These two suffixes are together given a technical name of %2u3. (1.1.26 vv#7� %2u3¦)

a. v denotes ;@ ], ;73 ], and p3#F of a past or present action

b. v#7 8w denotes an agent of a past action

� %2u3 is a technical term used in Pā�ini sūtras for the following purposes:

• %2u3-7 section from 8.2.42 of Pā�ini sūtras where “7 <” of %2u3-IJK changes into “2 <”

and other changes associated with that.

E.g., WX < + v = W¡

• ����%,1@31, %2u3-IJK-ending word should come as a W�# ]WX.

E.g., %#%X73±3, @ 8%X7#X2�, E 8>1÷�, etc.

� The following is a chart of the possible combinations of the basic senses and additional

senses of %2u3-IJKs. The explanation follows.

Additional Basic sence

p�7 F (3.2.102 %2u3¦ ~ p�7 F) #7 ]@32 F (3.2.188 @%7� 8%>W�k3�®Á¬¦)

v ;@ ]%Q

(3.4.70)

XF#X&F2 Þ\;� � 87� (that has been

heard)

XF#X&F2 +3@­ S7@ < (that has been

reached)

DG� @@ @7�, HÚ� (is desired)

,%h� K\%S23­ §37�, � 8>� (is known)

%E#� XF#323­ W�%k7�, M%l ]7� (is

worshipped)

p3#F

(3.4.70)

XF#X&F2 S7@ < (going in the past)

M%�23 �%[7@ < (lighting in the past)

@@ @7@ <, HÚ@ < (desire)

K\%S23­ §37­, � 8>@ < (knowledge)

XF#323­ W�%k7@ <, M%l ]7@ < (worship)

;7 ]%h (3.4.72

SJ� ]-M;@];..¦)

XF#X&� +3@­ S7� (who has gone)

M%�� �%[7� (which has lit)

n/a

v#7 8w ;7 ]%h (3.4.67) XF#X&� +3@­ S7#32 < (who has gone) n/a

Page 65: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

v Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

56

a. v

� Of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “v”:

1) What v denotes:

• ;@] (object)

• ;73 ] (agent) when the meaning of 637 8 is going (SJ� ]), or when 637 8 is intransitive

• p3#F (action itself)

As additional sense, past tense comes as default. If the meaning of 637 8 is desire,

knowledge, or worship, the tense can also be present. (See the chart in the previous

page.)

2) Content of v-IJK

• 7

3) H7 < (indicatory) letter of v and its function

• ; < – By 1.3.8 [EÃ7%>7F¦. %2G F6 (prohibition) of S 8Q and #$%> in MN

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• Being %2u3-IJK, both X < at the end of 637 8 and 7 < of v become 2 <. E.g., %pX < + 7 = %p¡

• 2 </@ < at the end of some 637 8 may drop. E.g., ,2 < + 7 = ,7; S@ < + 7 = S7

• Some sandhi rules may apply, as seen in the examples.

5) Gender of the new I3%7W%X;

• The new I3%7W%X; declines in 3 %[Ns. The %[N is determined by the %[N of the

noun, which the %2u3-ending word qualifies.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In W 8w%ùN and 2W 8­1;%[N, v-ending I3%7W%X; declines as M-ending.

• In æ�%[N, a feminine suffix e3W < (Z) is added to v-ending I3%7W%X;, and declines

as Z-ending feminine like SN3.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the ;$ 7 <-#$%&�

• As it is very common, %#+,#3q is not much seen for this ;$ 7 <-#$%&. If necessary, a

word consists of the 637 8 and IJK with same meanings will be used.

Page 66: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta v

57

To derive a v-ending word §37,

1) §3 + v A ;$ 7 <-IJK v is suffixed to 637 8 §3 (to know).

By the addition of the suffix, §3 gains the status of MN.

2) §3 + 7 ; < of v is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) §37 Being ;$ X5, this is a I3%7W%X;@ <.

The meaning of §37 is “object which has been known” in ;@ ]%Q p�7 F s 8�%&�.

With a X <-ending 637 8, both X < at the end of 637 8 and 7 < of v become 2 <.

1) I + 1X < + v A ;$ 7 <-IJK v is suffixed to 637 8 1X < with I (to be pleased).

2) I + 1X < + 7 ; < of v is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) I + 12 < + 2 When followed by %2u3-IJK, both the X < at the end of 637 8 and the

7 < of %2u3-IJK become 2 <, by 8.2.42 hX3Á3­ %2u37\ 2� W�# ]} l X� ¦

4) I1¡ Being ;$ X5, this is a new I3%7W%X;@ <.

Similarly, X <-ending 637 8 with v-IJK undergoes the same modifications. I + WX < + v =

IW¡, MX < + v = M¡, %pX < + v = %p¡, etc.

The meaning of I1¡ is “one who has been pleased” in ;7 ]%h p�7 F s 8�%&�.

With a 2 </@ <-ending 637 8, that nasal letter is elided.

1) S@ < + v A ;$ 7 <-IJK v is suffixed to 637 8 S@ < (to go).

2) S@ < + 7 ; < of v is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) S7 The last nasal sound @ < is dropped. Being ;$ X5, this is a I3%7W%X;@ <.

In the same manner, some of 637 8s ending with a nasal sound will lose that last letter.

E.g., 2@ < + v = 27, h@ < + v = h7, K@ < + v = K7, ,2 < + v = ,7, 72 < + v = 77, @2 < + v = @7, etc.

The meaning of S7 is “object which has been reached” in ;@ ]%Q p�7 F s 8�%&�, whereas it is

“one who has gone” in ;7 ]%h p�7 F s 8�%&�, and it is “going in the past” in p3#F p�7 F s 8�%&�.

Page 67: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

v Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

58

l#S ] at the end of 637 8 becomes ;#S ].

1) Jk < + v A ;$ 7 <-IJK v is suffixed to the 637 8 Jk < (to abandon).

2) Jk < + 7 ; < of v is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) JS < + 7 By 8.2.30 l\� ;8 � ¦, the l#S ] followed by à[ < is replaced by ;#S ].

4) J;< + 7 By 8.4.55 É%h l¦, the à[ < followed by Éh < becomes lh < (hard).

5) Jv Being ;$ X5, this is a new I3%7W%X;@ <.

In the same manner, @ 8l < + v = @ 8v, p 8k < + v = p 8v, K 8k < + v = K 8v, etc.

The meaning of Jv is “object which has been abandoned” in ;@ ]%Q p�7 F s 8�%&�.

With E </G <-ending 637 8, the last letter of 637 8 becomes G < and the 7 < of v becomes e <.

1) 2E < + v A ;$ 7 <-IJK v is suffixed to the 637 8 2E < (to perish).

2) 2E < + 7 ; < of v is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) 2G < + 7 By 8.2.36 �¬pk1$k@$kKkh3k·3k¨E3­ G�¦, the E < becomes G <.

4) 2G < + e By 8.4.41 Ú823 Ú8�¦, the 7 < in contact with G < becomes e <.

5) 2Ú Being ;$ X5, this is a new I3%7W%X;@ <.

In the same manner, HG < + v = HÚ, ÖE < + v = ÖÚ, E < + v = Ú, etc.

The meaning of 2Ú is “agent who has perished” in ;7 ]%h p�7 F s 8�%&�.

With 637 8 which ends with the letter in the 4th of the class, the last letter of 637 8 becomes

3rd of the class and the 7 < of v becomes 6 <.

1) E86 < + v A ;$ 7 <-IJK v is suffixed to the 637 8 E 86 < (to purify).

2) E86 < + 7 ; < of v is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) E86 < + 6 By 8.2.40 àGg�\6í¾6�¦, the 7 < preceded by àG < is replaced by 6 <.

4) E8X < + 6 By 8.4.53 à[3­ kE < à%E¦, the 6 < followed by àE < is replaced by X <.

5) E8> Being ;$ X5, this is a new I3%7W%X;@ <.

In the same manner, àG < (4th of the class) at the end of 637 8 becomes kE < (3rd of the class)

and the 7 < of v becomes 6 <. %16 < + v = %1>, � 86 < + v = � 8>, [p < + v = [ü, hp < + v = hü, etc.

The meaning of E 8> is “object which has been purified” in ;@ ]%Q p�7 F s 8�%&�, whereas it is

“purifying in the past” in p3#F p�7 F s 8�%&�.

Page 68: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta v

59

Here are more examples of v-ending (v35) words:

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ < with selected meanings as example

;$ (8U) to do + v (;@ ]%Q) = ;$ 7 (that which has been done)

§3 (9P) to know + v (;@ ]%Q) = §37 (that which has been known)

p� (1P) to be + v (;@ ]%Q) = p�7 (that which has been there)

� 8 (5P) to hear + v (;@ ]%Q) = � 87 (that which has been heard)

� (3U) to sacrifice + v (;@ ]%Q) = �7 (that which has been sacrificed)

� He <-ZS@ comes to the v with the following 637 8s

W  < (1P) to study + v (;@ ]%Q) = W% 7 (that which has been studied)

%#X < (2P) to know + v (;@ ]%Q) = %#%X7 (that which has been known)

� The last X < of the following 637 8s and 7 < of v both become 2 <.

%pX < (7P) to separate + v (;@ ]%Q) = %p¡ (that which has been separated)

MX < (2P) to eat + v (;@ ]%Q) = M¡ (that which has been eaten)

I + WX < to resort to + v (;7 ]%h) = IW¡ (one who has resorted to)

I + 1X < to be pleased+ v (;7 ]%h) = I1¡ (one who has been pleased)

� The last nasal letter of the following 637 8s is elided.

S@ < (1P) to go + v (;@ ]%Q) = S7 (that which has been reached)

S@ < (1P) to go + v (;7 ]%h) = S7 (one who has gone)

2@ < (1P) to salute + v (;@ ]%Q) = 27 (that which has been saluted)

2@ < (1P) to salute + v (;7 ]%h) = 27 (one who has saluted)

K@ < (1P) to strive + v (;7 ]%h) = K7 (one who has strived)

,2 < (2P) to injure + v (;@ ]%Q) = ,7 (that which has been injured)

� The last letter of the following 637 8s take ;8c@ <, and lc]@ < when applicable.

@ 8l < (6P) to set free + v (;@ ]%Q) = @ 8v (that which has been released)

p 8k < (7U) to eat + v (;@ ]%Q) = p 8v (that which has been eaten, experienced)

Jk < (1P) to give up + v (;@ ]%Q) = Jv (that which has been given up)

K 8k < (7U) to unite + v (;@ ]%Q) = K 8v (that which has been united)

Page 69: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

v Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

60

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ < with selected meanings as example

� The last letter of the following 637 8s is/becomes G < and Ú8c on the 7 < of v.

HG < (6P) to wish + v (;@ ]%Q) = HÚ (that which has been wished)

ÖE < (1P) to see + v (;@ ]%Q) = ÖÚ (that which has been seen)

2E < (4P) to perish + v (;7 ]%h) = 2Ú (one who has destroyed)

E < (1P) to see + v (;@ ]%Q) = Ú (that which has been clearly perceived)

� With the following 637 8s, “7 <” of v becomes ”6 <” and the last letter of the 637 8 becomes kE <.

[p < (1A) to gain + v (;@ ]%Q) = [ü (that which has been gained)

hp < (1A) to start + v (;@ ]%Q) = hü (that which has been started)

� 86 < (1P) to know + v (;7 ]%h) = � 8> (one who has known)

� 86 < (1P) to know + v (;@ ]%Q) = � 8> (that which has been known)

E 86 < (1P) to purify + v (;@ ]%Q) = E 8> (that which has been purified)

%16 < (4P) to succeed + v (;7 ]%h) = %1> (that which has been accomplished)

� 637 8s which are subject to 1­I13hQ@ < (KQ < becomes H; <)

#l < (2P) to say + v (;@ ]%Q) = `v (that which has been said)

IÊ < (6P) to ask + v (;@ ]%Q) = W$Ú (that which has been asked)

� Other irregular forms

¸, < (2P) to milk + v (;@ ]%Q) = ¸�6 (that which has been milked, milk)

Ò3 (1P) to stay + v (;7 ]%h) = %Ò7 (one who has been there)

63 (3U) to place + v (;@ ]%Q) = %,7 (that which has been placed)

E@ < (4P) to be calm + v (;7 ]%h) = E35 (one who has been calmed)

k2 < (4A) to be born + v (;7 ]%h) = k37 (one who has been born)

X3 (3U) to give + v (;@ ]%Q) = X& (that which has been given)

I + X3 to give away + v (;@ ]%Q) = I& (that which has been given away)

� %Qk5 (causative) 637 8s

Ò3%W to place + v (;@ ]%Q) = Ò3%W7 (that which has been placed)

X%E ] to show + v (;@ ]%Q) = X%E ]7 (that which has been shown)

I%7 + �\%6 to teach + v (;@ ]%Q) = I%7�\%67 (that which has been taught)

Page 70: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta v

61

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ < with selected meanings as example

� 1¡5 (desiderative) 637 8s

�á to desire to gain + v (;@ ]%Q) = �%á7 (that which has been desired to gain)

%k§31 to desire to know + v (;@ ]%Q) = %k§3%17 (that which has been desired to be known)

%##| to desire to convey + v (;@ ]%Q) = %##%|7 (that which has been desired to be conveyed)

s3%lâ31 to desire to comment upon + v (;@ ]%Q) =

s3%lâ3%17 (that which has been desired to be commented upon)

Page 71: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

v Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

62

Exercise 1: Find v35 words, identify their 637 8s and IJKs, find what is denoted by v-IJK,

and translate the following sentences by parsing each word. See the examples.

Example 1: `WXFE� XF#X&F2 � 87� p#%7 ¦ (The teaching is heard by Devadatta.)

• v35 word: � 87�

• 637 8 and IJK: � 8 (1P) to hear and v

• What is denoted: ;@ ]%Q p�7 F, this is ;@ ]%Q s 8�%&�

• `WXFE� 1/1 (teaching) ;7 ]%h I�@3 to p#%7

• �87� 1/1 (heard) 1@323%6;hQ to `WXFE� 1/1

• XF#X&F2 3/1 (by Devadatta) ;7 ]%h 7$7�K3 to � 87�

An undenoted ;73 ] takes 3rd case ending. In the example, with reference to � 8 (to hear), ;@ ]

is denoted by v-IJK, while ;73 ], X F#X&, is not denoted. In such case, the undenoted ;73 ] takes

;7 ]%h 7$7�K3 %#p%v�.

Example 2: X F#X&� +3@­ S7� p#%7 ¦ (Devadatta is the one who has reached the village.)

• v35 word: S7�

• 637 8 and IJK: S@ < (1P) to go and v

• What is denoted: ;7 ]%h p�7 F, this is ;7 ]%h s 8�%&�

• XF#X&� 1/1 (by Devadatta) ;7 ]%h I�@3 to p#%7

• S7� 1/1 (one who has reached) 1@323%6;hQ to XF#X&� 1/1

• +3@­ 2/1 (village) ;@ ]%Q to S7�

An undenoted ;@ ] takes 2nd case. In the example, with reference to S@ < (to go), v-IJK is

denoting the ;73 ], while the ;@ ] “+3@” is not denoted. So, the undenoted ;@ ] takes ;@ ]%Q %m7�K3

%#p%v�.

1. ÖÚ3 1�73 @K3 ¦

2. M} W 8�G} ;$ J­ ;$ 7@ < ¦

3. @K3 �\7s3%2 1#3 ]%Q � 873%2 p#%5 ¦

4. M,­ W3%Q%2 ­ IQ7� M%b ¦

5. 1� %#%,7­ ;@ ] ;$ c3 HÚ­ È[@ < Z�\%7 ¦

6. 1� @2� S732 < ;3@32 < WÔK%7¦

7. `vF 2 #3qF2 W$Ú� %#GK� Ú� p#%7 ¦

8. S 8�­ `W1¡3K %E�3K 13 #X%7 ¦

9. W 8� F W 8Ú F M,­ W 8Ú� ¦ W 8� F 2Ú F M,­ 2Ú� ¦

10. DGQ31 8 Jv31 8 E35� p#%7 ¦

Page 72: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta p�7 F ;7 ]%h v#7 8w

63

b. v#7 8w

� Of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “v#7 8w”:

1) What v#7 8w denotes:

• ;73 ] (agent) of past action (;7 ]%h p�7 F)

2) Content of v#7 8w-IJK

• 7#7 <

3) H7 < (indicatory) letters of v#7 8w and their function

• ; < – By 1.3.8 [EÃ7%>7F¦. %2G F6 (prohibition) of S 8Q and #$%> in MN

• w – By 1.3.2 `WXFEF¾k2 823%1; H7 <¦. In declension the new I3%7W%X; is treated as `%S7 <

(that which has `; < as H7 <)

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• The same modification as v.

5) Gender of the new I3%7W%X;

• The new I3%7W%X; declines in 3 %[Ns. The %[N is determined by the %[N of a noun,

which the %2u3-ending word qualifies.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In W 8w%ùN and 2W 8­1;%[N, v#7 8w-ending I3%7W%X; declines like pS#7 <.

• In æ�%[N, a feminine suffix V�W < (�) is added to v#7 8w-ending I3%7W%X;. It declines

like 2X�.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the ;$ 7 <-#$%&�

• v#7 8w-ending word itself is used as %#+,#3q for %7V5 in the past tenses.

• For example, “M;h\7 <” is a %7V5 consists of ;$ + [V< (p�7 F, past tense)/;7 ]%h/III/1.

For this %7V5, “;$ 7#32 <” which consists of ;$ + v#7 8 (p�7 F, past tense)/;7 ]%h may be

supplied as explanation.

• Similarly, for “c@ < M;h\� (;$ + [V</;7 ]%h/II/1) ”, “;$ 7#32 < M%1“ may be given.

Page 73: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

p�7 F ;7 ]%h v#7 8w Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

64

For example, to make a word whose meaning is an agent who has known:

1) §3 + v#7 8w A ;$ 7 <-IJK v#7 8w is suffixed to the 637 8 §3 (to know).

By the addition of the suffix, §3 is qualified to be an MN.

2) §3 + 7#7 < ; < and w of v are H7 < letters and hence elided.

3) §37#7 < Being ;$ X5 (that which ends with ;$ 7 <-IJK), this is qualified to

be a I3%7W%X;@ <

The new I3%7W%X; declines in the same manner as pS#7 <. In masculine, it declines as

§37#32 <, §37#5¥, §37#5�, §37#5@ <, §37#5¥, §37#7�, §37#73, etc. In feminine, a æ�-IJK (feminine

suffix) � is added. The feminine form §37#7� declines in the same manner as 2X�, such as

§37#7�, §37#J¥, §37#J�, etc.

Here are more examples of v#7 8w-ending words:

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ <

;$ (8U) to do + v#7 8w = ;$ 7#7 < (one who has done)

� 8 (5P) to hear + v#7 8w = � 87#7 < (one who has heard)

W  < (1P) to study + v#7 8w = W% 7#7 < (one who has studied)

%#X < (2P) to know + v#7 8w = %#%X7#7 < (one who has known)

S@ < (1P) to go + v#7 8w = S7#7 < (one who has gone)

Jk < (1P) to give up + v#7 8w = Jv#7 < (one who has given up)

p 8k < (7U) to eat + v#7 8w = p 8v#7 < (one who has eaten, experienced)

ÖE < (1P) to see + v#7 8w = ÖÚ#7 < (one who has seen)

#l < (2P) to say + v#7 8w = `v#7 < (one who has said)

IÊ < (6P) to ask + v#7 8w = W$Ú#7 < (one who has asked)

X3 (3U) to give + v#7 8w = X&#7 < (one who has given)

[p < (1A) to gain + v#7 8w = [ü#7 < (one who has gained)

Refer to the list of v-ending words for more forms as the formations of the I3%7W%X; are the

same for both v and v#7 8w.

Page 74: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta p�7 F ;7 ]%h v#7 8w

65

Exercise 1:

What is the s 8�%& of the following ;$ X5 words? Answer in the format of the example below.

1. ;$ 7#7 F

2. S7#5�

3. Jv#ä8

4. X&#32 <

5. �87#73@ <

6. W$Ú#7 F

7. p 8v#7�

8. ÖÚ#5�

Example answer to 1:

The s 8�%& of the word ;$ 7#7 F is analyzed as follows:

a) This is a ;$ X5 word.

b) The 637 8 is ;$ (to do).

c) The ;$ 7 <-IJK is v#7 8w.

d) %#+, is “M;h\7 < H%7 ;$ 7#32 <, 7b » ;$ 7#7 F ¦” (Use [V< [;3h to express the action in past.)

e) The suffix denotes the ;73 ] of the action in the past. Thus, this is ;7 ]%h p�7 F s 8�%&�.

Exercise 2: Find v#7 8w-ending words, identify their 637 8s and IJKs, and translate the following

sentences by parsing each word.

1. M,­ 7÷­ §37#32 < M%b ¦

2. 7F k23� 1#õ Jv#5� ¦

3. XF#X&� ;�3­ � 87#5­ W$ %7 ¦

4. S 8�� +þ­ W% 7#7� Wh�|7 F ¦

5. DG� %#GK� Jv#73 2 H�7F¦

6. S 8�� I� ­ W $Ú#7 F %E�3K `&h­ #X%7 ¦

7. 7÷­ %#%X7#73­ E3%5� M%g ¦

8. 13 1J@ < `v#7� ¦

Note:

The ;@ ] of a v#7 8w-ending word, when not denoted by a %7V5 word, is expressed in the 2nd

case. In other words, undenoted ;@ ] takes ;@ ]%Q %m7�K3 %#p%v�.

Page 75: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

E7$w/E32l < Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

66

4. E7$w/E32l < (Replacement for [e < and [$e <)

� E7$w and E32l < are substitutions for both [e <-[;3h (present tense) and [$e <-[;3h (second

future tense).

� E7$w is classified as Whb»WX@ <.

� E32l < is classified as Z±2 FWX@ <.

� E7$w/E32l < are used as substitutions for [;3h, just like %7V<-IJKs. The only difference is:

• %7V<-IJKs make %7V5s (verbs)

• E7$w/E32l < make ;$ X5­ I3%7W%X;@ <

� E7$w/E32l <-ending words are used to qualify a noun by the present/future action.

E.g., 1� Wl5­ XF#X&­ WÔK%7 ¦ He sees Devadatta who is cooking.

1� #ö@3Q­ #3q­ @´7F ¦ He thinks about the sentence which is going to be told.

� We are going to see the comparison between %7V5@ < and E7$w/E32l <-ending words in [e <

[;3h� (present tense) and [$e < [;3h� (second future tense) in both IK\Ss (voices) with

both Whb»WX� and Z±2 FWX� 637 8s, in the following pages.

Summary of comparison between %7V5@ < and E7$w/E32l <-ending words

[;3h� IK\S� 637 8� ex # %7V5@ < E7$w/E32l <-M5@ <

[e < ;7 ]%h Whb »WX� 1 WÔK%7 (he sees) WÔK2 < (one who is seeing)

Z±2 FWX� 2 [p7F (he gains) [p@32� (one who is gaining)

;@ ]%Q Whb»WX� 3 ÖÔK7F (it is seen) ÖÔK@32� (what is being seen)

Z±2 FWX� 4 [Á7F (it is gained) [Á@32� (what is being gained)

[$e <

;7 ]%h Whb »WX� 5 #ö%7 (he will speak) #ö2 < (one who will speak)

Z±2 FWX� 6 [ô7F (he will gain) [ô@32� (one who will gain)

;@ ]%Q Whb»WX� 7 #ö7F (it will be spoken) #ö@32� (what will be spoken)

Z±2 FWX� 8 [ô7F (it will be gained) [ô@32� (what will be gained)

Page 76: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta E7$w/E32l <

67

� Compare the following examples to see the similarities and differences between %7V<-

IJK and E7$w/E32l < in [e <-[;3h� (present tense) ;7 ]%h IK\S� (active voice) with both

Whb»WX� and Z±2FWX� 637 8s.

Example 1. [e <-[;3h� (present tense) ;7 ]%h IK\S� (active voice) with Whb»WX� 637 8�

1) ÖE < + [e <

2) ÖE < + %7 %7V< is the substitution for [;3h to make a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

3) WÔK%7 This is a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

1) ÖE < + [e <

2) ÖE < + E7$w After Whb»WX� 637 8, E7$w is the substitution for [;3h to make a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

3) WÔK7 < “The agent who is seeing”. This is a I3%7W%X;@ <, a participle.

WÔK7 < declines as E7$w-ending I3%7W%X;@ <.

Example 2. [e <-[;3h� (present tense) ;7 ]%h IK\S� (active voice) with Z±2 FWX� 637 8�

1) [p < + [e <

2) [p < + 7 F %7V< is the substitution for [;3h to make a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

3) [p7F This is a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

1) [p < + [e <

2) [p < + E32l < After Z±2 FWX� 637 8, E32l < is the substitution for [;3h to make a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

3) [p@32 “The agent who is obtaining”. This is a I3%7W%X;@ <, a participle.

[p@32 declines as M-ending I3%7W%X;@ <.

Page 77: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

E7$w/E32l < Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

68

� Now compare the following examples to see the similarities and differences between

%7V<-IJK and E7$w/E32l < in [e <-[;3h� (present tense) ;@ ]%Q IK\S (passive voice), in which

only Z±2 FWX@ < is used.

Example 3. [e <-[;3h� (present tense) ;@ ]%Q IK\S� (passive voice) with Whb»WX� 637 8�

1) ÖE < + [e <

2) ÖE < + 7 F %7V< is the substitution for [;3h to make a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

3) ÖE < + K + 7 F “K” is added to the MN.

4) ÖÔK7F This is a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

1) ÖE < + [e <

2) ÖE < + E32l < Because E32l < is classified as Z±2 FWX@ <, and in ;@ ]%Q IK\S�

Z±2 FWX@ < should be the substitute for [;3h, E32l < is used here.

3) ÖE < + K + @32 Just like %7V5, “K” is added to MN.

4) ÖÔK@32 “The object which is being seen”. This is a I3%7W%X;@ <.

Example 4. [e <-[;3h� (present tense) ;@ ]%Q IK\S� (passive voice) with Z±2 FWX� 637 8�

1) [p < + [e <

2) [p < + 7 F %7V< is the substitution for [;3h to make a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

3) [p < + K + 7 F “K” is added to MN.

4) [Á7F This is a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

1) [p < + [e <

2) [p < + E32l < Because E32l < is classified as Z±2 FWX@ <, and in ;@ ]%Q IK\S�

Z±2 FWX@ < should be the substitute for [;3h, E32l < is used here.

3) [p < + K + @32 Just like %7V5, “K” is added to MN.

4) [Á@32 “The object which is being obtained”. This is a I3%7W%X;@ <.

Page 78: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta E7$w/E32l <

69

� Here is the comparison of %7V<-IJK and E7$w/E32l < in [$e <-[;3h� (second future tense) ;7 ]%h

IK\S� (active voice) with both Whb»WX� and Z±2FWX� 637 8s.

Example 5. [$e <-[;3h� (second future tense) ;7 ]%h IK\S� (active voice) with Whb»WX� 637 8�

1) #l < + [$e <

2) #l < + %7 %7V< is the substitution for [;3h to make a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

3) #l < + } + %7 In [$e <-[;3h�, “}” is added after 637 8.

4) #ö%7 “he will speak”.

After sandhi modifications, this is a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

1) #l < + [$e <

2) #l < + E7$w After Whb»WX� 637 8, E7$w is the substitution for [;3h to make

I3%7W%X;@ <.

3) #l < + } + E7$w In [$e <-[;3h�, “}” is added after the 637 8.

4) #ö7 < “the agent who will be speaking”.

After sandhi modifications, this is a I3%7W%X;@ <, a participle.

Example 6. [$e <-[;3h� (second future tense) ;7 ]%h IK\S� (active voice) with Z±2 FWX� 637 8�

1) [p < + [$e <

2) [p < + 7 F %7V< is the substitution for [;3h to make a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

3) [p < + } + 7 F In [$e <-[;3h�, “}” is added after the 637 8.

4) [ô7F “he will gain”. After sandhi, this is a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

1) [p < + [$e <

2) [p < + E32l < For Z±2 FWX� 637 8, E32l < is the substitution for [;3h to make a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

3) [p < + } + E32l < In [$e <-[;3h�, “}” is added after the 637 8.

4) [W < + } + @32 Some modification happens.

5) [ô@32 “the agent who will gain”. This is a I3%7W%X;@ <, a participle.

Page 79: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

E7$w/E32l < Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

70

� Now, here is the comparison of %7V<-IJK and E7$w/E32l < in [$e <-[;3h� (second future

tense) ;@ ]%Q IK\S� (passive voice) in which only Z±2 FWX@ < is used, with both Whb»WX� and

Z±2FWX� 637 8s.

Example 7. [$e <-[;3h� (second future tense) ;@ ]%Q IK\S� (passive voice) with Whb»WX� 637 8�

1) #l < + [$e <

2) #l < + 7 F %7V< is the substitution for [;3h to make a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

3) #l < + } + 7 F In [$e <-[;3h�, “}” is added after the 637 8.

4) #ö7F “it is going to be told”.

After sandhi modifications, this is a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

1) #l < + [$e <

2) #l < + E32l < Because E32l < is classified as Z±2 FWX@ <, and in ;@ ]%Q IK\S� Z±2 FWX@ <

is the substitute for [;3h, E32l < is used here.

3) #l < + } + E32l < In [$e <-[;3h�, “}” is added after the 637 8.

4) #ö@3Q “the object which is going to be told”.

After sandhi modifications, this is a I3%7W%X;@ <, a participle.

Example 8. [$e <-[;3h� (second future tense) ;@ ]%Q IK\S� (passive voice) with Z±2 FWX� 637 8�

The forms are identical to the ones in ;7 ]%h IK\S� (active voice).

1) [p < + [$e <

2) [p < + 7 F %7V< is the substitution for [;3h to make a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

3) [p < + } + 7 F In [$e <-[;3h�, “}” is added after the 637 8.

4) [ô7F “it will be gained”. After sandhi, this is a %7V5@ <, a finite verb.

1) [p < + [$e <

2) [p < + E32l < For Z±2 FWX� 637 8, E32l < is the substitution for [;3h to make a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

3) [p < + } + E32l < In [$e <-[;3h�, “}” is added after the 637 8.

4) [W < + } + @32 Some modification happens.

5) [ô@32 “the object which will be gained”. This is a I3%7W%X;@ <.

Page 80: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta E7$w/E32l <

71

a. E7$w

� Of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “E7$w”:

1) What E7$w denotes:

• ;73 ] (agent) of present or future action of Whb»WX� 637 8.

2) Content of E7$w-IJK

• M7 <

3) H7 < (indicatory) letters of E7$w and their function

• E < - By 1.3.8 [EÃ7%>7F¦

%E7 <-IJK which is suffixed to a 637 8 is called “13# ]637 8;-IJK�”. %7V< is also called

13# ]637 8;-IJK�. Thus they both cause the same modifications on their MN.

• Åw - By 1.3.2 `WXFEF¾k2 823%1; H7 <¦

Å is found in IJ3,3h� `; <. A suffix whose H7 < is `; < is called `%S7 <-IJK. `%S7 <-IJK-

ending words decline in certain manners.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• Substitute inherits the attributes of what is substituted.

• When E7$w is a substitute to [e <, the MN will undergo modifications according to

the class of 637 8 as we saw in [e <-[;3h. For the final forms of MN, see Volume 1.

• When E7$w is a substitute to [$e <, the MN will be formed in the same mannter as [$e <-

[;3h. For the formation of MN, see Volume 1.

5) Gender of the new I3%7W%X;

• E7$w-ending word takes the %[N of the noun which it qualifies.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• Being an `%S7 <-IJK-ending word, E7$w-ending words decline in a similar manner

to @7 8wW < ending word. (See Volume 1) The only difference is in 1/1.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the ;$ 7 <-#$%&�

• %#+,#3q is not seen for this ;$ 7 <-#$%&.

Page 81: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

E7$w/E32l < Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

72

b. E32l <

� Of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “E32l <”:

1) What E32l < denotes:

• ;73 ] (agent) of present or future action of Z±2 FWX� 637 8.

• ;@] (object) of present or future action.

• p3# (action itself).

2) Content of E32l <-IJK

• Z2

3) H7 < (indicatory) letters of E32l < and their function

• E < - By 1.3.8 [EÃ7%>7F¦

%E7 <-IJK which is suffixed to 637 8 is called “13# ]637 8;-IJK�”. %7V< is also called

13# ]637 8;-IJK�. Thus they both cause the same modifications on their MN.

• l < - By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <¦ For intonation

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• When MN ends with M, @ < is added to the end of MN.

• When E32l < is a substitute to [e <, the MN will undergo modifications as we saw

in [e <-[;3h. For the final forms of MN, see Volume 1.

• When E32l < is a substitute to [$e <, the MN will be formed in the same mannter as

[$e <-[;3h.

5) Gender of the new I3%7W%X;

• E32l <-ending word takes the %[N of the noun which it qualifies.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• E32l <-ending word declines as M-ending in masculine and neuter. In feminine, a

æ�-IJK e3W < (Z) is added and declines as Z-ending feminine I3%7W%X;.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the ;$ 7 <-#$%&�

• %#+,#3q is not seen for this ;$ 7 <-#$%&.

Page 82: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta E7$w/E32l <

73

Example 1. Derivation of WÔK7 < (an agent who is seeing), a E7$w-IJK-M5 word in [e < (present

tense), ;7 ]%h IK\S� (active voice), with Whb»WX� 637 8�:

1) ÖE < + [e < A present tense suffix [e < is suffixed to the 637 8 ÖE < (to see).

By the addition of the suffix, ÖE < is qualified to be an MN.

2) ÖE < + E7$w E7$w/E32l < are IJKs which are substitutes for [e <. E7$w is a

Whb »WX IJK. Since ÖE < is a Whb»WX� 637 8�, E7$w is suffixed.

3) ÖE < + M7 < E < and Åw of E7$w are H7 < letters and hence elided.

4) WÔK + M7 < E7$w, being %E7 <, is a 13# ]637 8;-IJK, so its MN undergoes the same

modification as it would to become a %7V5 in [e <. The final

modified forms of the MN are found in the list in Volume 1.

5) WÔK7 < After sandhi change, this is the final form. Being a ;$ X5, this is

qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <

Example 2. Derivation of [p@32 (an agent who is obtaining), a E32l <-IJK-M5 word in [e <

(present tense), ;7 ]%h IK\S� (active voice), with Z±2 FWX� 637 8�:

1) [p < + [e < A present tense suffix [e < is suffixed to the 637 8 [p < (to obtain).

By the addition of the suffix, [p < is qualified to be an MN.

2) [p < + E32l < E7$w/E32l < are IJKs which are substitutes for [e <. E32l < is a

Z±2 FWX IJK. Since [p < is an Z±2 FWX� 637 8�, E32l < is suffixed.

3) [p < + Z2 E < and l < of E32l < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

4) [p + Z2 E32l <, being %E7 <, is a 13# ]637 8;-IJK, so its MN undergoes the

modification as it would to become a %7V5 in [e <. The final

modified forms of the MN are found in the list in Volume 1.

5) [p@ < + Z2 @ < is added after M-ending MN followed by Z2.

6) [p@32 Being a ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <.

Page 83: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

E7$w/E32l < Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

74

Example 3. Derivation of ÖÔK@32 (an object which is being seen), a E32l <-IJK-M5 word in [e <

(present tense), ;@ ]%Q IK\S� (passive voice), with Whb»WX� 637 8�:

1) ÖE < + [e < A present tense suffix [e < is suffixed to the 637 8 ÖE < (to see).

By the addition of the suffix, ÖE < is qualified to be an MN.

2) ÖE < + E32l < E7$w/E32l < are IJKs which are substitutes for [e <. E32l < is an

Z±2 FWX IJK. Because in passive voice Z±2 FWX is used, E32l < is

suffixed.

3) ÖE < + Z2 E < and l < of E32l < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

4) ÖÔK + Z2 E32l <, being %E7 <, is a 13# ]637 8;-IJK, so its MN undergoes the same

modification as it would to become a %7V5 in [e <. The final

modified forms of the MN are found in the list in Volume 1.

5) ÖÔK@ < + Z2 @ < is added after M-ending MN followed by Z2.

6) ÖÔK@32 Being a ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <.

Example 4. Derivation of [Á@32 (an object which is being obtained), a E32l <-IJK-M5 word

in [e < (present tense), ;@ ]%Q IK\S� (passive voice), with Z±2 FWX� 637 8�:

1) [p < + [e < A present tense suffix [e < is suffixed to the 637 8 [p < (to obtain).

By the addition of the suffix, [p < is qualified to be an MN.

2) [p < + E32l < E7$w/E32l < are IJKs which are substitutes for [e <. E32l < is an

Z±2 FWX IJK. Because in passive voice Z±2 FWX is used, E32l < is

suffixed.

3) [p < + Z2 E < and l < of E32l < are H7 < letters and hence elided

4) [Á + Z2 E32l <, being %E7 <, is a 13# ]637 8;-IJK, so its MN undergoes the

modification as it would to become a %7V5 in [e <. The final

modified forms of the MN are found in the list in Volume 1.

5) [Á@ < + Z2 @ < is added after M-ending MN followed by Z2.

6) [Á@32 Being a ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <.

Page 84: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta E7$w/E32l <

75

Example 5. Derivation of #ö7 < (an agent who will speak), a E7$w-IJK-M5 word in [$e < (second

future tense), ;7 ]%h IK\S� (active voice), with Whb»WX� 637 8�:

1) #l < + [$e < A second future tense suffix [$e < is suffixed to the 637 8 #l < (to speak).

By the addition of the suffix, #l < is qualified to be an MN.

2) #l < + E7$w E7$w/E32l < are IJKs which are substitutes for [$e <. E7$w is a

Whb »WX IJK. Since #l < is a Whb»WX� 637 8�, E7$w is suffixed.

3) #l < + M7 < E < and Åw of E7$w are H7 < letters and hence elided

4) #l < + } + M7 < In [$e <-[;3h, the additional suffix “}” is to the 637 8�.

5) #ö7 < After applying sandhi, this is the final form. Being a ;$ X5, this is

qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <

Example 6. Derivation of [ô@32 (an agent who will obtain), a E32l <-IJK-M5 word in [$e <

(second future tense), ;7 ]%h IK\S� (active voice), with Z±2 FWX� 637 8�:

1) [p < + [$e < A second future tense suffix [$e < is suffixed to 637 8 [p < (to obtain).

By the addition of the suffix, [p < is qualified to be an MN.

2) [p < + E32l < E7$w/E32l < are IJKs which are substitutes for [$e <. E32l < is an

Z±2 FWX IJK. Since [p < is an Z±2 FWX� 637 8�, E32l < is suffixed.

3) [p < + Z2 E < and l < of E32l < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

4) [p < + } + Z2 In [$e <-[;3h, the additional suffix “}” is to the 637 8�.

5) [ô@ < + Z2 @ < is added after M-ending MNs followed by Z2.

By 8.4.55 É%h l ¦, p < (à[ <) followed 1 < (Éh <) is replaced by W < (lh <) .

6) [ô@32 Being a ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <.

Page 85: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

E7$w/E32l < Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

76

Example 7. Derivation of #ö@3Q (an object which will be told), a E32l <-IJK-M5 word in [$e <

(second future tense), ;@ ]%Q IK\S� (passive voice), with Whb»WX� 637 8�:

1) #l < + [$e < A second future tense suffix [$e < is suffixed to the 637 8 #l < (to speak).

By the addition of the suffix, #l < is qualified to be an MN.

2) #l < + E32l < E7$w/E32l < are IJKs which are substitutes for [$e <. E32l < is an

Z±2 FWX IJK. Because in passive voice Z±2 FWX is used, E32l < is

suffixed.

3) #l < + Z2 E < and l < of E32l < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

4) #l < + } + Z2 In [$e <-[;3h, the additional suffix “}” is to the 637 8�.

5) #ö@ < + Z2 @ < is added after M-ending MNs followed by Z2. Sandhi rules

apply.

6) #ö@3Q Qc@ < applies here. Being a ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <.

Example 8. Derivation of [ô@32 (an object which will be obtained), a E32l <-IJK-M5 word

in [$e < (second future tense), ;@ ]%Q IK\S� (passive voice), with Z±2 FWX� 637 8�:

1) [p < + [$e < A second future tense suffix [$e < is suffixed to 637 8 [p < (to obtain).

By the addition of the suffix, [p < is qualified to be an MN.

2) [p < + E32l < E7$w/E32l < are IJKs which are substitutes for [$e <. E32l < is an

Z±2 FWX IJK. Because in passive voice Z±2 FWX is used, E32l < is

suffixed.

3) [p < + Z2 E < and l < of E32l < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

4) [p < + } + Z2 In [$e <-[;3h, the additional suffix “}” is to the 637 8�.

5) [ô@ < + Z2 @ < is added after M-ending MNs followed by Z2.

By 8.4.55 É%h l ¦, p < (à[ <) followed 1 < (Éh <) is replaced by W < (lh <) .

6) [ô@32 Being a ;$ X5, this is a I3%7W%X;@ <.

Note that the final form is the same as the one in active voice, as shown in Example 6

in the previous page.

Page 86: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta E7$w/E32l <

77

Here are some examples of E7$w/E32l <-ending words which are often seen in E3æs:

637 8� IJK� ([;3h�/IK\S�) New I3%7W%X;@ <

M1 < (2P) to be + E7$w ([e </;7 ]%h) = 17 < (agent who is existing)

%#X < (4A) to be + E32l < ([e </;7 ]%h) = %#4@32 (agent who is existing)

#$7 < (1A) to be + E32l < ([e </;7 ]%h) = #7 ]@32 (agent who is existing)

S@ < (1P) to go + E7$w ([e </;7 ]%h) = S¨7 < (agent who is going)

S@ < (1P) to go + E32l < ([e </;@ ]%Q)= Sª@32 (object which is being reached)

S@ < (1P) to go + E7$w ([$e </;7 ]%h) = S%@�7 < (agent who will go)

S@ < (1P) to go + E32l < ([$e </;@ ]%Q) = S%@�@3Q (object which will be reached)

;$ (8U) to do + E7$w ([e </;7 ]%h) = ;8# ]7 < (agent who is doing)

;$ (8U) to do + E32l < ([e </;7 ]%h) = ;8#3 ]Q (agent who is doing)

;$ (8U) to do + E32l < ([e </;@ ]%Q)= %�K@3Q (object which is being done)

;$ (8U) to do + E7$w ([$e </;7 ]%h) = ;%h�7 < (agent who will do)

;$ (8U) to do + E32l < ([$e </;@ ]%Q)= ;%h�@3Q (object which will be done)

ÖE < (1P) to see + E7$w ([e </;7 ]%h) = WÔK7 < (agent who is seeing)

ÖE < (1P) to see + E32l < ([e </;@ ]%Q) = ÖÔK@32 (object which is being seen)

� 8 (1P) to hear + E7$w ([e </;7 ]%h) = �r#7 < (agent who is hearing)

� 8 (1P) to hear + E32l < ([e </;@ ]%Q) = ��K@3Q (object which is being heard)

p� (1P) to be + E7$w ([e </;7 ]%h) = p#7 < (agent who is existing)

p� (1P) to be + E7$w ([$e </;7 ]%h) = p%#�7 < (agent who will exist)

Ó » (1P) to meditate + E7$w ([e </;7 ]%h) = Ó3K7 < (agent who is meditating)

Wl < (1U) to cook + E7$w ([e </;7 ]%h) = Wl7 < (agent who is cooking)

k2 < (4A) to be born + E32l < ([e </;7 ]%h) = k3K@32 (agent who is being born)

@2 < (4A) to think + E32l < ([e </;7 ]%h) = @´@32 (agent who is thinking)

Z + hp < (1A) to start + E32l < ([e </;7 ]%h) = Zhp@3Q (agent who is starting)

Z + hp < (1A) to start + E32l < ([e </;@ ]%Q)= ZhÁ@3Q (object which is being started)

Ø� (2U) to speak + E7$w ([e </;7 ]%h) = Ø 8#7 < (agent who is speaking)

I + ZW < (5P) to gain + E32l < ([e </;@ ]%Q) = I3û@3Q (object which is being gained)

HG < (6P) to wish + E7$w ([e </;7 ]%h) = H¨7 < (agent who is wanting)

Page 87: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

E7$w/E32l < Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

78

637 8� IJK� ([;3h�/IK\S�) New I3%7W%X;@ <

[p < (1A) to obtain + E32l < ([e </;@ ]%Q)= [Á@32 (object which is being obtained)

[p < (1A) to obtain + E32l < ([$e </;7 ]%h)= [ô@32 (agent who will obtain)

[p < (1A) to obtain + E32l < ([e </;7 ]%h) = [p@32 (agent who is obtaining)

#l < (2P) to say + E7$w ([$e </;7 ]%h) = #ö7 < (agent who will speak)

#l < (2P) to say + E32l < ([$e </;@ ]%Q) = #ö@3Q (object which will be told)

;$ + %Ql < = ;3%h + E7$ ([e </;7 ]%h) = ;3hK7 <

to make somebody do (agent who is making somebody do)

Exercise 1: Give the information on s 8�%& of the following E7$w/E32l <-ending words. Answer

in the following steps of the example.

1. Sª@32�

2. S%@�@3Q�

3. I3û@3Q3%2

4. ;%h�2 <

5. ;8#3 ]Q�

6. ;%h�@3Q3%2

7. 2�K@323�

8. %#4@32@ <

9. I#7 ]@32�

10. IK 8 @323�

11. ��K@3Q¥

12. �r#7�

13. Ó3K7�

14. 2@73@ <

15. WÔK5@ <

16. WÔK%��

17. S¨ä8

18. H¨7\�

19. �r#73@ <

20. ;8# ]7 F

21. S¨%7

22. 1%7

23. 1ä8

24. 17\�

25. 17�

26. 15�

27. 15@ <

28. 17�

29. 17 <

30. 1J3@ <

31. M2 8u�K@32�

32. Ø8#73

Example answer to 1:

a) Take out the I3%7W%X; by taking off the %#p%v. Sª@32 + W 8­/1/1

b) Find out the 637 8 and IJK. S@ < (1P) + E32l <

c) Find out the [;3h ([e < or [$e <) and IK\S (;7 ]%h, ;@ ]%Q, or p3# F) [e </;@ ]%Q

� If “}” is seen in MN, it’s [$e <, and if not, [e <.

� E7$ is only for ;7 ]%h, being Whb»WX-IJK.

� When 637 8 is P, E32l < should be ;@ ]%Q or p3# F.

� In [e <, when 637 8 is A, if “K” is in MN, E32l < should be ;@ ]%Q or p3# F, if not, ;7 ]%h.

� In [$e <, when 637 8 is A, it can be any IK\S.

� Note that p3# F should only be in neuter singular.

d) English meaning is “the object which is being reached”.

Page 88: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta E7$w/E32l <

79

Exercise 2: Find E7$w/E32l <-ending words, identify their 637 8s and IJKs, and translate the

following sentences by parsing each word.

1. M%#43K3­ #7 ]@323� 15� #K­ � 8%>@5� H%7

@´@323� 1­13hF %7u%5 ¦

2. XF,� 2 »# ;8# ]2 < 2 ;3hK2 <

3. XF#X&� ËX2­ Wl5­ 1\@X&­ WÔK%7 ¦

4. @\|@ < H¨2 < 1� S 8�@ < D# M%pS¨%7 ¦

5. %#GK32 < Ó3K7� W 8�G} 1N� `Wk3K7 F ¦

6. %E�3� W%|Q3­ S�7­ �r#5� #2 F ·@%5 ¦

7. WÔK2 < �r#2 < S¨2 < 12 < 1� 2 »# %;%f7 < ;h\%7 ¦

8. @373 W 8� FQ %[â@323%2 M|h3%Q WÔK%7 ¦

9. 1� S$,Ò »� %�K@3Q3%2 ;@3 ]%Q 1�}%7 ¦

10. #2 F ·@%�� %E�»� ��K@3Q­ S�7­ W%|Q� S3K%5 ¦

11. #ö@3Q­ I;hQ­ b$c3 HX32� Zl3K ]� %E�FÁ�

1²�­ #X%7 ¦

12. G� WX »� W FW�K@32 ­ W�k} @6 8 ¦

Note 1:

As is the case for %7V5 words, undenoted ;73 ] and ;@ ] of action of E7$w/E32l <-ending

word are in 3rd and 2nd cases. They are not in 6th case.

Note 2:

The E7$w-ending of M1 < (2P to be) is 17 <. The participle 17 < is commonly used with an

adjective and translated as “being …”. By using 17 <, the adjective is prevented from

becoming a predicate to the main noun. In this case, the adjective used with the participle 17 <

becomes a reason for predication.

E.g., W 8�G� ;@ ]K\S� 12 < ;@ ]Q3 M5�;hQE8%>­ Z�\%7 ¦

(A person, being a karmayogī, gains anta�kara�aśuddhi by karma.)

E.g., k23� pv3� 15� pS#5­ 1 F#5F ¦

(People, being devotees, worship the lord.)

E.g., 1h�7� #3�XF#� 17� � 8%>@ < M2 8S$�3%7 ¦

Sarasvatī, being a goddess of speech, blesses intellect.

Note 3:

The 17 < in 7th case in any number and gender is used in 1%7 1�@�. Details are given in

Volume 1.

Page 89: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

E7$w/E32l < Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

80

c. #1 8w

� “#1 8w” is an optional substitute for E7$w when the 637 8 is %#X < (2P) to know.

� w of #1 8w is H7 < By 1.3.2 `WXFEF¾k2 823%1; H7 < ¦. It indicates how the I3%7W%X; should decline.

� %#X < + E7$ becomes %#X < + #1 8w. The final form is “%#m1 <”, a 1 <-ending I3%7W%X;@ <. The meaning is

“the one who is knowing”.

� It declines as follows:

%#m1 <-Eð� W 8w%ùNF

D;#l2@ < %m#l2@ < ��#l2@ <

I�@3 %#p%v� %#m32 < %#m3­1¥ %#m3­1�

%Ï7�K3 %#p%v� %#m3­1@ < %#m3­1¥ %#¸G�

7$7�K3 %#p%v� %#¸G3 %#mX <Á3@ < %#mX <%p�

l7 8�� %#p%v� %#¸G F %#mX <Á3@ < %#mX <Á�

Wf@� %#p%v� %#¸G� %#mX <Á3@ < %#mX <Á�

Gu� %#p%v� %#¸G� %#¸G\� %#¸G3@ <

1�@� %#p%v� %#¸%G %#¸G\� %#mä8

1²\62@ < ,F %#m2 < ,F %#m3­1¥ ,F %#m3­1�

%#m1 <-Eð� 2W�­1;%ùNF

D;#l2@ < %m#l2@ < ��#l2@ <

I�@3 %#p%v� %#m� %#¸G� %#m3­%1

The forms will be the same as above in %m7�K3 and 1²\62@ <. From 7$7�K3 to 1�@�, the

forms will be the same as W 8w%ùNF.

� In feminine, a æ�-IJK V�W < (�) is suffixed. It undergoes some changes and the final form is

%#¸G�. It declines as an �-ending feminine word, just like 2X�.

Page 90: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

81

5. p3#F and other ;3h;s

� To make a new I3%7W%X; which denotes p3# (the action itself), the following ;$ 7 <-IJKs

are suffixed to a 637 8.

a. y8e < denotes p3# (action itself). It can also denote ;hQ, M%6;hQ, and any ;3h;s

b. zP < denotes zP <-M� ]s (See below)

c. %v2 < also denotes zP <-M� ]s (See below)

� y8e < is suffixed to any 637 8 to make a I3%7W%X; denoting the action itself (p3#). y 8e < is

similar to the English suffix “-ing”. Examples in English include “sleeping is a good

remedy”, “telling lies is not good”, etc.

� zP < and %v2 < etc. are suffixed only to certain 637 8s in certain meanings.

Similar suffixes in English are “-tion”, “-ance”, etc. They are to be suffixed only to

certain roots in certain meanings, such as “station”, “entrance”, etc.

zP <-M� ]�

� zP <-M� ] indicates what zP < can denote.

� zP < can denote two things:

1) p3#F (action itself) (Ref. 3.3.18 p3#F ¦ ~ zP <)

2) M;7 ]%h ;3h;F (any ;3h;s other than ;73 ]) but it should be 1­§3K3@ < (certain zP <-M� ]-IJKs are

suffixed to certain 637 8s with specific meanings which are seen in the language. Most of

them are lited as common noun in dictionaries.) (Ref. 3.3.19 M;7 ]%h l ;3h;F 1­§3K3@ < ¦)

Page 91: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

y8e < Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

82

a. y 8e <

� Of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs, the following are the 7 things to be known regarding “y 8e <”:

1) What y 8e < denotes:

• p3# (action itself)

• ;hQ (instrument) and M%6;hQ (locus)

• Anything else is also possible by the %EÚIK\S.

2) Content of y 8e <-IJK

• K 8 – which is converted to “M2” by 7.1.1 K 8#\h23;¥ ¦

3) H7 < (indicatory) letters of y 8e < and their function

• [ < - By 1.3.8 [EÃ7%>7F¦. For intonation

• e < - By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <¦, it brings a feminine suffix �.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• The content of IJK is replaced by “M2” by 7.1.1 K 8#\h23;¥ ¦

• The 2 < of M2 is subject to Qc (See Volume 2 under Qc@ <).

• S 8Q takes place on MN (See Topic IV).

5) Gender of the new I3%7W%X;

• 2W 8­1;%[N (neuter gender) when y 8e < is in the sense of p3#.

• When y 8e < is in the sense of ;hQ or M%6;hQ, the gender is decided according to

the existing forms by the usage of learned people (%EÚIK\S).

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• y8e <-ending words decline as M-ending neuter, like §32. (§3 + y 8e <)

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the ;$ 7 <-#$%&�

• In p3#F, other ;$ X5 words which also indicate p3# will be used as an explanation.

E.g., XE ]2 ­ Ö%Ú�¦ Both words are made of ÖE < (1P) to see with p3#-M� ]-;$ 7 <-IJKs. The

meaning of both words is “seeing, sight, vision”.

• In ;hQF, a %7V5 word with “M2 F2”, a 3rd case ending of HX@ <, is used to show that

the word is used as an instrument. E.g., ÖÔK7 F M2 F2 H%7 XE ]2@ < ¦ (That by which

something is seen, such as eye, is XE ]2@ <.)

Page 92: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta y 8e <

83

• In M%6;hQF, a %7V5 word with “M%b2 <”, a 7th case ending of HX@ <, is used to show

that the word is used as a locus. E.g., §3K7 F M%b2 < H%7 §32@ < ¦ (That in which

something is known, such as intellect, is §32@ <.)

• In ;@ ]%Q, a %7V5 in ;@ ]%Q IK\S is used to show that the word denotes the object.

E.g., §3K7 F H%7 §32@ < ¦ (That which is known is §32@ <.)

Example 1. Derivation of §32, a y 8e <-IJK-M5 word:

1) §3 + y 8e < A ;$ 7 <-IJK y 8e < is suffixed to 637 8 §3 (to know).

2) §3 + K 8 [ < and e < of y 8e < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

3) §3 + M2 By 7.1.1 K 8#\h23;¥¦, the IJK K 8 is replaced by M2.

4) §32 1#Q ]X�z ] between MN and IJK takes place.

Being ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <

Being a y 8e <-IJK-M5 I3%7W%X;@ <, §32 is a neuter word and declines as M-ending neuter

I3%7W%X;@ <. When it is p3# F s 8�%&�, the meaning of §32@ < is “knowing”. Another word in p3#F

“§%��” may be heard as an explanation. When it is ;@ ]%Q s 8�%&�, the meaning will be “the

object of knowing”, and its %#+,#3q@ < will be “§3K7 F H%7 §32@ < ¦“. In ;hQF s 8�%&�, the meaning is

“the means of knowledge” and the %#+,#3q@ < is “§3K7 F M2 F2 H%7 §32@ < ¦”.

Example 2. Derivation of ;hQ, a y 8e <-IJK-M5 word:

1) ;$ + y 8e < A ;$ 7 <-IJK y 8e < is suffixed to 637 8 ;$ (to do).

2) ;$ + K 8 [ < and e < of y 8e < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

3) ;$ + M2 By 7.1.1 K 8#\h23;¥¦, the IJK K 8 is replaced by M2.

4) ;h < + M2 S 8Q of Å is M, which should be followed by h <.

5) ;h < + MQ By Qc sandhi rule, the 2 < of M2 is replaced by Q < because of h <.

6) ;hQ Being ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <

%#+,#3q for ;hQ can be “;$ %7� H%7 ;hQ@ <”. Another IJK which is in p3#F is used with the

same 637 8. The meaning of both words is “action”. In this case it is p3# F s 8�%&�.

;hQ can also be “instrument of doing”. In this case, %#+,#3q will be “%�K7F M2 F2 H%7

;hQ@ <”. This is called ;hQF s 8�%&�.

Page 93: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

y8e < Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

84

Example 3. Derivation of �#Q, a y 8e <-IJK-M5 word:

1) �8 + y 8e < A ;$ 7 <-IJK y 8e < is suffixed to 637 8 � 8 (to hear).

By the addition of the suffix, � 8 is qualified to be an MN.

2) �8 + K 8 [ < and e < of y 8e < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

3) �8 + M2 By 7.1.1 K 8#\h23;¥¦, the IJK K 8 is replaced by M2.

4) �\ + M2 y 8e < can cause S 8Q in the MN. S 8Q of ` is Ë.

5) �# < + M2 By MK#3K3# sandhi rule, the Ë followed by vowel becomes M# <.

6) �# < + MQ By Qc sandhi rule, the 2 < of M2 is replaced by Q < because of h <.

7) �#Q Being ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <

Being a y 8e <-IJK-M5 I3%7W%X;@ <, �#Q is a neuter word and declines as M-ending neuter

I3%7W%X;@ <. %#+,#3q for �#Q is “act of hearing”, or “� 8%7� H%7 �#Q@ <”, when it is p3# F s 8�%&�.

Here are more examples of y 8e <-ending words:

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ < (%#+,#3q@ < is given for some words.)

I + ZW < (5P) to gain + y 8e < = I3WQ (gaining)

Z1 < (2A) to sit + y 8e < = Z12 (sitting, seat)

`W + Z1 < (2A) to sit near + y 8e < = `W312 (sitting near)

M%6 + H(V<) (2A) to study + y 8e < = MÓK2 (study)

k2 < (4A) to be born + y 8e < = k22 (birth)

�� < (9P) to bind + y 8e < = ��2 (binding, a rope for tying, “��3%7 M2 F2”)

@2 < (4A) to think + y 8e < = @22 (thinking)

I + @3 (2P) to know + y 8e < = I@3Q (means of knowledge, measure “@�K7 F M2 F2”)

#l < (2P) to say + y 8e < = #l2 (speaking, statement, “`Ü7F H%7”)

#ó < (1A) to salute + y 8e < = #ó2 (reverence)

1, < (1A) to endure + y 8e < = 1,2 (endurance)

1@ < + Z + 63 (3U) to solve + y 8e < = 1@3632 (resolution, reconciliation “1@36�K7 F M2 F2”)

Ò3 (1P) to stay + y 8e < = Ò32 (staying, place of staying, “%7u%7 M%b2 < H%7”)

%2 + %XÓ31 to contemplate + y 8e < = %2%XÓ312 (contemplation)

Page 94: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta y 8e <

85

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ < (%#+,#3q@ < is given for some words.)

HG < (6P) to desire + y 8e < = DGQ (desire)

ÖE < (1P) to see + y 8e < = XE ]2 (seeing)

W 8G < (4P) to nourish + y 8e < = W\GQ (nourishing)

p 8k < (7U) to eat + y 8e < = p\k2 (eating)

@ 8l < (6U) to set free + y 8e < = @\l2 (setting free)

;$ (8U) to do + y 8e < = ;hQ (doing, instrument “%�K7F M2 F2 H%7”)

I + ;$ (8U) to express + y 8e < = I;hQ (topic)

@$ (6A) to die + y 8e < = @hQ (death)

b$ (1P) to remember + y 8e < = bhQ (act of remembering)

`X < + Z + ú (1U) to cite + y 8e < = `X3,hQ (citing, example, “`X3%ßK7 F M2 F2 H%7”)

� 8 (1P) to hear + y 8e < = �#Q (hearing)

p� (1P) to be + y 8e < = p#2 (birth, place of abode “p#%7 M%b2 < H%7”)

Ó » (1P) to meditate + y 8e < = Ó32 (meditation)

Exercise 1:

Give the information on s 8�%& of the following y 8e <-ending words according to the meanings

given in English. Answer in the format in the example.

1. Z12@ < (place of sitting)

2. ��2@ < (means to tie)

3. §32@ < (object of knowing)

4. §32@ < (means of knowing)

5. #l2@ < (what is said, object of saying)

6. Ò32@ < (place of staying)

7. `X3,hQ@ < (illustration, by which something is illustrated)

8. p#2@ < (place of abode)

Page 95: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

y8e < Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

86

Example answer to 1:

The s 8�%& of Z12@ < (place of sitting) is analyzed as follows:

a) This is a ;$ X5 word.

b) The 637 8 is Z1 < (to sit)

c) The ;$ 7 <-IJK is y 8e <.

d) From the translation the suffix is understood to be denoting M%6;hQ, the location of

Z1 <. Thus, this is M%6;hQF s 8�%&�.

e) %#+,#3q will be “ZgF M%b2 < H%7 Z12@ <”.

Exercise 2: Find y 8e <-ending words, identify their 637 8s and IJKs, give %#+,#3q for y 8e <-ending

;$ m$%&, and translate the following sentences by parsing each word.

1. 1#®G3­ ¸�É323­ 1,2@ < H�7F ¦

2. pS#7� XE ]23K 7W� 7û7F ¦

3. XF#X&� Zl3K3 ]7 < ØÙQ� §32@ < [p7F ¦

4. k22­ @hQ­ Eh�h3Q3@ F# 2 7 8 k�#323@ <¦

5. 7# #l2} �#Q­ ;h\%@ ¦

6. S 8ÛQ3­ #ó2­ ;$ c3 MÓK2} Zhý­ ;%h�3@�

¦

7. K7 < Ò32@ < D;» � I3û7F 77 < M´»� M%W Sª7F ¦

Note:

� Instead of 3rd and 2nd, undenoted ;73 ] and ;@ ] of the actions of y 8e <-ending words take

6th case ending (Gu� %#p%v�)

� They are called ;7 ]%h Gu� and ;@ ]%Q Gu� respectively.

Page 96: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta p3#F M;7 ]%h ;3h;F zP <

87

b. zP <

� Of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “zP <”:

1) What zP < denotes:

• zP� ] i.e., p3# (action itself) and any ;3h; other than ;73 ]

2) Content of zP <-IJK

• M

3) H7 < (indicatory) letters of zP < and their function

• z < - By 1.3.8 [EÃ7%>7F¦. l </k < at the end of MN becomes ;#S ], which is ; </S <.

• P < - By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <¦. The suffix can cause #$%> in MN (See Topic IV)

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• S 8Q and #$%> can take place on MN (See Topic IV)..

5) Gender of the new I3%7W%X;

• All zP <-ending words become W 8w%ùN.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• zP <-ending word declines as M-ending masculine, like h3@. (h3@ is a zP <-ending

word.)

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the ;$ 7 <-#$%&�

• In p3#F, other ;$ X5 word which also indicates p3# will be used as an explanation.

E.g., W 2@ < H%7 W3 � ¦ Both words are made of W  < (1P) to study with p3#-M� ]-;$ 7 <-

IJKs. The meaning of both words is “study”.

• In ;@ ]%Q, a %7V5 word in ;@ ]%Q IK\S, or other ;$ X5 word which indicates ;@ ] will

be used. E.g., [\q7F H%7 [\;� ¦ What is experienced is [\;�. This is ;@ ]%Q s 8�%&�.

• In ;hQF, a %7V5 word with “M2 F2/KF2”, a 3rd case ending of HX@ </KX < in masculine,

is used to show that the word is used as an instrument.

E.g., W�7F M2 F2 H%7 W3 � ¦ (By which a thing is read is W3 �.) This is ;hQF s 8�%&�.

• In MW3X32 F, “Mb37 </Kb37 <” word is used with a %7V5. This is MW3X32 F s 8�%&�.

E.g., Z,h%5 h1­ Kb37 < H%7 Z,3h� ¦ (From which people take essence is Z,3h�)

• In M%6;hQF, “M%b2 </K%b2 <” word is used with a %7V5.

E.g., h@5F M%b2 < H%7 h3@� ¦ (In which people revel is h3@�) This is M%6;hQF s 8�%&�.

Page 97: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

p3#F M;7 ]%h ;3h;F zP < Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

88

Example 1. Derivation of h3@, a zP-IJK-M5 word:

1) h@ < + zP < A ;$ 7 <-IJK zP < is suffixed to 637 8 h@ < (to revel).

By the addition of the suffix, h@ < is qualified to be an MN.

2) h@ < + M z < and P < of zP < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

3) h3@ < + M Because zP < is a %P7 <-IJK, there is a #$%> change on the

penultimate short M.

4) h3@ Being ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <

Being a zP-IJK-M5 I3%7W%X;@ <, h3@ is a masculine word and declines as M-ending

masculine.

Example 2. Derivation of J3S, a zP-IJK-M5 word:

1) Jk < + zP < A ;$ 7 <-IJK zP < is suffixed to 637 8 Jk < (to give up).

By the addition of the suffix, Jk < is qualified to be an MN.

2) Jk < + M z < and P < of zP < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

3) J3k < + M Because zP < is a %P7 <-IJK, there is a #$%> change on the

penultimate short M.

4) J3S < + M Because zP < is a %z7 <-IJK, the last k < is replaced by ;#S ], that is S <.

5) J3S Being ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <

%#+,#3q for J3S can be “Jk2­ ,32@ < H%7 J3S�”. Another IJK which is in p3#F is used with

the same 637 8 and with another 637 8 in the same meaning. All mean “giving up, renunciation”.

Example 3. Derivation of K\S, a zP-IJK-M5 word:

1) K 8k < + zP < A ;$ 7 <-IJK zP < is suffixed to 637 8 K 8k < (to give up).

By the addition of the suffix, K 8k < is qualified to be an MN.

2) K 8k < + M z < and P < of zP < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

3) K\k < + M Because K 8k < does not have H; < at the end or a penultimate M, there

is a S 8Q change on the penultimate short H; <.

4) K\S < + M Because zP < is a %z7 <-IJK, the last k < is replaced by ;#S ], that is S <.

5) K\S Being ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <

Page 98: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta p3#F M;7 ]%h ;3h;F zP <

89

Here are more examples of zP-ending words:

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ <

M%6 + M1 < (4P) to attribute falsely + zP < = MÓ31 (superimposition)

1@ < + %2 + M1 < (4P) to give up + zP < = 1�31 (renunciation)

2E < (4P) to perish + zP < = 23E (being lost, destruction)

[p < (1A) to obtain + zP < = [3p (obtaining, acquisition)

Jk < (1P) to give up + zP < = J3S (renunciation)

%pX < (7P) to separate + zP < = p FX (division)

`W + %XE < (6P) to instruct + zP < = `WXFE (teaching)

%2h < + %XE < (6P) to indicate + zP < = %2X®E (description)

p 8k < (7U) to eat + zP < = p\S (experience, object of experience)

K 8k < (7U) to unite + zP < = K\S (application, means)

� 86 < (1P) to know + zP < = �\6 (knowledge)

¸, < (2P) to milk + zP < = X\, (milking)

M%6 + H (2A) to study + zP < = MÓ3K (chapter)

M%p + I + H (2P) to intend + zP < = M%pI3K (intention)

p� (1P) to be + zP < = p3# (existence)

Z + ú (1U) to bring + zP < = Z,3h (food)

%# + M# + ú (1U) to deal with + zP < = s#,3h (activity, transaction)

`W + 1@ < + ú (1U) to conclude + zP < = `W1­,3h (summarizing, withdrawing)

M%6 + ;$ (8U) to authorize + zP < = M%6;3h (domain, topic)

Page 99: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

p3#F M;7 ]%h ;3h;F zP < Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

90

Exercise 1:

Give the information on s 8�%& of the following zP <-ending words according to the meanings

given in English. Answer in the format in the example.

1. [\;� (object of experience)

2. p\S� (object of enjoyment)

3. W3 � (text of a book)

4. W3 � (method of reciting)

5. %#p3S� (partition, by which something is divided)

6. Z,3h� (from which people take nutrition)

7. Zh3@� (garden, place of pleasure, in which people take rest)

Example answer to 1:

The s 8�%& of [\;� is analyzed as follows:

a) This is a ;$ X5 word.

b) The 637 8 is [\; < (to experience)

c) The ;$ 7 <-IJK is zP <.

d) From the translation the suffix is understood to be denoting ;@ ], the object of [\; <.

Thus, this is ;@ ]%Q s 8�%&�.

e) %#+,#3q will be “[\q7F H%7 [\;�”.

Exercise 2: Find zP <-ending words, identify their 637 8s and IJKs, and translate the following

sentences by parsing each word.

1. 7÷} �\6� `W%XÔK7F ¦

2. D7} I;hQ} `W1­,3h� ;7 ]s� ¦

3. 7%b2 < ;3[F ze} 23E� 2 `WW47F ¦

4. p\S} J3S F2 D# HX­ [Á7F ¦

Note that ;73 ] and ;@ ] of action of zP <-ending word are in 6th case. Instead of 3rd and 2nd,

undenoted ;73 ] and ;@ ] of action of zP <-ending word take 6th case ending (Gu� %#p%v�) They are

called ;7 ]%h Gu� and ;@ ]%Q Gu� respectively.

Page 100: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta p3#F M;7 ]%h ;3h;F %v2 <

91

c. %v2 <

� Of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “%v2 <”:

1) What %v2 < denotes:

• zP� ] i.e., p3# (action itself) and any ;3h; other than ;73 ]

2) Content of %v2 <-IJK

• %7

3) H7 < (indicatory) letters of %v2 < and their function

• ; < - By 1.3.8 [EÃ7%>7F¦. %2G F6 (prohibition) of S 8Q and #$%> on MN.

• 2 < - By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <¦. For intonation

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• No S 8Q or #$%> happens in MN. Some consonant sandhi may apply.

5) Gender of the new I3%7W%X;

• All %v2 <-ending words become æ�%[N (feminine gender).

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• %v2 <-ending word declines as H-ending feminine, like @%7. (@%7 is a %v2 <-ending

word.)

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the ;$ 7 <-#$%&�

• In p3#F, another ;$ X5 word which also indicates p3# will be used as an

explanation. E.g., g#2­ g 8%7� ¦ Both words are made of g 8 (2P) to praise with

p3#-M� ]-;$ 7 <-IJKs. The meaning of both words is “praise”.

• In ;@ ]%Q, a %7V5 word in ;@ ]%Q IK\S, or another ;$ X5 word which indicates ;@ ]

will be used. E.g., 1$ 7 F H%7 1$%Ú�¦ (What is created is 1$%Ú�.) This is called

;@ ]%Qs 8�%&�.

• In ;hQF, a %7V5 word with “M2K3/KK3”, a 3rd case ending of HX@ </KX < in feminine

(because %v2 <-ending word is feminine), is used to show that the word is used as

an instrument.

E.g., g�K7 F M2K3 H%7 g 8%7� ¦ (By which something is praised is g 8%7�, such as g\�­,

1�v@ <, etc.)

Page 101: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

p3#F M;7 ]%h ;3h;F %v2 < Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

92

Example 1. Derivation of E%v, a %v2 <-IJK-M5 word:

1) E; < + %v2 < A ;$ 7 <-IJK %v2 < is suffixed to the 637 8 E; < (to be able).

By the addition of the suffix, E; < is qualified to be an MN.

2) E; < + %7 ; < and 2 < of %v2 < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

3) E%v Being ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <

Being a %v2 < -IJK-M5 I3%7W%X;@ <, E%v is a feminine word and declines as H-ending

feminine I3%7W%X;@ <, like @%7.

Example 2. Derivation of p%v, a %v2 <-IJK-M5 word:

1) pk < + %v2 < A ;$ 7 <-IJK %v2 < is suffixed to the 637 8 pk < (to worship).

By the addition of the suffix, pk < is qualified to be an MN.

2) pk < + %7 ; < and 2 < of %v2 < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

3) pS < + %7 By 8.2.30 l\� ;8 �¦, the l#S ] immediately followed by à[ <, is replaced

by ;#S ]. In this case k < (l#S ]) is immediately followed by 7 < (à[ <),

thus replaced by S < (;#S ]).

4) p; < + %7 By 8.4.55 É%h l¦, the à[ < immediately followed by Éh <, is replaced

by lh <. In this case S < (à[ <) is immediately followed by 7 < (Éh <), and

thus is replaced by ; < (lh <).

5) p%v Being ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <

%#+,#3q for p%v can be “pk2@ < H%7 p%v�”. Another IJK which is in p3#F is used with the

same 637 8 and with another 637 8 in the same meaning. The meaning of both words is “worship,

devotion”.

Page 102: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta p3#F M;7 ]%h ;3h;F %v2 <

93

Example 3. Derivation of � 8%>, a %v2 <-IJK-M5 word:

1) � 86 < + %v2 < A ;$ 7 <-IJK %v2 < is suffixed to the 637 8 � 86 < (to know).

By the addition of the suffix, � 86 < is qualified to be an MN.

2) � 86 < + %7 ; < and 2 < of %v2 < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

3) � 86 < + %6 Being a %;7 <, %v2 < does not cause S 8Q in the MN.

By 8.2.40 àGg�\6í¾6�¦, 7 </� < immediately preceded by àG < is

replaced by 6 <. Thus the 7 < after 6 < of � 86 < is replaced by 6 <.

4) � 8X < + %6 By 8.4.53 à[3­ kE < à%E ¦, à[ < immediately followed by àE < is

replaced by kE <. Thus the 6 < (à[ <) of � 86 < followed by 6 < (àE <) of %6 is

replaced by X < (kE <).

5) � 8%> Being ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <

Here are more examples of %v2 <-ending words:

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ <

E; < (5P) to be able + %v2 < = E%v (ability)

I + ZW < (5P) to gain + %v2 < = I3%� (gain)

� 8 (1P) to hear + %v2 < = � 8%7 (hearing, what is heard, means of hearing)

b$ (1P) to remember + %v2 < = b$%7 (memory, what is remembered by teachers)

Z+ ;$ (8U) to bring near + %v2 < = Z;$ %7 (form)

� The last letter of the following 637 8s take ;8c@ <, and lc]@ < when applicable.

@ 8l < (6U) to set free + %v2 < = @ 8%v (liberation)

p 8k < (7U) to eat + %v2 < = p 8%v (eating, food)

pk < (7U) to worship + %v2 < = p%v (worship)

%# + pk < (7U) to divide + %v2 < = %#p%v (division)

� The last nasal letter of the following 637 8s is elided.

@2 < (4A) to consider + %v2 < = @%7 (thought, mind)

h@ < (1A) to rejoice + %v2 < = h%7 (pleasure)

S@ < (1P) to go + %v2 < = S%7 (going, end, path)

Page 103: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

p3#F M;7 ]%h ;3h;F %v2 < Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

94

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ <

� With the following 637 8s, “7 <” of %v2 < becomes ”6 <” and the last letter of the 637 8 becomes kE <.

E 86 < (4P) to purify + %v2 < = E 8%> (purity, purification)

%16 < (4P) to be successful + %v2 < = %1%> (success)

� 86 < (1P) to know + %v2 < = � 8%> (intellect, thought)

`W+ [p < (1A) to perceive + %v2 < = `W[%ü (perception)

� With the following 637 8s, the last letter of the 637 8 becomes “G <”, and “7 <” of %v2 < becomes ”e <”.

ÖE < (1P) to see + %v2 < = Ö%Ú (sight, eye)

1$k < (6P) to create + %v2 < = 1$%Ú (creation, what is created)

Kk < (1U) to worship + %v2 < = H%Ú (sacrifice)

� Other irregular forms

E@ < (4P) to be tranquil + %v2 < = E3%5 (tranquillity)

Ò3 (1P) to stay + %v2 < = %Ò%7 (remaining)

#l < (2P) to say + %v2 < = `%v (sentence, expression)

Exercise 1:

Give the information on s 8�%& of the following %v2 <-ending words according to the meanings

given in English. Answer in the format in the example.

1. �8%7� (object of hearing, what is heard, the Veda)

2. �8%7� (instrument of hearing, ear)

3. Ö%Ú� (instrument of seeing, eye)

4. � 8%>� (thought, object of thinking)

5. @%7� (object of thinking, opinion)

6. @%7� (instrument of thinking, the mind)

7. S%7� (object of going, destination, end)

8. S%7� (means of going, path, way)

Page 104: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta p3#F M;7 ]%h ;3h;F %v2 <

95

Example answer to 1:

The s 8�%& of � 8%7� (object of hearing, what is heard, the Veda) is analyzed as follows:

a) This is a ;$ X5 word.

b) The 637 8 is � 8 (to hear)

c) The ;$ 7 <-IJK is %v2 <.

d) From the translation, the suffix is understood to be denoting ;@ ], the object of � 8.

Thus, this is ;@ ]%Q s 8�%&�.

e) %#+,#3q will be “��K7 F H%7 � 8%7�”.

Exercise 2: Find %v2 <-ending words, identify their 637 8s, and translate the following sentences

by parsing each word.

1. MI3�} I3%�� M� K\S� `Ü7F ¦

2. M%b2 < %#GK F @ 82�23@ < M2 F;3� @7K� 1%5 ¦

3. k2323­ p 8%v­ @ 8%v­ l S 8�� XX3%7 ¦

4. �>K3 `W F7� K%7� %1%>@ < MI3û ;3­ S%7­ S¨%7 ¦

5. XF#X&} Ö�3 ze} `W[%ü� 2 M%g ¦

6. M5�;hQ} E 8>K F D73%2 ;@3 ]%Q `v3%2 ¦

7. �8%7-b$%7Á3­ K 8vF � l D77 < 1�v@ < H%7 M#Sª7F ¦

8. %#pvF � M� ]� E�7F ¦

9. #g�23@ < `W[%ü� � 8>¥ %#47F ¦

10. 7FG3­ S7¥ %#�� 2 %#47F ¦

11. D7%b2 < %#GK F @21� %Ò%7� M%g¦

12. p�3 X&3%2 W 8�3%Q S$�37 8 ¦

Note:

� The ;73 ] and the ;@ ] of action of %v2 <-ending words are in 6th case.

� Instead of 3rd and 2nd, undenoted ;73 ] and ;@ ] of the actions of %v2 <-ending words take

6th case ending (Gu� %#p%v�)

� They are called ;7 ]%h Gu� and ;@ ]%Q Gu� respectively.

Page 105: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

�3/yW < Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

96

6. ;$ 7 <-IJKs to make MsKs

� To make a new I3%7W%X; which is treated as MsK (indeclinable), the following ;$ 7 <-IJKs

are suffixed to a 637 8.

a. t c3 denotes a previous action when there are two actions done by the same agent.

e.g., §3 (to know) + t c3 = §3c3 (having known)

b. yW < is a substitute for t c3 when the 637 8 comes along with `W1S ].

e.g., W%h + �| < (to examine) + yW < = Wh�ö (having examined)

c. 7 8@ 82 < denotes the action itself to make an infinitive form of the 637 8.

e.g., §3 (to know) + 7 8@ 82 < = §37 8@ < (to know)

What is MsK ?

� Some I3%7W%X;s are given a technical term “MsK@ <” in Pā�ini-sūtras.

� t c3 and 7 8@ 82 < ending I3%7W%X;s are defined as MsK@ < in Pā�ini-sūtra 1.1.40 and 1.1.39.

� Being a substitute for t c3, yW <-ending I3%7W%X;s are also treated as MsK.

� Even after getting MsK-1­§3 (technical term which is “MsK@ <”), being a I3%7W%X;, a 1 8W <-

IJK is suffixed so that it makes the MsK a WX@ <, a word that can be used in the

language, as told by 1.4.14 1 8%�V5­ WX@ < ¦.

� Any 1 8W <-IJK suffixed to an MsK should be elided, in other words, it should become

invisible. (This rule is enjoined by Pā�ini-sūtra 2.4.82.) Even after elision, the status of

being 1 8�5 (that which ends with 1 8W <-IJK) is retained, so that the word can be used in

the language.

� Because of the elision of 1 8W <-IJK, for a I3%7W%X; that is deemed MsK-1­§3, declension is

as though not there. This is the reason for the name “indeclinable”.

Page 106: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta �3/yW <

97

a. t c3

� Of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “t c3”:

1) What t c3 denotes:

• A previous action when there are two actions done by the same agent. For

example, “having done action A, he does action B”, the action A takes t c3.

2) Content of t c3-IJK

• c3

3) H7 < (indicatory) letter of t c3 and its function

• ; < - By 1.3.8 [EÃ7%>7F¦. %2G F6 (prohibition) of S 8Q and #$%> in MN

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• No S 8Q.

5) Gender of the new I3%7W%X;

• As t c3 ending I3%7W%X; denotes the action, it does not have gender.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• Being an MsK, the new I3%7W%X; does not decline.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the ;$ 7 <-#$%&�

• Since this ;$ 7 <-#$%& is easily understandable, %#+,#3qs are not commonly seen.

Page 107: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

�3/yW < Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

98

To make a sentence “having done action A, he does action B”, t c3 IJK is suffixed after

a 637 8 indicating action A.

For example, in the sentence “Having known the meaning, he writes the verses,” two

actions belong to the same ;73 ]. “Knowing the meaning” happens prior to “writing the verses.”

Thus t c3 IJK is suffixed to a 637 8 indicating “to know.”

To make a word whose meaning is “having known”:

1) §3 + t c3 A ;$ 7 <-IJK �3 is suffixed to the 637 8 §3 (to know).

By the addition of the suffix, §3 is qualified to be an MN.

2) §3 + c3 ; < of t c3 is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) §3c3 Being ;$ X5, that is a I3%7W%X;@ <

Also, being a t c3 ending word, it is an MsK@ <.

Only after getting the status of WX, a word is qualified to be used in a Sanskrit language.

In order to become a WX, being a I3%7W%X;, 1 8W <-IJK must be suffixed to §3c3. Since any 1 8W <-IJK

after an MsK has to be elided (become invisible) by grammar rule, MsK words as though do

not decline, keeping the same form.

t c3 can take He <-ZS@ when the 637 8 is 1 Fe <. W  < (to study) is a 1 Fe < 637 8. To make a word

whose meaning is “having studied”:

1) W  < + t c3 A ;$ 7 <-IJK �3 is suffixed to the 637 8 W  < (to study).

By the addition of the suffix, W  < is qualified to be an MN.

2) W  < + c3 ; < of t c3 is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) W  < + Hc3 Because W  < is a 1 Fe < 637 8, He <-ZS@ is attached to c3.

4) W% c3 Being ;$ X5, this is a I3%7W%X;@ <.

The t c3 ending word is an MsK@ <.

Page 108: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta �3/yW <

99

Here are more examples of t c3 -ending words:

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ <

;$ (8U) to do + t c3 = ;$ c3 (having done)

§3 (9P) to know + t c3 = §3c3 (having known)

� 8 (5P) to hear + t c3 = � 8c3 (having heard)

W  < (1P) to study + t c3 = W% c3 (having studied)

%#X < (2P) to know + t c3 = %#%Xc3 (having known)

S@ < (1P) to go + t c3 = Sc3 (having gone)

2@ < (1P) to salute + t c3 = 2c3 (having saluted)

,2 < (2P) to injure + t c3 = ,c3 (having injured)

Jk < (1P) to give up + t c3 = Jt c3 (having given up)

p 8k < (7U) to eat + t c3 = p 8t c3 (having eaten, experienced)

@ 8l < (6P) to set free + t c3 = @ 8t c3 (having released)

ÖE < (1P) to see + t c3 = Ö�3 (having seen)

#l < (2P) to say + t c3 = `t c3 (having said)

Ò3 (1P) to stay + t c3 = %Òc3 (having been there)

X3 (3U) to give + t c3 = X÷3 (having given)

[p < (1A) to gain + t c3 = [ 3 (having gained)

� 86 < (1P) to know + t c3 = � 8!3 (having known)

Exercise 1: Find t c3-ending words, identify their 637 8s, and separate the words belonging to

the t c3-ending word from the words belonging to the %7V5 word.

1. "32 ­ ;$ c3 W 8�3� @%óh­ S¨%5 ¦

2. S 8ÛWXFEF2 M�õ §3c3 %E�� 7 8�%7 ¦

3. `W%2GX­ � 8c3 XF#X&� S$,37 < %2S ] %7 ¦

4. Þ\;32 < W% c3 1\@X&� 732 < %[É%7 ¦

5. 7c­ %#%Xc3 W 8�G� 2 @ 8×%7 ¦

6. k�#3� 77 < Sc3 2 %2#7 ]5F ¦

7. 1h�7� X F#� 2c3 W 3@� ¦

8. 732 < ,c3 2 %kk�%#G3%@ ¦

9. È[­ p 8t c3 W 82� @2 8�[\;­ I%#E%5 ¦

10. %1� 8­ Ö�3 1� 1 F7 8­ 7h%7 ¦

11. HX­ #3q@ < `t c3 1� 7�µ� �p�# ¦

12. M%7�KF 62­ X÷3 2$W%7� 7­ 2@%7 ¦

13. S 8h\� M2 8+,­ [ 3 1� E3æ­ W %7 ¦

14. ;3hQ­ � 8!3 ;%#� ;3K ]@ < M%W k323%7 ¦

Page 109: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

�3/yW < Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

100

b. yW <

� yW < is the substitute for t c3 when the 637 8 takes an `W1S ] or other elements related to the

637 8. Thus yW < is treated in the same manner as t c3-IJK.

� When t c3-ending word is compounded with 2P <, a negative particle, t c3 is not

substituted by yW <. E.g., M;$ c3 (not having done), M%#%Xc3 (not having known)

� The only differences from t c3-IJK are the following:

2) Content of yW <

• K

3) H7 < (indicatory) letters of yW < and their function

• [ < - By 1.3.8 [EÃ7%>7F¦. For intonation

• W < - By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <¦. When the 637 8 ends with a short vowel, 7 < is attached to the

637 8.

� yW <-IJK-ending words are commonly called y�5, that which ends with yW <. The W < is

replaced by � < by a sandhi rule.

For example, to make a word whose meaning is “having experienced”:

1) M2 8 + p� + t c3 A ;$ 7 <-IJK t c3 is suffixed to the 637 8 p�, which is prefixed by `W1S ]

“M2 8”, giving the meaning “to experience”.

By the addition of the suffix, p� is qualified to be an MN.

2) M2 8 + p� + yW < Because the 637 8 is prefixed by `W1S ], the t c3 is replaced by yW <.

3) M2 8 + p� + K [ < and W < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

4) M2 8p�K Being a substitute of t c3, yW < functions as t c3, that is: S 8Q change

does not take place, and y�5 word is also ;$ X5. Thus I3%7W%X;

status is acquired. Just like t c3-ending word, y�5 is an MsK.

Page 110: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta �3/yW <

101

yW < is a %W7 <, that which has W < as H7 < letter. When a short vowel ending 637 8 is suffixed by

%W7 < ;$ 7 < IJK, 7 < is added after the 637 8 by 6.1.71 ß�} %W%7 ;$ %7 7 8; < ¦. For example, to make a word

whose meaning is “having followed”:

1) M2 8 + 1$ + t c3 A ;$ 7 <-IJK t c3 is suffixed to the 637 8 1$ prefixed by `W1S ] M2 8,

giving the meaning “to follow”.

By the addition of the suffix, 1$ is qualified to be an MN.

2) M2 8 + 1$ + yW < Because the 637 8 is prefixed by `W1S ], the t c3 is replaced by yW <.

3) M2 8 + 1$ + K [ < and W < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

4) M2 8 + 1$ + 7 < + K yW < being a %W7 < ;$ 7 <-IJK, by 6.1.71 ß�} %W%7 ;$ %7 7 8; <¦, 7 8; <-ZS@ (the

content is 7 <) is attached at the end of the 637 8.

5) M2 81$J Just as t c3-ending word, y�5 word is also a I3%7W%X; and MsK.

Here are more examples of yW <-ending (y�5) words:

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ <

I + ZW < (5P) to gain + yW < = I3û (having gained)

W%h + �| < (5P) to examine + yW < = Wh�ö (having examined)

`W + 1@ < + �@ < (5P) to step + yW < = `W1­�ª (having gone to the other side)

M# + S@ < (1P) to understand + yW < = M#Sª (having understood)

`W + S@ < (1P) to approach + yW < = `WSª (having approached)

I + 2@ < (1P) to salute + yW < = IQª (having saluted)

W%h + Jk < (1P) to give up + yW < = W%hJ¯ (having given up totally)

%# + @ 8l < (6U) to set free + yW < = %#@ 8Ü (having set free)

%# + §3 (9P) to know + yW < = %#§3K (having known)

M2 8 + Ò3 (1P) to perform + yW < = M2 8u3K (having performed)

%# + ,3 (3P) to give up + yW < = %#,3K (having given up)

Page 111: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

�3/yW < Topic VII – Kodanta – ;$ X5@ <

102

In the following list all the 637 8s end with a short vowel (�). Because ;$ 7 <-IJKs which

are %W7 < cause “7 <” to be added after the 637 8, yW < which is %W7 < and a substitute for ;$ 7 <-IJK,

causes “7 <” to be added after the 637 8.

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ <

M%6 + H(V<) (2A) to study + yW < = M6�J (having studied)

I + H(Q <) (2P) to depart + yW < = I FJ (having departed)

M%6 + ;$ (8U) to refer to + yW < = M%6;$ J (having referred to)

%# + b$ (1P) to forget + yW < = %#b$J (having forgotten)

ZV< + %� (1U) to seek refuge + yW < = Z%�J (having sought refuge)

I + g 8 (2U) to begin + yW < = Ig8J (having begun)

`W + 1@ < + ú (1U) to sum up + yW < = `W1­úJ (having summed up)

Exercise 1: Find y�5 words, identify `W1S ], 637 8, and separate the words belonging to the

y�5 word from the words belonging to the %7V5 word.

1. 1#3 ]2 < [\;32 < Wh�ö Ø3ÙQ� # »h3�K@ < Z�\%7 ¦

2. %#43#5@ < `WSª %#43%� ]2� 1 F#3­ ;8# ]%5 ¦

3. %Eh13 @213 l XF#­ IQª 1� kW%7 ¦

4. 1#3 ]2 < ���2 < W%hJ¯ 1� #2 F #1%7 ¦

5. W%|Q­ %#@ 8Ü XF#X&� 7h\� @�[F %7u%7 ¦

6. ;@3 ]%Q M2 8u3K W 8�G� M%6;3%hc­ [p7F ¦

7. Eh�h3%Q %#,3K M´3%2 Eh�h3%Q %#ó%5 ¦

8. 1#3 ]2 < # FX32 < M6�J W 8�� +3@­ IJ3S¨%7 ¦

9. Mb37 < [\;37 < I FJ M´­ [\;­ I3�\%7 ¦

10. Þ\;32 < %#b$J XF#X&� 732 < 2 #X%7 ¦

11. pS#5@ < Z%�J k23� k�#%5 ¦

12. 7X < %#§3K p$S 8� %W7h@ < `W1h%7 ¦

13. M%b2 < +þF D;­ I;hQ@ < `W1­úJ M´7 <

I;hQ­ Ig 8J Zl3K ]� 1#3 ]� E�3� �367 F ¦

Page 112: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta 7 8@ 82 <

103

c. 7 8@ 82 <

� Of the ;$ 7 <-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “7 8@ 82 <”:

1) What 7 8@ 82 < denotes:

• p3# (the meaning of the 637 8)

2) Content of 7 8@ 82 <-IJK

• 7 8@ <

3) H7 < (indicatory) letters of 7 8@ 82 < and their function

• ` - `�3hQ3� ];� (just to facilitate the pronunciation, thus this is not H7 < letter.)

• 2 < - By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <¦. For intonation

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• He <-ZS@ can come. (See Topic V)

• S 8Q can take place. (See Topic IV)

5) Gender of the new I3%7W%X;

• 7 8@ 82 <-ending I3%7W%X; is treated as MsK. Since 7 8@ 82 < denotes p3#, the action itself,

and p3# does not have gender, there is no gender for 7 8@ 82 <-ending words.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• Being an MsK, the 7 8@ 82 <-ending I3%7W%X; does not decline.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the ;$ 7 <-#$%&�

• Since this ;$ 7 <-#$%& is easily understandable, %#+,#3qs are not commonly seen.

Page 113: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7 8@ 82 < Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

104

� 7 8@ 82 < is suffixed to a 637 8 when:

A) There is another action which is for the sake of action of the 637 8.

E.g., X F#X&� 1\@X&­ ÏÚ8 ­ +3@­ S¨%7 ¦ (Devadatta goes to the village to see Somadatta.)

Here, action of going is for the sake of action of seeing, to which 7 8@ 82 < is suffixed.

B) There is a word indicating desire which is connected to action of the 637 8.

E.g., M,­ 7 F °½h­ ÛW­ ÏÚ8@ < H¨3%@ ¦ (I want to see your lord form.)

Here, the word H¨3%@ is connected to action of seeing, to which 7 8@ 82 < is suffixed.

C) There is a word made of E; < (to be able), M, <] (to be entitled), etc. which is connected to

action of the 637 8.

E.g., M,@ < M#Ò37 8­ 2 E#\%@ ¦ (I am not able to stand.)

c@ < D#­ E\%l7 8­ 2 M,]%1 (You are not entitled to grieve in this manner.)

Here, the word E#\%@ and M,]%1 are connected to action of standing and grieving, to which

7 8@ 82 < is suffixed.

For example, to make a new I3%7W%X; which is an infinitive form of a 637 8 � 8 (to hear):

1) �8 + 7 8@ 82 < A ;$ 7 <-IJK 7 8@ 82 < is suffixed to the 637 8 � 8 (to hear).

By the addition of the suffix, � 8 is qualified to be an MN.

2) �8 + 7 8@ < 2 < of 7 8@ 82 < is H7 < letter and hence elided. ` is just for pronunciation.

3) �\ + 7 8@ < 7 8@ 82 < causes S 8Q to its MN. (See Topic IV page 17)

4) �\7 8@ < Being ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <.

7 8@ 82 < ending word is an MsK@ <.

Only after getting the status of WX, a word is qualified to be used in a Sanskrit language.

In order to become a WX, being a I3%7W%X;, 1 8W <-IJK is suffixed to �\7 8@ <. Since any 1 8W <-IJK after

an MsK has to be elided (become invisible) by grammar rule, MsK word as though does not

decline, keeping the same form.

Page 114: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta 7 8@ 82 <

105

7 8@ 82 < can take He <-ZS@ when the 637 8 is 1 Fe <. W  < (to study) is a 1 Fe < 637 8. To make a new

I3%7W%X; “to study”, which is an infinitive form of W  <:

1) W  < + 7 8@ 82 < A ;$ 7 <-IJK 7 8@ 82 < is suffixed to the 637 8 W  < (to study).

By the addition of the suffix, W  < is qualified to be an MN.

2) W  < + 7 8@ < 2 < of 7 8@ 82 < is H7 < letter and hence elided. ` is just for pronunciation.

3) W  < + H + 7 8@ < Because W  < is a 1 Fe < 637 8, He <-ZS@ is attached to 7 8@ <.

4) W% 7 8@ < Being ;$ X5, this is qualified to be a I3%7W%X;@ <.

7 8@ 82 < ending word is qualified to be an MsK@ <.

Here are more examples of 7 8@ 82 <-ending words:

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ <

;$ (8U) to do + 7 8@ 82 < = ;7 8]@ < (to do)

%k (1P) to conquer + 7 8@ 82 < = k F7 8@ < (to conquer)

� 8 (1U) to hear + 7 8@ 82 < = �\7 8@ < (to hear)

p 8k < (7U) to eat + 7 8@ 82 < = p\v8@ < (to experience)

@ 8l < (6P) to set free + 7 8@ 82 < = @\v8@ < (to release)

%ÊX < (7U) to cut + 7 8@ 82 < = ÊF& 8@ < (to cut)

§3 (9P) to know + 7 8@ 82 < = §37 8@ < (to know)

Ò3 (1P) to stay + 7 8@ 82 < = Ò37 8@ < (to stay)

1@ < + Z + 63 (3U) to resolve + 7 8@ 82 < = 1@3637 8@ < (to resolve)

I + ZW < (5P) to gain + 7 8@ 82 < = I3� 8@ < (to gain)

,2 < (2P) to injure + 7 8@ 82 < = ,5 8@ < (to injure)

7W < (4A) to rule + 7 8@ 82 < = 7� 8@ < (to rule)

#l < (2P) to say + 7 8@ 82 < = #v8@ < (to say)

S@ < (1P) to go + 7 8@ 82 < = S5 8@ < (to go)

Jk < (1P) to give up + 7 8@ 82 < = Jv8@ < (to give up)

Page 115: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7 8@ 82 < Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

106

637 8� New I3%7W%X;@ <

ÖE < (1P) to see + 7 8@ 82 < = ÏÚ8@ < (to see)

X3 (3U) to give + 7 8@ 82 < = X37 8@ < (to give)

[p < (1A) to gain + 7 8@ 82 < = [ü 8@ < (to gain)

X, < (1P) to burn + 7 8@ 82 < = X�6 8@ < (to burn)

� 86 < (1P) to know + 7 8@ 82 < = �\>8@ < (to know)

p� (1P) to be + 7 8@ 82 < = p%#7 8@ < (to be)

M1 < (2P) to be + 7 8@ 82 < = p%#7 8@ < (to be) * the form is the same as “p�” 637 8’s

W  < (1P) to study + 7 8@ 82 < = W% 7 8@ < (to study)

#X < (2P) to say + 7 8@ 82 < = #%X7 8@ < (to say)

%#X < (2P) to know + 7 8@ 82 < = # F%X7 8@ < (to know)

E 8l < (1P) to regret + 7 8@ 82 < = E\%l7 8@ < (to regret)

�36 < (1A) to negate + 7 8@ 82 < = �3%67 8@ < (to negate)

Exercise 1: Find 7 8@ 82 <-ending words, identify their 637 8s, and translate by parsing each word.

1. S 8h\� 1 F#3­ ;7 8]@ < H¨3 @%K M%g ¦

2. XF#X&� ;�3­ �\7 8­ 2Sh­ S¨%7 ¦

3. KF E3æ3%Q W %5 7 F @\v8@ < H¨#� 1%5 ¦

4. c7 < M´� @@ 1­EK­ ÊF& 8@ < 2 M,]%7 ¦

5. DG� %#GK� Mb3%p� §37 8­ Eq7F ¦

6. 1� Ó32%#GKF @2� 1@3637 8­ 2 E#\%7 ¦

7. XF#X&� È[3%2 I3� 8­ #2 ­ S¨%7 ¦

8. M,­ S 8Û2 < ���2 < l ,5 8­ 2 H¨3%@ ¦

9. Å%G� 7W� 7� 8­ #2 F %2#1%7 ¦

10. XF%,2� 1#õ ;@ ] Jv8­ 2 E#8 #%5 ¦

11. K7 < ÛW­ X F# »� W� 7 F 77 < M,­ ÏÚ8@ < H¨3%@ ¦

12. W 8�G� 7W13 Å%G� p%#7 8­ E#\%7 ¦

13. c­ D77 < W 8g;­ W% 7 8@ < M,]%1 ¦

14. ;\¾%W D#­ #%X7 8­ 2 E#\%7 ¦

15. %E�3� 7÷­ # F%X7 8­ E3æ­ W %5 ¦

16. D7 F p FX3� �3%67 8­ Eq3� 1%5 ¦

Page 116: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VII – ;$ X5@ < – Kodanta

107

7. Summary of ;$ 7 <-#$%&�

Type IJK� Basic sense Additional sense Example Gender Declension in m, n, f 1/1

;$ J3� K7 <, qW <, rK7 <, 7s, M2�Kh <

;@ ]%Q, p3# F necessity, ability

§ FK, I@FK, g 8J, ;3K ], ;7 ]s, ;hQ�K (that which is to be done)

All 3 § FK�, § FK@ <, § FK3

7$l < ;7 ]%h n/a ;7$ ] (doer), p\v$ , I@37$ All 3

;73 ], ;7$ ], ;��

r# 8[ < ;3h; (doer), 23K;, W3#; ;3h;�, ;3h;@ <, ;3%h;3

%t #W < 1# ]%#X < (knower of everything), `W%2GX < same in all

%2u3 v ;@ ]%Q, ;7 ]%h p�7 F (past), etc. ;$ 7 (that which has been done), p 8v, W% 7 All 3

;$ 7�, ;$ 7@ <, ;$ 73

v#7 8w ;7 ]%h p�7 F (past) ;$ 7#7 < (one who has done), p 8v#7 <, W% 7#7 < ;$ 7#32 <, ;$ 7#7 <, ;$ 7#7�

17 < E7$w ;7 ]%h #7 ]@32 F (present), p%#�7 < (future)

Wl7 < (one who is cooking), 17 <, WÔK7 <, ;%h�7 < (one who is going to do)

All 3 Wl2 <, Wl7 <, Wl5�

E32l < ;7 ]%h, ;@ ]%Q [p@32 (one who is gaining), [Á@32 (that which is being gained), [ô@32 (one who is going to gain/be gained), #ö@3Q

All 3 [p@32�, [p@32@ <, [p@323

y 8e < p3# F, ;hQF, etc n/a p#2 (being), ;hQ, Z12 2W 8­1;%[N� (in p3#F)

p#2@ <

zP�3 ]� zP < p3# F, ;@ ]%Q, etc n/a J3S (renunciation), �\6, K\S W 8w%ùN� J3S�

%v2 < p3# F, ;@ ]%Q, etc � 8%> (intellect), E%v, @%7 æ�%[N� � 8%>�

t c3, yW <

p3# F previous action of two actions

;$ c3 (having done), p�c3, IQª (having saluted), %#§3K

MsK@ < n/a

7 8@ 82 < p3# F infinitive ;7 8]@ < (to do), p\v8@ < MsK@ < n/a

Page 117: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII– 7%>735@ < -Taddhitānta

108

Topic VIII

Taddhitānta

7%>735@ <

7%>7-IJK3� (Suffixes to a nominal base to make a new nominal base)

� 7%>7-IJKs are suffixes added to a I3%7W%X; to make a new I3%7W%X; (nominal base).

I3%7W%X;@ < + 7%>7IJK� = I3%7W%X;@ <

� There are a few hundred 7%>7-IJKs. They are found in Pā�ini-sūtras 4.1.76 to 5.4.160.

(*1)

� The new I3%7W%X; and the declined form (1 8�5) of that I3%7W%X; are called 7%>735

(nominal derivative nouns).

� Most of the 7%>7-IJKs require the I3%7W%X; to end with a certain %#p%v.

� Generally, the meaning of a 7%>7-#$%& (7%>7-IJK-ending word) can be said by other

words. For example, the meaning of a 7%>7-#$%& “zec@ <” (pot-ness) is expressed as

“ze} p3#�” (the status of pot). This is the %#+,#3q of the 7%>7-#$%&. The same meaning

can be conveyed either by 7%>7#$%& or %#+,#3q.

*1: All the IJKs enjoined under the whole 4th and 5th chapters are to be suffixed to I3%7W%X;s.

Pā�ini-sūtra 4.1.2 enjoins the 21 1 8W <-IJKs. Sūtras 4.1.3 to 4.1.81 enjoin æ�-IJKs, additional

IJKs suffixed to I3%7W%X; to make them feminine. And the rest, almost two full chapters,

enjoins 7%>7-IJKs.

Page 118: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII– 7%>735@ < -Taddhitānta

109

[|Q-#3q@ <

� [|Q-#3q@ < is used to explain the meaning of a 7%>7-IJK.

� [|Q-#3q consists a pronoun 7X <. The 7X < is replaced by a I3%7W%X; to make a %#+,#3q.

Thus [|Q-#3q is like a universal %#+,#3q of a given 7%>7-#$%&.

� For example, %#+,#3q of a 7%>7#$%& “zec” is “ze} p3#�”. [|Q#3q of a 7%>7 IJK “c” is

“7} p3#�”. By this [|Q-#3q we can understand that c is suffixed to a I3%7W%X; ending

with 6th case to denote “the status (p3#�) of … (7})”.

� The universal %#+,#3q@ < of a given 7%>7-#$%& is called [|Q-#3q@ <. In the previous

example, c is the 7%>7-IJK and its [|Q-#3q is “7} p3#�”. By this [|Q-#3q we can

understand that c is suffixed to a I3%7W%X; ending with 6th case to denote “the status

(p3#�) of … (7})”.

� To understand 7%>7-IJKs, the following things need to be known:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

3) H7 < letters of the 7%>7-IJK and their functions

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

In this book, each 7%>7-IJK will be introduced with these 7 aspects.

Page 119: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII– 7%>735@ < -Taddhitānta

110

1. 7}3WJ@ < (descendant of …)

� To make a new I3%7W%X; which denotes a descendant of a given person or family, the

following 7%>7-IJKs are suffixed to a I3%7W%X; ending with 6th case, which indicates the

person or family.

a. MQ </MP < are suffixed after some names

b. HP < is suffixed after some names

c. �; < (DK) is suffixed after names of females

� These 7%>7-IJKs indicating “descendant of …” are called MWJ3� ]-IJKs.

� The [|Q#3q of these 7%>7-IJKs is “7} MWJ@ <”. From this [|Q#3q it is understood

that these 7%>7-IJKs denote descendant (MWJ@ <), and these are suffixed to a 6th case

ending I3%7W%X; because 7} is in 6th case.

Page 120: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII– 7%>735@ < -Taddhitānta MWJ�® MQ </MP <

111

a. MQ </MP <

� Of the 7%>7-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known about “MQ </MP <”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• 7} MWJ@ < (descendant of …)

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• M

3) H7 < letters of the 7%>7-IJK and their functions

• Q </P < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <¦. They cause Z%X-#$%> in the MN (See Topic IV)

• The difference of the two suffixes is only intonation.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• Z%X-#$%> in the MN (See Topic IV)

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• Depends on the gender of the noun which the 7%>7-#$%&� is qualifying

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In masculine, as an M-ending

• in feminine, a æ�-IJK V�W < (�) is suffixed and the word becomes �-ending

feminine.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• ph7} MWJ­ W 8@32 < (male) p3h7�¦

• ph7} MWJ­ æ� (female) p3h7� ¦

Page 121: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

MWJ�® MQ </MP < Topic VIII– 7%>735@ < -Taddhitānta

112

For example, to make a word whose meaning is “son of ph7” or “ph7} (of Bharata)

MWJ@ < (descendant)”:

1) ph7 + V1 < + MP < A 7%>7-IJK MP < is suffixed after a I3%7W%X; with the 6th case ending.

By the addition of the suffix, ph7 + V1 < is qualified to be an MN.

“ph7 + V1 < + MP <”, since it ends with 7%>7IJK, is considered a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) ph7 + V1 < + M By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <, P < of MP < is H7 < and hence elided.

3) ph7 + + M Inside the I3%7W%X;, any 1 8W <-IJK should be elided.

4) p3h7 + + M The first vowel in the MN takes #$%> because the IJK is %P7 <.

5) p3h7 < + M The last M of the MN is elided. (See Topic IV).

6) p3h7 This is the final form of the 7%>7-#$%&�.

If the person is male, the %#+,#3q is “ph7} MWJ­ W 8@32 < p3h7� ¦” and the new I3%7W%X;

declines as M-ending masculine, like h3@. If the person is female, the %#+,#3q is “ph7} MWJ­ æ�

p3h7� ¦” and the new I3%7W%X; declines as �-ending feminine, like 2X�.

In the same manner, to make a word whose meaning is “son of 6$7h3ç” or “6$7h3ç} (of

Dhotarā�%ra) MWJ@ < (descendant)”:

1) 6$7h3ç + V1 < + MQ < A 7%>7-IJK MQ < is suffixed after a I3%7W%X; with the 6th case ending.

By the addition of the suffix, 6$7h3ç + V1 < is qualified to be an MN.

“6$7h3ç + V1 < + MQ <”, since it ends with 7%>7IJK, is considered a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) 6$7h3ç + V1 < + M By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <, Q < of MQ < is H7 < and hence elided.

3) 6$7h3ç + + M Inside the I3%7W%X;, any 1 8W <-IJK should be elided.

4) 637 ]h3ç + M The first vowel in the MN takes #$%> because the IJK is %Q7 <.

5) 637 ]h3ç < + M The last M of the MN is elided. (See Topic IV).

6) 637 ]h3ç This is the final form of the 7%>7-#$%&�.

If the person is male, the %#+,#3q is “6$7h3ç} MWJ­ W 8@32 < 637 ]h3ç� ¦” and the new I3%7W%X;

declines as M-ending masculine, like h3@. If the person is female, the %#+,#3q is “6$7h3ç} MWJ­

æ� 637 ]h3ç� ¦” and the new I3%7W%X; declines as �-ending feminine, like 2X�.

Page 122: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII– 7%>735@ < -Taddhitānta MWJ�® MQ </MP <

113

When the last letter of the I3%7W%X; is `#Q ], it takes S 8Q. For example, to make a word

whose meaning is “son of W3rd8” or “W3rd\� (of Pā�Ìu) MWJ@ < (descendant)”:

1) W3rd8 + V1 < + MP < A 7%>7-IJK MP < is suffixed after a I3%7W%X; with the 6th case ending.

By the addition of the suffix, W3rd8 + V1 < is qualified to be an MN.

“W3rd8 + V1 < + MP <”, since it ends with 7%>7IJK, is considered a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) W3rd8 + V1 < + M By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <, P < of MP < is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) W3rd8 + + M Inside the I3%7W%X;, any 1 8W <-IJK should be elided.

4) W3rd\ + M The last ` in the MN takes S 8Q (See Topic IV).

5) W3rd# < + M By 6.1.78 Dl\¾K#3K3#�¦, M# < is the substitute for Ë followed by a

vowel.

6) W3rd# This is the final form of the 7%>7-#$%&�.

If the person is male, the %#+,#3q is “W3rd\� MWJ­ W 8@32 < W3rd# ¦” and the new I3%7W%X;

declines as M-ending masculine, like h3@. If the person is female, the %#+,#3q is “p$S\� MWJ­ æ�

p3S ]#� ¦” and the new I3%7W%X; declines as �-ending feminine, like 2X�.

Exercise 1:

Find the I3%7W%X; and IJK of the following 7%>7#$%&s, and give their %#+,#3qs.

1. p3hm3k�

2. E¥2;�

3. 1¥pÏ�

4. W3rd#�

5. ;¥h#�

6. h3z#�

7. p3S ]#�

8. k32;�

9. # »X F,�

10. ϥWX�

11. S3S�

Example answer to 1:

• I3%7W%X;@ < = phm3k

• IJK� = MQ </MP < (MWJ� ]-7%>7-IJK�)

• %#+,#3q@ < = phm3k} MWJ­ W 8@32 < p3hm3k�¦

Page 123: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

MWJ�® HP < Topic VIII– 7%>735@ < -Taddhitānta

114

b. HP <

� Of the 7%>7-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known about “HP <”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• 7} MWJ@ < (descendant of …)

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• H

3) H7 < letter of the 7%>7-IJK and its functions

• P < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <¦. This is to cause Z%X-#$%> in the MN (See Topic IV)

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• Z%X-#$%> in the MN (See Topic IV)

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• Depends on the gender of the noun which the 7%>7-#$%&� is qualifying

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In masculine, as an H-ending

• in feminine, a æ�-IJK V�W < (�) is suffixed and the word becomes �-ending

feminine.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• M�Q} MWJ­ W 8@32 < (male) Z�%Q�¦

Page 124: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII– 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta MWJ�® HP <

115

For example, to make a word whose meaning is “son of M�Q” or “M�Q} MWJ@ <”:

1) M�Q + V1 < + HP < A 7%>7-IJK HP < is suffixed after a I3%7W%X; with the 6th case ending.

By the addition of the suffix, M�Q + V1 < is qualified to be an MN.

“M�Q + V1 < + HP <”, since it ends with 7%>7IJK, is considered a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) M�Q + V1 < + H By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <, P < of HP < is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) M�Q + + H Inside the I3%7W%X;, any 1 8W <-IJK should be elided.

4) Z�Q + + H The first vowel in the MN takes #$%> because the IJK is %P7 <.

5) Z�Q < + H The last M of the MN is elided. (See Topic IV).

6) Z�%Q This is the final form of the 7%>7-#$%&�.

The new I3%7W%X; declines as H-ending masculine, like ,%h.

Exercise 1:

Try to find the I3%7W%X; and IJK of the following 7%>7#$%&s, and give %#+,#3q.

1. X3Eh%�� (Another name of h3@, a son of the king XEh�)

2. #3�%Q� (Another name of p$S 8, a son of the sage #�Q)

3. S3%S ]�

4. # »X%p ]�

5. 1¥@X%&�

6. 2 »G3%X� (Another name of D;[s, a son of %2G3X)

Example answer to 1:

• I3%7W%X;@ < = XEh�

• IJK� = HP < (MWJ� ]-7%>7-IJK�)

• %#+,#3q@ < = XEh�} MWJ­ W 8@32 < X3Eh%�� ¦

Page 125: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

MWJ�® �; < Topic VIII– 7%>735@ < -Taddhitānta

116

c. �; <

� Of the 7%>7-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known about “�; <”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• 7} MWJ@ < (descendant of …)

• Here, the I3%7W%X; should be a name of a female.

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• � (replaced by DK)

3) H7 < letter of the 7%>7-IJK and its functions

• ; < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <¦. This is to cause Z%X-#$%> in the MN (See Topic IV)

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• The IJK � is replaced by “DK”, by 7.1.2 ZK2 FK�2�%KK� È�ÉÊz3­ IJK3X�23@ < ¦

• Z%X-#$%> in the MN (See Topic IV)

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• Depends on the gender of the noun which the 7%>7-#$%&� is qualifying

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In masculine, as an M-ending

• in feminine, a æ�-IJK V�W < (�) is suffixed and the word becomes �-ending

feminine.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• ;8¿3� MWJ­ W 8@32 < (male) ;¥5FK�¦

• %#273K3� MWJ­ æ� # »27 FK� ¦

Page 126: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta MWJ�® �; <

117

For example, to make a word whose meaning is “son of ;85�” or “;8¿3� MWJ@ <”:

1) ;85� + V1 < + �; < A 7%>7-IJK �; < is suffixed after a I3%7W%X; with the 6th case ending.

By the addition of the suffix, ;85� + V1 < is qualified to be an MN.

“;85� + V1 < + �; <”, since it ends with 7%>7IJK, is considered a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) ;85� + V1 < + � By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <, ; < of �; < is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) ;85� + V1 < + DK � is replaced by DK.

4) ;85� + + DK Inside the I3%7W%X;, any 1 8W <-IJK should be elided.

5) ;¥5� + + DK The first vowel in the MN takes #$%> because the IJK is %;7 <.

6) ;¥5 < + DK The last � of the MN is elided. (See Topic IV).

7) ;¥5FK This is the final form of the 7%>7-#$%&�.

The new I3%7W%X; declines as M-ending masculine, like h3@.

Exercise

Try to find the I3%7W%X; and IJK of the following 7%>7#$%&s, and give %#+,#3q.

1. S3NFK�

2. h36 FK�

3. ϥWXFK3�

4. Z&2 FK�

Example answer to 1:

• I3%7W%X;@ < = SN3

• IJK� = �; < (MWJ� ]-7%>7-IJK�)

• %#+,#3q@ < = SN3K3� MWJ­ W 8@32 < S3NFK� ¦

Page 127: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII– 7%>735@ < -Taddhitānta

118

2. @c��K3� (one who has …)

� To make a new I3%7W%X; indicating a person or a thing which has …, or in which …

exists, the following 7%>7-IJKs are suffixed to a I3%7W%X; ending with 1st case.

a. @7 8wW < is suffixed to almost any I3%7W%X;

b. H%2 w is suffixed when the I3%7W%X; is M-ending

c. %#%2 w is suffixed when the I3%7W%X; is M1 <-ending, and @3K3, @ F63, �k < words

d. Ml < is suffixed when the I3%7W%X; is one of the ME]Z%X-SQ, a certain group of words.

� These 7%>7-IJKs indicating “One who has …” or “One in whom … exists” are called

@c� ]-IJKs or @c��K-IJKs (@7 8w + M� ] = @c� ]).

� The [|Q#3q of these 7%>7-IJKs is “7X < M}/M%b2 < M%g”. Literally translating, “That

(77 < 1/1) exists (M%g) belonging to this (M}), or in this (M%b2 <).” The meaning of the

I3%7W%X; should fit in the place of 7X <. HX@ <-Eð (M} or M%b2 <) should be the one denoted

by the 7%>7-IJK. Hence, these 7%>7-IJKs are suffixed to a 1st case ending I3%7W%X;

because 7X < is in 1st case ending.

� The I3%7W%X; formed with the @c��K-IJK conveys the following things:

• Abundance: 62#32 <

• Praise: Zl3K ]#32 <, ÛW#7�, @37$@32 <

• Exceeding: �[#32 <

• Connection: Xrd�, Ê��

Page 128: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta @7 8wW <

119

a. @7 8wW <

� The following 7 things are to be known about @c� ]-7%>7-IJK “@7 8wW <”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• 7X < M}/M%b2 < M%g (There is … belonging to/in this person/thing)

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• @7 <

3) H7 < letters of the 7%>7-IJK and their functions

• w – By 1.3.2 `WXFEF¾k2 823%1; H7 <¦. ` is in `; < IJ3,3h�. A IJK which has `; < as H7 < is

called `%S7 <. `%S7 <-IJK-ending I3%7W%X;s decline in a certain manner. For the sake

of the declension, w is given as an H7 < letter for this IJK.

• W < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ <¦. This is for intonation.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• If M#Q ] or @ < is in the final or penultimate position in the I3%7W%X;, then the @ < of

@7 8wW < is replaced by # <. See below “7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�” for examples.

• 7 </1 < at the end of a WX is not considered to be WX35 before @c� ]-7%>7-IJK. Thus

such 7 </1 < does not undergo any WX35 modification such as kÔc­, �w c@ <, etc.

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• Depends on the gender of the noun which the 7%>7-#$%& is qualifying.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In masculine and neuter, as `%S7 <-IJK ending and M7 <-ending I3%7W%X;.

• In feminine, a æ�-IJK V�W < (�) is suffixed and the word becomes �-ending

feminine, like 2X�.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• ��� M}/M%b2 < M%g H%7 ��@32 < ¦

• pS� M}/M%b2 < M%g H%7 pS#32 < ¦ (M#Q ]-ending I3%7W%X;@ <)

• p3� M}/M%b2 < M%g H%7 p3�32 < ¦ (I3%7W%X;@ < with penultimate M#Q ])

• [³�� M}/M%b2 < M%g H%7 [³�#32 < ¦ (I3%7W%X;@ < with penultimate @ <)

Page 129: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

@7 8wW < Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

120

For example, to make a word whose meaning is “one who has ��”, or “one in whom ��

exists”, in Sanskrit “��� M} M%g”, or “��� M%b2 < M%g”:

1) �� + 1 8w + @7 8wW < A 7%>7-IJK @7 8wW < is suffixed after a I3%7W%X; with the 1st case ending.

By the addition of the suffix, �� + 1 8w is qualified to be an MN.

“�� + 1 8w + @7 8wW <”, since it ends with 7%>7IJK, is considered a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) �� + 1 8w + @7 < w and W < of @7 8wW < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

3) �� + + @7 < Inside the I3%7W%X;, any 1 8W <-IJK should be elided.

4) ��@7 < This is the final form of the 7%>7-#$%&�.

If the new I3%7W%X; is qualifying a masculine word, it declines as M7 <-ending masculine as

`%S7 <-IJK-ending word, like pS#7 < (See Volume 1). If the new I3%7W%X; qualifies a feminine

word, a æ�-IJK � is suffixed and it declines as �-ending feminine, like 2X�.

In the same manner, to make a word whose meaning is “one who has pS”, or “one in

whom pS exists”, in Sanskrit “pS� M} M%g”, or “pS� M%b2 < M%g”:

1) pS + 1 8w + @7 8wW < A 7%>7-IJK @7 8wW < is suffixed after a I3%7W%X; with the 1st case ending.

By the addition of the suffix, pS + 1 8w is qualified to be an MN.

“pS + 1 8w + @7 8wW <”, since it ends with 7%>7IJK, is considered a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) pS + 1 8w + @7 < w and W < of @7 8wW < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

3) pS + + @7 < Inside the I3%7W%X;, any 1 8W <-IJK should be elided.

4) pS + #7 < Because the last letter of I3%7W%X; is M, the @ < of @7 8wW < is replaced by # <

5) pS#7 < This is the final form of the 7%>7-#$%&�.

Page 130: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta @7 8wW <

121

Exercise 1:

Try to find the I3%7W%X; and IJK of the following 7%>7#$%&s, and give %#+,#3q.

1. ,2 8@5@ <

2. 6�@5¥

3. � 8%>@5�

4. ��@J »

5. 62#73@ <

6. %#43#ä8

7. Z±#5@ <

8. E%v@7�

9. � 8%>@7\�

Example answer to 1:

• I3%7W%X;@ < = ,2 8

• IJK� = @7 8wW < (@c� ]-7%>7-IJK�)

• %#+,#3q@ < = ,2 8� M} M%g H%7 ,2 8@32 <, 7­ ,2 8@5@ < ¦

Exercise 2:

Find @7 8wW <-ending words, identify I3%7W%X;, give %#+,#3q for 7%>7#$%&, and translate the

following sentences by parsing each word.

1. �>3#32 < [p7F §32@ < ¦

2. M5#5� H@F X F,3� ¦

3. h3@� ,2 8@5@ < I F|7 F ¦

4. %E�� %#43#7� 2@%7 ¦

5. `WXFE� Mk 8]23K pS#73 �K­ I%7�\%67�¦

6. D77 < 7÷­ � 8%>@%�� ÖÔK7F ¦

7. 1#]E%v@7F 2@� ¦

8. MK­ I�� 1­EK#7� M%g ¦

9. %#43#73­ W 8�G3Q3­ E\;� 2 M%g ¦

10. pS#%7 §37 F 1%7 1#õ §37­ p#%7 ¦

Page 131: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

@c�® H%2 w Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

122

b. H%2 w

� @c� ]-7%>7-IJK “H%2 w” is suffixed to M-ending I3%7W%X;.

� The following 7 things are to be known regarding “H%2 w”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• 7X < M}/M%b2 < M%g (There is … belonging to/in this person/thing)

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• H2 <

3) H7 < letter of the 7%>7-IJK and its functions

• Hw – By 1.3.2 `WXFEF¾k2 823%1; H7 < ¦. This is to protect 2 < from being H7 <

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• M#Q]/H#Q ] at the end of MN will drop.

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• Depends on the gender of the noun which the 7%>7-#$%& is qualifying.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In masculine and neuter, as H2 <-ending word.

• In feminine, a æ�-IJK V�W < (�) is suffixed and the word becomes �-ending

feminine.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• K\S� M} M%g H%7 K\S� ¦

• K\S� M} M%g H%7 æ� K\%S2� ¦

Page 132: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta @c�® H%2 w

123

For example, to make a word whose meaning is “one who has K\S”, or “one in whom K\S

exists”, in Sanskrit “K\S� M} M%g”, or “K\S� M%b2 < M%g”:

1) K\S + 1 8w + H%2 w A 7%>7-IJK H%2 w is suffixed after a I3%7W%X; with the 1st case ending.

By the addition of the suffix, K\S + 1 8w is qualified to be an MN.

“K\S + 1 8w + H%2 w”, since it ends with 7%>7IJK, is considered a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) K\S + 1 8w + H2 < Hw of H%2 w is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) K\S + + H2 < Inside the I3%7W%X;, any 1 8W <-IJK should be elided.

4) K\S < + H2 < Because H%2 w is 7%>7 and vowel-beginning suffix, M at the end of MN

gets elided.

5) K\%S2 < This is the final form of the 7%>7-#$%&�.

If the new I3%7W%X; is qualifying a masculine word, it declines as H2 <-ending masculine

word, such as K\S�, K\%S2¥, K\%S2�, etc. If the new I3%7W%X; qualifies a feminine word, a æ�-IJK �

is suffixed and it declines as �-ending feminine, like 2X�, such as K\%S2�, K\%S´¥, K\%S´�, etc.

Exercise 1:

Find H%2 w-ending words, identify I3%7W%X;, give %#+,#3q for 7%>7#$%&, and translate the following

sentences by parsing each word.

1. 7b37 < K\S� p# ¦

2. K\%S2� 7÷­ WÔK%5 ¦

3. 1#® k23� 1 8%É2� p#58 ¦

4. Zl3K ]� D7­ %E�@ < M%6;3%hQ­ @´7F ¦

5. 1� #2 F W%|Q� I F|7 F ¦

6. 1#® %#6K� E3%æQ3 � 8Ó5F ¦

7. [\;� XF%,%p� M2 8p�K7 F ¦

8. S 8�� M%6;3%hQ F 7÷@ < `W%XE%7 ¦

9. 1­13%hÁ� M%6;� K\S� ¦

10. §3%22� [|Q­ W$ 3%@ ¦

11. pS#32 < I3%Q23­ X F,­ W 8�%7 ¦

12. K\%S23­ 6�@73­ l ;8[F kÎ p#%7 ¦

Page 133: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

@c�® %#%2 w Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

124

c. %#%2 w

� @c� ]-7%>7-IJK “%#%2 w” is suffixed to M1 <-ending I3%7W%X;, and with “@3K3”, “@F63”, and “�k <”.

� The following 7 things are to be known regarding “%#%2 w”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• 7X < M}/M%b2 < M%g (There is … belonging to/in this person/thing)

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• %#2 <

3) H7 < letter of the 7%>7-IJK and its functions

• Hw – By 1.3.2 `WXFEF¾k2 823%1; H7 < ¦. This is to protect 2 < from being H7 <.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• 7 </1 < at the end of WX is not considered to be WX35 before @c� ]-7%>7-IJK. Thus

these 7 </1 < do not go through any WX35 modification such as kÔc@ <, �w c@ <, etc.

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• Depends on the gender of the noun which the 7%>7-#$%& is qualifying.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In masculine and neuter, as H2 <-ending word.

• In feminine, a æ�-IJK V�W < (�) is suffixed and the word becomes �-ending

feminine.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• @2� M} M%g H%7 @2�� ¦

• @2� M} M%g H%7 æ� @2%�2� ¦

Page 134: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta @c�® %#%2 w

125

For example, to make a word whose meaning is “one who has @21 < (mind)”, or “one in

whom @21 < exists”, in Sanskrit “@2� M} M%g”, or “@2� M%b2 < M%g”:

1) @21 < + 1 8w + %#%2 w A 7%>7-IJK %#%2 w is suffixed after a I3%7W%X; with the 1st case ending.

By the addition of the suffix, @21 < + 1 8w is qualified to be an MN.

“@21 < + 1 8w + %#%2 w”, since it ends with 7%>7IJK, is considered a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) @21 < + 1 8w + %#2 < Hw of %#%2 w is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) @21 < + + %#2 < Inside the I3%7W%X;, any 1 8W <-IJK should be elided.

(Note: the 1 < of @21 < does not go through WX35 changes before %#2 <.)

4) @2%�2 < This is the final form of the 7%>7-#$%&�.

If the new I3%7W%X; is qualifying a masculine word, it declines as H2 <-ending masculine

word, such as @2��, @2%�2¥, @2%�2�, etc. If the new I3%7W%X; qualifies a feminine word, a æ�-

IJK � is suffixed and it declines as �-ending feminine, like 2X�, such as @2%�2�, @2%�´¥,

@2%�´�, etc.

Exercise 1:

Find %#%2 w-ending words, identify I3%7W%X;, give %#+,#3q for 7%>7#$%&, and translate the following

sentences by parsing each word.

1. @3K3#� @3K3­ XE ]K%7 ¦

2. 1� I%1>� ��#� p#%7 ¦

3. h3¯­ %kc3 KE%�2� p#%5 ¦

4. @F63%#23 7÷­ §3K7 F ¦

5. 7Fk%�2 F 2@� ¦

6. 7W%�Á� M%6;� K\S� ¦

7. @F63%#2� [|Q@ < `W%XÔK7F ¦

8. 7W%�23­ Ò32­ 7W\#2@ < ¦

9. 13 I%1>3 7W%�2� ¦

Page 135: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

@c�® Ml < Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

126

d. Ml <

� @c� ]-7%>7-IJK “Ml <” is suffixed to I3%7W%X;s belonging to a group called ME]Z%X-SQ.

� ME]Z%X-SQ is a type of group which includes other words undergoing the same operation.

Such a group is called Z;$ %7SQ.

� The following 7 things are to be known regarding “Ml <”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• 7X < M}/M%b2 < M%g (There is … belonging to/in this person/thing)

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• M

3) H7 < letter of the 7%>7-IJK and its functions

• l < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦. This is for intonation.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• The M/H#Q ] is elided. (See Topic IV)

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• Depends on the gender of the noun which the 7%>7-#$%& is qualifying.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In masculine and neuter, as M-ending word.

• In feminine, a æ�-IJK e3W < (Z) is suffixed and the word becomes Z-ending

feminine.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• K\S� M} M%g H%7 K\S�¦

• W3W� M} M%g H%7 W3W� ¦

Page 136: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta @7 8#�® Ml <

127

For example, to make a word whose meaning is “one who has K\S”, or “one in whom K\S

exists”, in Sanskrit “K\S� M} M%g”, or “K\S� M%b2 < M%g”:

1) K\S + 1 8w + Ml < A 7%>7-IJK Ml < is suffixed after a I3%7W%X; with the 1st case ending.

By the addition of the suffix, K\S + 1 8w is qualified to be an MN.

“K\S + 1 8w + Ml <”, since it ends with 7%>7IJK, is considered a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) K\S + 1 8w + M l < of Ml < is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) K\S + M Inside the I3%7W%X;, any 1 8W <-IJK should be elided.

4) K\S < + M The last M#Q ] of MN is elided. (See Topic IV.)

5) K\S This is the final form of the 7%>7-#$%&�.

If the new I3%7W%X; is qualifying a masculine or neuter word, it declines as M-ending word.

If the new I3%7W%X; qualifies a feminine word, a æ�-IJK “e3W <” is suffixed. e < and W < of e3W < are H7 <

letters, thus only “Z” remain as a suffix. After applying X�z ]-1%�, it becomes K\S3 and declines

as Z-ending feminine word.

Some examples of Ml <-ending words:

1. l »7´@ < M} M%g H%7 l »7´� ¦

2. 13V<â­ §32@ < DG3@ < M%g H%7 13V<â3� ¦

3. %@�} p3#� @ »��, @ »�� M} M%g H%7 @ »�� ¦

4. ;�Q3 M} M%g H%7 ;�Q� ¦

Page 137: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

128

3. 7} p3#� (the status of …)

� To make a new I3%7W%X; which denotes the status of …, or … ness, the following 7%>7-

IJKs are suffixed to a I3%7W%X; in the 6th case.

a. c is suffixed to almost any I3%7W%X;

b. 7[ < is suffixed to almost any I3%7W%X;

c. �P < is suffixed to certain I3%7W%X;

� The [|Q#3q of these 7%>7-IJKs is “7} p3#�”, “the status (p3#�) of that (7})”. The

meaning of I3%7W%X; should fit in the place of 7X <. These 7%>7-IJKs are suffixed to a

I3%7W%X; in 6th case because 7X < is in 6th case (7}).

� What the status belongs to is expressed in the 6th case.

E.g., M� ]} 1�³c@ < M%g ¦ “There is a status of being subtle for the meaning.”

“The meaning has subtlety.”

#' F� `µ73 M%g ¦ “Fire has the status of being hot.”

� 87�23­ I3@3rK@ < M%g ¦ “There is a status of means of knowledge for śrutis.”

� To simplify the sentence, the 6th case ending and 7%>7-IJK can be cancelled together.

E.g., M� ]� 1�³� M%g ¦ The meaning is subtle.

#%'� `µ� M%g ¦ Fire is hot.

� 87K� I@3Q3%2 1%5 ¦ Śrutis are the means of knowledge.

Page 138: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta c

129

a. c

� Of the 7%>7-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “c”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• 7} p3#� (the status of …, …-ness)

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• c

3) H7 < letters of the 7%>7-IJK and their functions

• n/a

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• n/a

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• c-ending I3%7W%X; is always 2W 8­1;%[N (neuter)

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• As an M-ending neuter, just as §32.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• D;} p3#� D;c@ < ¦

• ze} p3#� zec@ < ¦

For example, to make a word whose meaning is “the status of one”, or “oneness”, in

Sanskrit “D;} p3#�”:

1) D; + V1 < + c A 7%>7-IJK c is suffixed after a I3%7W%X; with the 6th case ending.

By the addition of the suffix, D; + V1 < is qualified to be an MN.

“D;+V1 <+c”, since it ends with 7%>7IJK, is considered a I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) D; + + c Inside the I3%7W%X;, any 1 8W <-IJK should be elided.

3) D;c This is the final form of the 7%>7-#$%&�.

The new I3%7W%X; is always neuter and it declines as M-ending neuter, like §32@ <.

Page 139: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

c Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

130

Exercise 1: Make c-ending I3%7W%X;s and decline them according to the %#+,#3qs.

E.g., @ 8@ 8|\� p3#� @ 8@ 8| 8c­, 7b37 < @ 8@ 8| 8c37 < ¦

1. �½h} p3#� … , 7 F2 … ¦

2. ;3hQ} p3#� … , 7b37 < … ¦

3. M� F� p3#� … , 77 < … ¦

4. S 8h\� p3#� … , 7b37 < … ¦

5. ;7 8]� p3#� … , 7b» … ¦

6. p\v8 � p3#� … , 7 F2 … ¦

7. #g82� p3#� … , 7} … ¦

8. XF#73K3� p3#� … , 7b37 < … ¦

9. W$%�s3� p3#� … , 7b37 < … ¦

10. EvF � p3#� … , 7b37 < … ¦

11. “@@” H%7 M} p3#� … , 7} … ¦

12. pS#7� p3#� … , 7b37 < … ¦

13. M§32#7� p3#� … , 7%b2 < … ¦

14. 7} p3#� … , 7%b2 < … ¦

15. #3l� p3#� … , 7b37 < … ¦

16. M%6;3%hQ� p3#� … , 7} … ¦

17. 13%|Q� p3#� … , 7b37 < … ¦

18. Z±2� p3#� … , 7 F2 … ¦

19. ØÙQ� p3#� … , 7b37 < … ¦

Exercise 2: Find c-ending words, identify I3%7W%X;, give %#+,#3q for 7%>7#$%&, and translate the

following sentences by parsing each word.

1. È[­ |K%7 7} M%2Jc37 < ¦

2. ;@]Q� M%2Jc37 < 7} @\|1362c­ 2 M%g ¦

3. Z±2� D;c37 < M} 1#]s3%Wc@ < ¦

4. Z±3 1# ]s3W� M%g 7} D;c37 < ¦

5. 7K\� %#GKK\� %#[|Qc­ IXE]K%7 ¦

6. H%ÐK3Q3­ ;hQc­ %2%X�ÔK7 F ¦

7. W 8�G} lF72#÷37 < `W[%ü� `WW47F ¦

8. W$%�s3� S�#÷@ < M%g ¦

Page 140: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta 7[ <

131

b. 7[ <

� Of the 7%>7-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “7[ <”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• 7} p3#� (the status of …, …-ness)

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• 7

3) H7 < letter of the 7%>7-IJK and its functions

• [ < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦ This is for intonation.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• After making a I3%7W%X;, a feminine suffix e3W < (Z) is added.

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• 7[ <-ending I3%7W%X; is always æ�%[N (feminine).

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• A feminine suffix e3W < (Z) is added to the new I3%7W%X; and declines as an Z-

ending feminine, just like SN3.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• D;} p3#� D;73 ¦

• ze} p3#� ze73 ¦

Page 141: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7[ < Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

132

For example, to make a word whose meaning is “the status of one”, or “oneness”, in

Sanskrit “D;} p3#�”:

1) D; + V1 < + 7[ < A 7%>7-IJK 7[ < is suffixed after a I3%7W%X; with the 6th case ending.

By the addition of the suffix, D; + V1 < is qualified to be an MN.

“D; + V1 < + 7[ <”, since it ends with 7%>7IJK, is considered a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) D; + V1 < + 7 [ < of 7[ < is H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) D; + + 7 Inside the I3%7W%X;, any 1 8W <-IJK should be elided.

4) D;7 + Z Since 7[ <-ending I3%7W%X; is feminine and ends with M, a æ�IJK

e3W < (Z) is suffixed.

5) D;73 After applying 1#Q ]-X�z ]-1%�, this is the final form.

The new I3%7W%X; is always feminine and it declines as Z-ending feminine, like SN3.

Exercise 1: Make 7[ <-ending I3%7W%X;s and decline them according to the %#+,#3qs.

E.g., K\�K} p3#� K\�K73, 7K3 K\�K7K3 ¦

1. %E�} p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

2. 1#]} p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

3. Eh�h} p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

4. #' F� p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

5. ,F7\� p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

6. �\7 8� p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

7. #g82� p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

8. %2u3K3� p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

9. 1$Ú F� p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

10. “HX@ <” H%7 M} p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

11. “M,@ <” H%7 M} p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

12. “@@” H%7 M} p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

13. 1#]%#X� p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

14. 13%|Q� p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

15. pS#7� p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

16. 17� p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

17. Z±2� p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

18. ;@]Q� p3#� … ¦ 7K3 … ¦

Page 142: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta �P <

133

c. �P <

� Of the 7%>7-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regardomg “�P <”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• 7} p3#� (the status of …, …-ness)

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• K

3) H7 < letters of the 7%>7-IJK and their functions

• G < – By 1.3.6 G� IJK} ¦. It brings æ�IJK V�G <.

• P < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦. %P7 < suffix can cause Z%X#$%> in the MN.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• Z%X#$%> takes place and M#Q ] or H#Q ] at the end of MN drops. (See Topic IV)

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• �P <-ending I3%7W%X; is 2W 8­1;%[N (neuter).

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• As an M-ending neuter, just as §32.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• D;} p3#� °q@ < ¦

• E8¹} p3#� E¥(@ < ¦

Page 143: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

�P < Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

134

For example, to make a word whose meaning is “the status of one”, or “oneness”, in

Sanskrit “D;} p3#�”:

1) D; + V1 < + �P < A 7%>7-IJK �P < is suffixed after a I3%7W%X; with the 6th case ending.

By the addition of the suffix, D; + V1 < is qualified to be an MN.

D; + V1 < + �P <, ending with 7%>7IJK, is considered I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) D; + V1 < + K G < and P < of �P < are H7 < letters and hence elided.

3) D; + + K Inside the I3%7W%X;, any 1 8W <-IJK should be elided.

4) °; + K Because �P < is %P7 <, Z%X#$%> takes place in the MN.

5) °; < + K M at the end of MN gets elided.

6) °q This is the final form of 7%>7-#$%&.

The new I3%7W%X; is neuter and it declines as M-ending neuter, just as §32.

Exercise 1: Make �P <-ending I3%7W%X;s according to the %#+,#3qs.

E.g., `µ} p3#� )*@ < ¦

1. ;$ µ} (of black) p3#� (status) … ¦

2. [\%,7} (of red) p3#� … ¦

3. ½F7} (of white) p3#� … ¦

4. W�7} (of yellow) p3#� … ¦

5. Ö�} (of firm) p3#� … ¦

6. [#Q} (of beautiful) p3#� … ¦

7. E�7} (of cold) p3#� … ¦

8. kd} (of not conscious) p3#� … ¦

9. W%rd7} (of scholar) p3#� … ¦

10. %Òh} (of steady) p3#� … ¦

11. X�z ]} (of long) p3#� … ¦

12. ;8E[} (of skilful) p3#� … ¦

13. %2W 8Q} (of skilled) p3#� … ¦

14. �½h} (of lord) p3#� … ¦

15. M%6W7F� (of lord) p3#� … ¦

16. ;F#[} (of exclusive) p3#� … ¦

17. `X31�2} (of indifferent) p3#� … ¦

18. %#[|Q} (of different) p3#� … ¦

19. 1@� ]} (of capable) p3#� … ¦

20. ;$+} (of whole) p3#� … ¦

Page 144: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

135

4. I3%�XE�K3� (MsKs made of 1# ]23@)

� There is a set of 7%>7-IJKs called I3%�XE�K enjoined in Pā�ini-sūtras 5.3.1 to 5.3.26.

a. 7%1w[ < is suffixed in the sense of 5th case

7%1w is suffixed to any I3%7W%X; in the sense of 5th case

b. �[ < is suffixed in the sense of 7th case

X3/%,� are suffixed in the sense of 7th case, particularly in the sense of time

c. �3[ </�@ 8w are suffixed in the sense of “in such manner”.

� The 7%1w[ <- and �[ <-ending words can be understood not only as 5th or 7th case ending

words, but also as any case ending, depending on context.

� These 7%>7IJKs are suffixed to certain 1# ]23@s and certain words like ��.

� 1#]23@s are of 35 kinds, with some restriction in meanings.

1. 1#]

2. %#½

3. `p

4. `pK

5. d7h

6. d7@

7. M´

8. M´7h

9. H7h

10. c7 <

11. c

12. 2 F@

13. 1@

14. %1@

15. W�# ]

16. Wh

17. M#h

18. X%|Q

19. `&h

20. MWh

21. M6h

22. �

23. M5h

24. JX <

25. 7X <

26. KX <

27. D7X <

28. HX@ <

29. MX1 <

30. D;

31. %m

32. K 8aX <

33. MbX <

34. p#7 8w

35. %;@ <

� Of these, I3%�XE�K-7%>7-IJKs are applicable to any 1# ]23@ other than %m, K 8aX <, MbX <, and

p#7 8w.

Page 145: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7%1w[ < Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

136

a. 7%1w[ <

� 7%>7-IJK 7%1w[ < is suffixed to certain 1# ]23@s (1 to 30, and 35) and to the words ��, W%h, and

M%p.

� The following 7 things are to be known about “7%1w[ <”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• Wfª�® (in the sense of 5th case)

• Also any other case by the context

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• 71 <

3) H7 < letters of the 7%>7-IJK and their functions

• Hw – `�3hQ3� ]@ < (for easy pronunciation)

• [ < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦. This is for intonation.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• %;@ < becomes “;8”, thus ;871 < is the final form.

• 7X < and KX < become “7” and “K” respectively. 771 < and K71 < are the final forms.

• D7X < becomes “M”, and HX@ < becomes “H”. M71 < and H71 < are the final forms.

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• The 7%1w[ <-ending I3%7W%X; is MsK.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• Being an MsK, it does not decline.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• ;b37 < (from what, why) H%7 ;87� ¦

• 7b37 < (from that, therefore) H%7 77� ¦

• Kb37 < (from which, because of which) H%7 K7� ¦

• D7b37 < (from this, because of this) H%7 M7� ¦

• Mb37 < (from this) H%7 H7� ¦

Page 146: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta 7%1w[ <

137

For example, instead of saying ;b37 <, which is %;@ < + Wf@� %#p%v�, 7%1w[ < can be added to

%;@ < in the sense of 5th case:

;b37 < + 7%1w[ < A 7%>7-IJK 7%1w[ < is suffixed after a I3%7W%X; with the 5th case

ending. The sense of 7%1w[ < is �3�® (the meaning of itself).

1) %;@ < + V%1w + 7%1w[ < This is an M[¥%;;%#+,�. By the addition of the suffix, %;@ < + V%1w

is qualified to be an MN. “%;@ < + V%1w + 7%1w[ <”, since it ends with

7%>7IJK, is considered a I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) %;@ < + V%1w + 71 < Hw is for `�3hQ, and [ < is an H7 < letter and hence elided.

3) %;@ < + + 71 < Inside the I3%7W%X;, any 1 8W <-IJK should be elided.

4) ;8 + 71 < When followed by 7 </, <, %;@ < is substituted by ;8 .

5) ;871 < This is the final form of the 7%>7-#$%&�. All I3%�XE�K-7%>7IJK-ending

words are defined as MsKs.

Being a I3%7W%X;, 1 8W <-IJK is suffixed for gaining the status of WX. However, being an MsK,

the 1 8W <-IJK has to be elided. Thus the forms appears as though they were not declined.

Here is the list of 7%1w[ <-ending I3%7W%X;s:

I3%7W%X;@ < with 7%1w[ <-IJK %#p%v-ending form

%;@ < (what) + V%1w + 7%1w[ < = ;87� (from what, why) ;b37 <

1# ] (all) + V%1w + 7%1w[ < = 1# ]7� (from all) 1# ]b37 <

M´ (another) + V%1w + 7%1w[ < = M´7� (from another) M´b37 <

KX < (which) + V%1w + 7%1w[ < = K7� (from which, because) Kb37 <

7X < (that) + V%1w + 7%1w[ < = 77� (from that, therefore) 7b37 <

D7X < (this) + V%1w + 7%1w[ < = M7� (from this) D7b37 <

HX@ < (this) + V%1w + 7%1w[ < = H7� (from this) Mb37 <

Wh (following) + V%1w + 7%1w[ < = Wh7� (after) Whb37 <

� (self) + V%1w + 7%1w[ < = �7� (by oneself) �b37 <

�� (many) + V%1w + 7%1w[ < = ��7� (from many sides) ��Á�

W%h + V%1w + 7%1w[ < = W%h7� (all around, every side) n/a (W%h is indeclinable.)

M%p + V%1w + 7%1w[ < = M%p7� (entirely, near, all sides) n/a (M%p is indeclinable.)

Page 147: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7%1w[ < Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

138

Exercise 1:

Find 7%1w[ <-ending words, identify I3%7W%X;, give an optional form for the 7%>7#$%& (e.g., “7b37 <”

for “77�”), and translate the following sentences by parsing each word.

1. c­ ;87� ZS7� ¦

2. #3K 8� 1# ]7� #7 ]7 F ¦

3. W$%�s3� M´7� @2 8�3� ZS¨%5 ¦

4. K7� D;­ ;7 ]s­ ;@ ] 7 F2 ;$ 7­ 77� 1� M´%b2 <

;@ ]%Q M%6;$ 7� ¦

5. K7� H@3%2 p�73%2 k3K5F 77 < %#%k§31� ¦

6. ØÙQ� § FKc@ < M%g ¦ M7� %k§313 ;7 ]s3 ¦

7. H7� ,õ S5 8­ 2 Eq7F @3S ]} Mp3#37 < ¦

8. K7� XF#X&� 1#õ I3�#32 < 77� 1� W%h7� 7 8Ú�

p#%7 ¦

9. §3%223­ 1 8É@ < M%p7� #7 ]7 F ¦

10. 1� ;87¬2 ZS7#32 < ¦

11. 1� Mk� 12 < ;87%¬7 < 2 k3K7 F ¦

12. 1� ;87¬2 2 %�p F%7 ¦

� Another suffix 7%1w (Hw is H7 < letter) is very similar to 7%1w[ <. It is suffixed to any noun in the

sense of 5th case endings. It can be in the sense of 3rd case as well.

� The distinction between v-ending word and 7%1w[ </7%1w-ending word is the I;$ %7, to

which the IJK is suffixed. v-IJK is suffixed to a 637 8, while 7%1w[ </7%1w-IJK is suffixed to

a I3%7W%X;. This can be examined when distinguishing the two.

Exercise 2:

Find 7%1w-ending words, identify I3%7W%X;, give an optional form for the 7%>7#$%& (e.g. “+3@37 <” for

“+3@7�”), and translate the following sentences by parsing each word.

1. 7F k23� +3@7� ZS¨%5 ¦

2. M§327� 1� @ 8×%7 ¦

3. K\S� K773 M#3� 8­ Eq� `W3K7� ¦

4. c­ 1­EK@ < MEFG7� ÊF& 8@ < M,]%1 ¦

5. M,­ %##F;7� 1­| FW7� %##hQ­ ;%h�3%@ ¦

6. I3%Q2� �p3#7� M6@® I#7 ]5F ¦

7. 1� @3­ # F%& 7÷7� ¦

8. 1#3 ]2 < ;3@32 < MEFG7� Jk%7 ¦

Page 148: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta �[ </X3/%,�

139

b. �[ </X3/%,�

� 7%>7-IJK �[ < is suffixed to certain 1# ]23@s (1 to 30, and 35) and ��.

� The following 7 things are to be known regarding “�[ <”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• 1�ª�® (in the sense of 7th case)

• Also any other case by the context

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• �

3) H7 < letter of the 7%>7-IJK and its functions

• [ < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦. This is for intonation.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• %;@ < becomes ;8 , then ;8� is the final form. Ã is another final form.

• 7X < and KX < become 7 and K respectively. 7� and K� are the final forms.

• D7X < becomes M, then M� is the final form.

• HX@ < with �[ < becomes H,.

• When the 7th case is used to indicate time, X3/%,� is suffixed to 1# ], D;, M´, %;@ <, KX <,

and 7X <. See the final forms in the following %#+,#3qs.

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• The �[ </X3/%,�-ending I3%7W%X; is MsK.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• Being an MsK, it does not decline.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• ;%b2 < (in which) H%7 ;8�, Ã ¦ ;%b2 < ;3[F (when) H%7 ;X3, ;%,� ¦

• 7%b2 < (in that) H%7 7� ¦ 7%b2 < ;3[F (then) H%7 7X3, 7%,�, 7X32�@ < ¦

• K%b2 < (in that which) H%7 K� ¦ K%b2 < ;3[F (in which time) H%7 KX3, K%,� ¦

• D7%b2 < (in this) H%7 M�¦ D7%@2 < ;3[F (in this time, now) H%7 D7%,� ¦

• M%b2 < (in this) H%7 H, ¦ M%b2 < ;3[F (in this time, now) H%7 D7%,�, M6 823, HX32�@ < ¦

• 1#]%b2 < (in all) H%7 1# ]� ¦ 1# ]%b2 < ;3[F (in all time, always) H%7 1# ]X3, 1X3 ¦

Page 149: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

�[ </X3/%,� Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

140

Here is the list of �[ <-ending I3%7W%X;s:

I3%7W%X;@ < with �[ <-IJK %#p%v-ending form

%;@ < (what) + �[ < = ;8�, Ã (where) ;%b2 <

1# ] (all) + �[ < = 1# ]� (everywhere) 1# ]%b2 <

D; (one) + �[ < = D;� (in one) D;%b2 <

M´ (another) + �[ < = M´� (another place) M´%b2 <

`pK (both) + �[ < = `pK� (in both places) `pK%b2 <

KX < (which) + �[ < = K� (in which) K%b2 <

7X < (that) + �[ < = 7� (in that, there) 7%b2 <

D7X < (this) + �[ < = M� (in this, here) D7%b2 <

HX@ < (this) + �[ < = H, (here) M%b2 <

MX1 < (that) + �[ < = M@ 8� (there) M@ 8%a2 <

W�# ] (previous) + �[ < = W�# ]� (in the previous) W�# ]%b2 <

Wh (following)+ �[ < = Wh� (in the following) Wh%b2 <

�� (many) + �[ < = ��� (in many) ��G 8

Here is the list of X3/%,�-ending I3%7W%X;s:

I3%7W%X;@ < with X3/%,�-IJK %#p%v-ending form

1# ] (all) + X3 = 1# ]X3/1X3 (all the time) 1# ]%b2 < (;3[F)

D; (one) + X3 = D;X3 (once, one time) D;%b2 < (;3[F)

M´ (another) + X3 = M´X3 (another time) M´%b2 < (;3[F)

%;@ < (what) + X3/%,� = ;X3/;%,� (when) ;%b2 < (;3[F)

KX < (which) + X3/%,� = KX3/K%,� (when, in which time) K%b2 < (;3[F)

7X < (that) + X3/%,� = 7X3/7%,� (then, that time) 7%b2 < (;3[F)

7X < (that) 7X32�@ < (then, that time) 7%b2 < (;3[F)

D7X < (this) + %,� = D7%,� (now, at this time) D7%b2 < (;3[F)

HX@ < (this) + %,� = D7%,� (now, at this time) M%b2 < (;3[F)

HX@ < (this) M6 823 (now, at this time) M%b2 < (;3[F)

HX@ < (this) HX32�@ < (now, at this time) M%b2 < (;3[F)

Page 150: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta �[ </X3/%,�

141

Exercise 1:

Find �[ <-ending words, identify I3%7W%X;, give an optional form for the 7%>7#$%& (e.g. “7%b2 < X FE F”

for “7%b2 <”), and translate the following sentences by parsing each word.

1. p#32 < ;8� %2#1%7 ¦

2. pS#32 < 1# ]� #7 ]7 F ¦

3. K\S� 1# ]� pS#5­ WÔK%7 ¦

4. W 8�G3�õ @\|37 < M´� 2 WÔK%7 ¦

5. mK\� %#�>K\� EðK\� D;� IK\k2­ 2

`WW47F ¦

6. K� K� 6�@� 7� 7� #%'� ¦

7. K� M%pk3K7 F 7� K\S­ [p7F 77� K77 F ¦

8. M� %#GK F 1­EK� 2 M%g ¦

9. 7� kh3 2 %#47F ¦ H, 7 8 %#47F ¦

10. 7Fk� 7@� l D;� p%#7 8­ 2 E#8 7� ¦

11. 7� D#­ 1%7 D77 < 2 `WW47F ¦

12. 1� ;8�%l7 < X FE F %2#1%7 ¦

13. D77 < Ã%l7 < M%W 2 ÖÔK7F ¦

Exercise 2:

Find X3/%,�-ending words, identify I3%7W%X;, give an optional form for the 7%>7#$%& (e.g. “7%b2 <

;3[F” for “7X3”), and translate the following sentences by parsing each word.

1. ;X3 M� ZS7#32 < ¦

2. ;3Kõ ;3hQ37 < %p¡cF2 ;X3%l7 < 2 %7u%7 ¦

3. 7W�� 1# ]X3 7W� 7W%7 ¦

4. @@ %1%>� 1X3 p#7 8 ¦

5. mF ;3K® D;X3 %1Ó7� ¦

6. KX3 1#3 ]2 < Jk%7 7X3 1� J3S� `Ü7F ¦

7. KX3 6@ ]� �[3K%7 7X3 pS#32 < M#7h%7 ¦

8. K%X ;@ ]Q� M%2Jc­ }37 < 7%,� È[}3%W

M%2Jc­ }37 < ¦

9. K%X D77 < ;7 8õ 2 Eq7F 7X3 `W3K� X37s� ¦

10. KX3 I;3E� M%g 7X32�@ < D# D77 < ÖÔK7 F ¦

11. D;­ %#GK­ `W1­úJ M6 823 MWh­ %#GK­ #ö3@� ¦

12. W�# ]p3S� W%h1@3�� ¦ M� HX32�@ < `&hp3S�

ZhÁ7F ¦

13. k�#� ;X3%l7 < 1 8É@ < Z�\%7 ¦

14. D7} Þ\;} M�õ ;X3l2 2 %#bh7 8 ¦

Page 151: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

�3[ </�@ 8w Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

142

c. �3[ </�@ 8w

� 7%>7-IJK �3[ < and �@ 8w are suffixed to certain 1# ]23@s (1 to 30, and 35) and ��.

� The following 7 things are to be known regarding “�3[ <” and “�@ 8w”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• I;3h#l2 F (in … manner)

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• �3/�@ <

3) H7 < letters of the 7%>7-IJK and their functions

• [ < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦. This is for intonation.

• w – By 1.3.2 `WXFEF¾k2 823%1; H7 < ¦. This is to protect @ < from ,[¿@ <.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• Some I3%7W%X; take �3[ < while some other I3%7W%X; take �@ 8w. See the list in the next

page.

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• The �3[ </�@ 8w-ending I3%7W%X; is MsK.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• Being an MsK, it does not decline.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• 7F2 I;3hFQ H%7 7�3

• ;F2 I;3hFQ H%7 ;�@ < ¦

Page 152: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII – 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta �3[ </�@ 8w

143

Here is the list of �3[ </�@ 8w-ending I3%7W%X;s:

I3%7W%X;@ < with �3[ </�@ 8w-IJK %#p%v-ending form

1# ] (all) + �3[ < = 1# ]�3 (in every manner) 1# -� I;3h»�

M´ (another) + �3[ < = M´�3 (otherwise) M´F2 I;3hFQ

H7h (another) + �3[ < = H7h�3 (otherwise) H7hFQ I;3hFQ

`pK (both) + �3[ < = `pK�3 (in both ways) `pKF2 I;3hFQ

KX < (which) + �3[ < = K�3 (just as) K F2 I;3hFQ

7X < (that) + �3[ < = 7�3 (in that manner) 7 F2 I;3hFQ

D; (one) + �3[ < = D;�3 (in one way) D;F 2 I;3hFQ

�� (many) + �3[ < = ���3 (in many ways) ��%p� I;3h»�

%;@ < (what) + �@ 8w = ;�@ < (how, in what manner) ;F 2 I;3hFQ

D7X < (this) + �@ 8w = H.@ < (in this manner) D7 F2 I;3hFQ

HX@ < (this) + �@ 8w = H.@ < (in this manner) M2 F2 I;3hFQ

Exercise 1:

Find �3[ </�@ 8w -ending words, identify I3%7W%X;, give an optional form for the 7%>7#$%& (e.g. “7 F2

I;3hFQ” for “7�3”), and translate the following sentences by parsing each word.

1. D77 < ;�­ %#k32�K3@ < ¦

2. ;�@ < M,­ p�a­ Ï\Q­ l HG 8%p� I%7K 8ÓF ¦

3. 1#]�3 #7 ]@32� M%W 1� K\S� pS#%7 #7 ]7 F ¦

4. M´�3 2 `WW%&� }37 < ¦

5. K�3 #X3%@ 7�3 M#S¨ ¦

6. K�3 77 < p#%7 7�3 D77 < ¦

7. K�3 D77 < #g 8 `W%XÚ­ 7�3 k323%@ ¦

8. HX­ H.@ < H%7 %2X®Ú8 ­ D77 < 2 Eq7F ¦

9. k�#� ;�%f7 < @2 8�kÎ [p7F ¦

10. D77 < ;�%fX < M%W 2 I3û7F ¦

Page 153: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

144

Summary of I3%�XE�K3�

I3%7W%X;@ <

7%>7IJK�

1# ]23@ �� many

%;@ < what 1# ] all M´ other 7X < that KX < which D7X < this HX@ < this D; one

5th

case

7%1[ < ;87� 1# ]7� M´7� 77� K7� M7� H7� D;7� ��7� W%h7�, M%p7�

W| F ;b37 < 1# ]b37 < M´b37 < 7b37 < Kb37 < D7b37 < Mb37 < D;b37 < ��Á� -

7th

case

�[ < ;8�/à 1# ]� M´� 7� K� M� H, D;� ��� -

X3/%,� (time) ;X3/;%,� 1# ]X3, 1X3 M´X3 7X3/7%,�

7X32�@ <

KX3/K%,� D7%,� D7%,�/

M6 823/HX32�@ <

D;X3 n/a -

W| F ;%b2 < 1# ]%b2 < M´%b2 < 7%b2 < K%b2 < D7%b2 < M%b2 < D;%b2 < ��G 8 -

man

-ner

�3[ </�@ 8 ;�@ < 1# ]�3 M´�3 7�3 K�3 H.@ < H.@ < D;�3 ���3 -

W| F ;F 2 I;3hFQ 1# -� I;3h»� M´F2 I;3hFQ 7 F2 I;3hFQ K F2 I;3hFQ D7 F2 I;3hFQ M2 F2 I;3hFQ D;F 2 I;3hFQ ��%p�

I;3h»�

-

Page 154: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

145

5. Comparative & superlative

� To make the comparative or superlative form of an adjective, the 7%>7-IJKs listed

below are suffixed to the adjective.

a. 7hW < is suffixed in the sense of comparative.

b. 7@W < is suffixed in the sense of superlative.

c. �K1 8w2 < is suffixed in the sense of comparative.

d. Hu2 < is suffixed in the sense of superlative.

Examples of comparative and superlative

� The 5th case is used to indicate point or object of reference in the comparison. (%#pvF

Wf@�).

E.g., MK@ < (this is) D7b37 < (than this) [z 87h� (smaller) ¦

� %263 ]hQ F Gu� and 1�@� (6th and 7th cases in the sense of specifying) are used to say

“between” in comparative and “among” in superlative.

E.g., MK@ < (this is) D7K\� 6/2, 7/2 (between the two) [z 87h� (smaller) ¦

E.g., MK@ < (this is) D7 FG3@ < 6/3/D7FG 8 7/3 (among these) [z 87@� (smallest) ¦

IJK� I3%7W%X;@ <

7hW < (…er) 7@W < (…est) �K1 8w2 < (…er) Hu2 < (…est)

[z 8 (light) [z 87h (lighter) [z 87@ (lightest) [z�K1 < (lighter) [%zu (lightest)

S 8� (great) S 8�7h (greater) S 8�7@ (heaviest) Sh�K1 < (greater) S%hu (greatest)

%IK (dear) %IK7h (dearer) %IK7@ (dearest) I FK1 < (dearer) I Fu (dearest)

IE} (exalted) IE}7h (more exalted)

IE}7@ (most exalted)

�FK1 </¯3K1 < (more exalted)

�Fu/¯Fu (best) (most exalted)

Page 155: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

146

a. 7hW <

� Of 7%>7-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “7hW <”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• Even though there is no [|Q#3q for 7hW <, the sense is told as:

“[mK\� D;}] M%7E3K2 F” (in the sense of superiority [of the two])

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• 7h

3) H7 < letter of the 7%>7-IJK and its functions

• W < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦. This is for intonation.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• n/a

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• Depends on the gender of the noun which the 7%>7-#$%& is qualifying.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In masculine and neuter, as M-ending word.

• In feminine, a æ�-IJK e3W < (Z) is suffixed and the word becomes Z-ending

feminine.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• MK@ < (This is) M2K\� (of the two) M%7EKF2 (exceedingly) [z 8� (small), [z 87h�

(smaller)¦

Examples of 7hW <-ending I3%7W%X;s:

I3%7W%X;@ < with 7hW <-IJK Declined forms in 1/1 m, n, f

[z 8 (small) + 7hW < = [z 87h (smaller) [z 87h�, [z 87h@ <, [z 87h3

IE} (exalted) + 7hW < = IE}7h (more exalted) IE}7h�, IE}7h@ <, IE}7h3

#$> (old) + 7hW < = #$>7h (elder) #$>7h�, #$>7h@ <, #$>7h3

K 8#2 < (young) + 7hW < = K 8#7h (younger) K 8#7h�, K 8#7h@ <, K 8#7h3

Page 156: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta 7@W <

147

b. 7@W <

� Of 7%>7-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “7@W <”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• Even though there is no [|Q#3q for 7@W <, the sense is told as:

“M%7E3K2 F” (in the sense of superiority)

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• 7@

3) H7 < letter of the 7%>7-IJK and its functions

• W < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦. This is for intonation.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• n/a

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• Depends on the gender of the noun which the 7%>7-#$%& is qualifying.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In masculine and neuter, as M-ending word.

• In feminine, a æ�-IJK e3W < (Z) is suffixed and the word becomes Z-ending

feminine.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• MK@ < (This is) D7 FG3@ < (of many) M%7EKF2 (exceedingly) [z 8� (small), [z 87@�

(smallest)¦

Examples of 7@W <-ending I3%7W%X;s:

I3%7W%X;@ < with 7@W <-IJK Declined forms in 1/1 m, n, f

[z 8 (small) + 7@W < = [z 87@ (smallest) [z 87@�, [z 87@@ <, [z 87@3

IE} (exalted) + 7@W < = IE}7@ (most exalted) IE}7@�, IE}7@@ <, IE}7@3

#$> (old) + 7@W < = #$>7@ (eldest) #$>7@�, #$>7@@ <, #$>7@3

K 8#2 < (young) + 7@W < = K 8#7@ (youngest) K 8#7@�, K 8#7@@ <, K 8#7@3

Page 157: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

�K1 8w2 < Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

148

c. �K1 8w2 <

� Of 7%>7-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “�K1 8w2 <”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• Even though there is no [|Q#3q for �K1 8w2 <, the sense is told as:

“[mK\� D;}] M%7E3K2 F” (in the sense of superiority [of the two])

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• �K1 <

3) H7 < letters of the 7%>7-IJK and their functions

• w – By 1.3.2 `WXFEF¾k2 823%1; H7 < ¦. This decides the type of declension of the new

I3%7W%X;.

• 2 < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦. This is for intonation.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• %e (a part of MN starting from the last vowel until the end) is elided.

• Certain I3%7W%X; undergo special changes.

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• Depends on the gender of the noun which the 7%>7-#$%& is qualifying.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In masculine and neuter, as M1 <-ending word.

• In feminine, a æ�-IJK V�W < (�) is suffixed and the word becomes �-ending

feminine.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• MK@ < (This is) M2K\� (of the two) M%7EKF2 (exceedingly) [z 8� (small), [z�K32 <

(smaller)¦

Page 158: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta �K1 8w2 <

149

Examples of �K1 8w2 <-ending I3%7W%X;s:

� Regular forms:

The following I3%7W%X;s get %e-[\W (elision of a part starting from the last vowel).

I3%7W%X;@ < with �K1 8w2 < -IJK Declined forms in 1/1 m, n, f

[z 8 (small, light) + �K1 8w2 < = [z�K1 < (smaller, lighter) [z�K32 <, [z�K�, [z�K1�

MQ 8 (minute, atomic) + �K1 8w2 < = MQ�K1 < (more minute) MQ�K32 <, MQ�K�, MQ�K1�

@,7 < (great, big) + �K1 8w2 < = @,�K1 < (greater, bigger) @,�K32 <, @,�K�, @,�K1�

�[ (strong) + �K1 8w2 < = �[�K1 < (stronger) �[�K32 <, �[�K�, �[�K1�

136 8 (good) + �K1 8w2 < = 136�K1 < (better) 136�K32 <, 136�K�, 136�K1�

� Irregular forms:

I3%7W%X;@ < with �K1 8w2 < -IJK Declined forms in 1/1 m, n, f

S 8� (great, heavy) + �K1 8w2 < = Sh�K1 < (greater, heavier) Sh�K32 <, Sh�K�, Sh�K1�

Ò�[ (gross) + �K1 8w2 < = Ò#�K1 < (grosser) Ò#�K32 <, Ò#�K�, Ò#�K1�

�� (many) + �K1 8w2 < = p�K1 < (many more) p�K32 <, p�K�, p�K1�

%IK (beloved) + �K1 8w2 < = I FK1 < (more beloved) I FK32 <, I FK�, I FK1�

� Irregular forms with optional forms:

I3%7W%X;@ < with �K1 8w2 < -IJK Declined forms in 1/1 m, n, f

IE} (exalted) + �K1 8w2 < = �FK1 < (more exalted) � FK32 <, � FK�, � FK1�

+ �K1 8w2 < = ¯3K1 < (more exalted) ¯3K32 <, ¯3K�, ¯3K1�

#$> (old) + �K1 8w2 < = ¯3K1 < (elder) ¯3K32 <, ¯3K�, ¯3K1�

+ �K1 8w2 < = #G�K1 < (elder) #G�K32 <, #G�K�, #G�K1�

K 8#2 < (young) + �K1 8w2 < = ;2�K1 < (younger) ;2�K32 <, ;2�K�, ;2�K1�

+ �K1 8w2 < = K#�K1 < (younger) K#�K32 <, K#�K�, K#�K1�

M1 (small) + �K1 8w2 < = ;2�K1 < (smaller) ;2�K32 <, ;2�K�, ;2�K1�

+ �K1 8w2 < = M1�K1 < (smaller) M1�K32 <, M1�K�, M1�K1�

Page 159: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

�K1 8w2 < Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

150

� FK1 <-Eð� W 8w%ùNF

D;#l2@ < %m#l2@ < ��#l2@ <

I�@3 %#p%v� �FK32 < � FK3­1¥ � FK3­1�

%Ï7�K3 %#p%v� �FK3­1@ < � FK3­1¥ � FK1�

7$7�K3 %#p%v� �FK13 �FK\Á3@ < � FK\%p�

l7 8�� %#p%v� �FK1 F � FK\Á3@ < � FK\Á�

Wf@� %#p%v� �FK1� �FK\Á3@ < � FK\Á�

Gu� %#p%v� �FK1� �FK1\� �FK13@ <

1�@� %#p%v� �FK%1 �FK1\� �FK2 8/�FK�1 8

1²\62@ < ,F � FK2 < ,F � FK3­1¥ ,F � FK3­1�

� FK1 <-Eð� 2W�­1;%ùNF

D;#l2@ < %m#l2@ < ��#l2@ <

I�@3 %#p%v� �FK� �FK1� �FK3­%1

Forms are the same as above in %m7�K3 1²\62@ <. From 7$7�K3 to 1�@�, the forms are the

same as W 8w%ùNF.

Exercise 1:

Find �K1 8w2 <-ending words, identify I3%7W%X;, give an 7hW <-ending form for the �K1 8w2 <-ending (e.g.

“@,�K32 <” for “@,7h�”), and translate the following sentences by parsing each word.

1. M2K\� zeK\� MK­ [z�K32 < ¦

2. M2K\� È[K\� HX­ [z�K� ¦

3. M2K\� 1 F2K\� HK­ [z�K1� ¦

4. @21� � 8%>� @,�K1� ¦

5. Z;3E37 < W$%�#� Ò#�K1� ¦

6. @,7\ @,�K32 < ¦

7. MQ\hQ�K32 < ¦

8. @%7hF# �[37 < Sh�K1� ¦

9. ;@] ¯3K� M;@]Q� ¦

10. ¯3K1� � 8%>� ;@ ]Q� ¦

11. 77� ¸�É7h@ < 2 8 %;@ < ¦

12. W 8�3X%W %IK7h­ X32@ < ¦

13. ;7h@ < Mb3;­ Sh�K� H%7 2 k323%@ ¦

14. M,­ � FK� 2 M2 8WÔK3%@ ¦

15. Wh6@3 ]7 < �6@]� � FK32 < ¦

16. 1� MQ\� MQ�K3­1@ < M2 8bh%7 ¦

17. Sh�K1 F Z%X;�® 2@� ¦

18. S�73@$7@ < Mb3;­ � FK1 F p�K37 < ¦

Page 160: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta Hu2 <

151

d. Hu2 <

� Of 7%>7-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known regarding “Hu2 <”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• Even though there is no [|Q#3q for Hu2 <, the sense is told as:

“M%7E3K2 F” (in the sense of superiority)

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• Hu

3) H7 < letter of the 7%>7-IJK and its functions

• 2 < – By 1.3.3 ,[¿@ < ¦. This is for intonation.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• %e (a part of MN starting from the last vowel until the end) is elided.

• Certain I3%7W%X; undergo special changes.

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• Depends on the gender of the noun which the 7%>7-#$%& is qualifying.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• In masculine and neuter, as M-ending word.

• In feminine, a æ�-IJK e3W < (Z) is suffixed and the word becomes Z-ending

feminine.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• MK@ < (This is) D7 FG3­ (of many) M%7EKF2 (exceedingly) [z 8� (small), [%zu� (smallest)¦

Page 161: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Hu2 < Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

152

Examples of Hu2 <-ending I3%7W%X;s:

� Regular forms:

The following I3%7W%X;s get %e-[\W (elision of a part starting from the last vowel).

I3%7W%X;@ < with Hu2 <-IJK Declined forms in 1/1 m, n, f

[z 8 (small, light) + Hu2 < = [%zu (smallest, lightest) [%zu�, [%zu@ <, [%zu3

@,7 < (great, big) + Hu2 < = @%,u (greatest, biggest) @%,u�, @%,u@ <, @%,u3

�[ (strong) + Hu2 < = �%[u (strongest) �%[u�, �%[u@ <, �%[u3

136 8 (good) + Hu2 < = 13%6u (best) 13%6u�, 13%6u@ <, 13%6u3

� Irregular forms:

I3%7W%X;@ < with Hu2 <-IJK Declined forms in 1/1 m, n, f

S 8� (great, heavy) + Hu2 < = S%hu (greatest, heaviest) S%hu�, S%hu@ <, S%hu3

Ò�[ (gross) + Hu2 < = Ò%#u (grossest) Ò%#u�, Ò%#u@ <, Ò%#u3

�� (many) + Hu2 < = p�%Ku (most) p�%Ku�, p�%Ku@ <, p�%Ku3

%IK (beloved) + Hu2 < = I Fu (most beloved) I Fu�, I Fu@ <, I Fu3

Ö� (firm) + Hu2 < = Ï%�u (firmest) Ï%�u�, Ï%�u@ <, Ï%�u3

�3� (good) + Hu2 < = 13%6u (best) 13%6u�, 13%6u@ <, 13%6u3

M%5; (near) + Hu2 < = 2 F%Xu (nearest) 2 F%Xu�, 2 F%Xu@ <, 2 F%Xu3

� Irregular forms with optional forms:

I3%7W%X;@ < with Hu2 <-IJK Declined forms in 1/1 m, n, f

IE} (exalted) + Hu2 < = �Fu (most exalted) � Fu�, � Fu@ <, � Fu3

+ Hu2 < = ¯Fu (most exalted) ¯Fu�, ¯Fu@ <, ¯Fu3

#$> (old) + Hu2 < = ¯Fu (eldest) ¯Fu�, ¯Fu@ <, ¯Fu3

+ Hu2 < = #%G ]u (eldest) #%G ]u�, #%G ]u@ <, #%G ]u3

K 8#2 < (young) + Hu2 < = ;%2u (youngest) ;%2u�, ;%2u@ <, ;%2u3

+ Hu2 < = K%#u (youngest) K%#u�, K%#u@ <, K%#u3

M1 (small) + Hu2 < = ;%2u (smallest) ;%2u�, ;%2u@ <, ;%2u3

+ Hu2 < = M%1u (smallest) M%1u�, M%1u@ <, M%1u3

Page 162: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta Hu2 <

153

Exercise 1:

Find Hu2 <-ending words, identify I3%7W%X;, give an 7@W <-ending form for the Hu2 <-ending (e.g.

“@%,u�” for “@,7@�”), and translate the following sentences by parsing each word.

E.g., MK­ 1#®G 8 W 8�G FG 8 �%[u� ¦

• Hu2 <-ending word �%[u�

• I3%7W%X;@ < �[

• IJK� Hu2 <

• 7@W <-ending form �[7@�

• Translation This (person) is the strongest among all men.

1. MK@ < D7 FG3­ ze323­ [%zu� ¦

2. HX@ < D7 FG3­ È[323­ @%,u@ < ¦

3. D77 < M|h­ #%hu@ < ¦

4. DG3 `W@323­ 13%6u3 ¦

5. MK­ W 8�G3Q3­ S%hu� ¦

6. W$%�#� p�7323­ Ò%#u3 ¦

7. HX­ #g 8 1#®Á� M´FÁ� 2 F%Xu@ < ¦

8. MK­ W 8�G� 1#®G3­ � Fu� ¦

9. #%G ]u »� M5F#3%1%p� Å%G%p� Z#$7­ X%|Q3@�%7õ

2@3%@ ¦

10. W3rd#323­ ¯Fu� K 8%6%uh� ¦

11. W3rd#323­ ;%2u� 1,XF#� ¦

12. 1� 1#®G3­ @2 8�323­ �%[u� Ï%�u� p#%7 ¦

Page 163: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

%� #w Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

154

6. Mp�7-7�3#F (new status)

a. %� #w

� To make a new I3%7W%X; whose meaning is “a thing which was not … before, and it is …

now”, a 7%>7-IJK %� #w is suffixed to a I3%7W%X;.

� The new I3%7W%X; should be used with p�, M1 <, and ;$ 637 8s. These 637 8s can be conjugated, or

suffixed by a ;$ 7 <-IJK.

� Of the 7%>7-IJKs, the following 7 things are to be known about “%� #w”:

1) [|Q-#3q@ < of the 7%>7-IJK

• Mp�7-7�3#F (the status of that which was not there before)

2) Content of the 7%>7-IJK

• Zero-IJK� (When only # < of %#w remains in a suffix, that # < is also elided by 6.1.67

#FhW$v}¦)

3) H7 < letters of the 7%>7-IJK and their functions

• l < – By 1.3.7 l 8e� ¦ This is for intonation.

• Hw – By 1.3.2 `WXFEF¾k2 823%1; H7 < ¦ This is to make the zero-IJK.

4) Special modifications of IJK and MN

• The remaining # < is also elided.

• The last M#Q ] of the MN becomes �.

5) Gender (%[N) of the new I3%7W%X;

• %� #w-ending I3%7W%X; is MsK.

6) Declension of the new I3%7W%X;

• Being an MsK, it does not decline.

7) %#+,#3q@ < of the 7%>7-#$%&�

• ME8¹� E 8¹� 1Â47F (what is not white gains white) H%7 E 8¹�p#%7 (it becomes white) ¦

• ME8¹­ E 8¹­ 1Â47F 7­ ;h\%7 H%7 E 8¹�;h\%7 (one makes it white) ¦

Page 164: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta %� #w

155

For example, to make a new I3%7W%X; whose meaning is “a thing becomes E 8¹ (white)

which was not white before”:

1) E8¹ + 1 8w + %� #w A 7%>7-IJK %� #w is suffixed after a I3%7W%X; with the 1st case ending.

By the addition of the suffix, E 8¹ + 1 8w is qualified to be an MN.

“E 8¹ + 1 8w + %� #w“, since it ends with 7%>7IJK, is considered a

I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) E8¹ + 1 8w + Everything in the suffix is elided.

3) E8¹ + + Inside the I3%7W%X;, any 1 8W <-IJK should be elided.

4) E8¹� The last M becomes �. This is the final form of the 7%>7-#$%&�.

The new I3%7W%X; is MsK and should come before p�, M1 <, ;$ 637 8s. E.g., E 8¹�p#%7, E 8¹�;h\%7,

etc.

Exercise 1: Find %� #w-ending words, identify I3%7W%X;, and translate the following sentences by

parsing each word.

1. M,­ @@ #æ­ E 8¹�;h\%@ ¦

2. @@ #æ­ E 8¹�p%#�%7 ¦

3. H, � 8%>-@21� D;�-;$ J “@21�” H%7 %2X®E�¦

4. M2 F;323­ WX323@ < D;�p#2­ 1@31�¦

5. M,­ @3K3­ #E�-;$ J XF,#32 < H# p#3%@ ¦

6. Mk 8]2 ­ %2%@&�;$ J pS#32 < Z, ¦

7. XF,� pb�p�7� MXE]2 ­ S7� 2Ú� `Ü7F ¦

8. ze� 2K23Á3­ %#GK�p#%7 ¦

9. ze� %#GK�;$ 7� p#%7 ¦

10. ;@]K\S F2 M5�;hQ­ E 8>�p#%7 ¦

11. Wh\|%#GK@ < MWh\|�;h\%7 ¦

12. MsK�p3#-1@31�

13. MWf�;$ 7­ p�7­ Wf�;hQF2 Wf�;$ 7­ p#%7 ¦

Page 165: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic VIII - 7%>735@ < - Taddhitānta

156

7. Summary of 7%>7-#$%&�

Type [|Q#3q@ < IJK� Sense Example Gender Declension in m, n, f 1/1

MWJ3��K3� 7}3WJ@ < MQ <, MP <, HP <, �; < descendant of … p3h7, X3Eh%�, ;¥5FK All 3 p3h7�, p3h7@ <, p3h7�, etc

@c��K3�

7X}33%b%¡7 @7 8wW < one who has … 6�@7 <, pS#7 <, All 3

pS#32 <, pS#7 <, pS#7�

H%2 w K\%S2 <, 1 8%É2 <, W%|2 < K\S�, K\%S, K\%S2�

%#%2 w @2%�2 <, @ F63%#2 < @2��, @2%�, @2%�2�

Ml < K\S, W3W, 14 K\S�, K\S@ <, K\S3

p3#3��K3�

7}p3#� c Status of …,

…-ness

D;c, 1@c 2W 8­1;%[N� D;c@ <

7[ < D;73, 1@73 æ�%[N� D;73

�P < °q, 13@´ 2W 8­1;%[N� °q@ <

I3%�XE�K3�

Wfª�® 7%1w[ < 5th case 1# ]7� (from all), 77� MsK@ < n/a

1�ª�® �[ <, X3, %,� 7th case 1# ]� (everywhere), 1# ]X3, 7%,�

I;3h#l2 F �3[ <, �@ 8w 3rd case + I;3hFQ 1# ]�3 (in all manners), 7�3, H.@ <

Comparative D7K\� M%7E3K2 F 7hW <, �K1 8w2 < …er, more … [z 87h (lighter), [z�K1 <, � FK1 < (more exalted)

All 3 [z 87h�, [6 87h@ <, [z 87h3 � FK132 <, � FK�, � FK1�

Superlative D7 FG3@ < M%7E3K7 F 7@W <, Hu2 < …est, most … [z 87@ (smallest), [%zu, �Fu (most exalted)

All 3 [z 87@�, [z 87@@ <, [z 87@3 �Fu�, � Fu@ <, � Fu3

%� #w Mp�7-7�3#F becoming/making into …

E 8¹� p�/M1 </;$ (becoming/making white)

MsK@ < n/a

Page 166: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

157

Topic IX

1@313�

Samāsā�

Basic concept of 1@31-#$%&�

(A new I3%7W%X; made by compounding 1 8�5s)

� Two or more 1 8�5s (nouns) which are meaningfully linked can be compounded into

a new I3%7W%X; (nominal base). That new I3%7W%X;@ < is called a 1@31-#$%&�.

� Generally a compound is made with two nouns at a time.

� Of the two nouns, the first noun is called the W�# ]WX@ <, and the second noun is called

the `&hWX@ <.

1 8�5@ < (W�# ]WX@ <) + 1 8�5@ < (`&hWX@ <) = new I3%7W%X;@ < called 1@31#$%&�

� A compound is called 1@31#$%&�, 1@31�, or 1@gWX@ <.

i. The difference between 1@31� and 1%��

o To become a 1@gWX (compound), there must be a meaningful connection (1@� ]�)

between the two nouns.

o To apply a 1%� rule, the two words need not to have a meaningful connection. Only

the sounds have to be next to each other.

For example, in “h3@\ @,F½h}3l ]2 ­ ;h\%7 ¦”, the two words “@,3”and ”�½h” have a meaningful

connection, and hence compounded into a single word “@,F½h”, a 1@gWX. Between “@,3”and

“�½h”, a sandhi is applied since two vowels are next to each other. All other words are non-

compound words (sgWX). Between each word, if applicable, sandhi rules are applied.

Page 167: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

158

ii. Pā�ini-sūtras enjoining regulations on 1@31

� Pā�ini-sūtras 2.1.3 to 2.2.29 categorize the 1@31s into 4 types, and give the regulations

on what combinations are possible. Only certain 1 8�5s can be compounded to certain

1 8�5s. These possible combinations will be studied in this section.

� Pā�ini-sūtras 2.2.30 to 2.2.38 describe which word should come first in the compound.

In other words, those sūtras decide which 1 8�5 should be the W�# ]WX in the 1@31.

� Pā�ini-sūtras 6.3.1 to 6.3.110 describe the modifications of W�# ]WX, such as 1, becoming 1,

2P < becoming M, etc.

� Pā�ini-sūtras 5.4.68 to 5.4.160, at the end of the 7%>7-IJK section, describe IJKs

enjoined at the end of certain combinations of nouns in 1@31.

iii. Process of making 1@31

In the process of making a compound, the status of “1@31�” is given to a group of

words by the regulations in Pā�ini-sūtras. Since that sentence is qualified as “1@31�”, all 1 8W <-

IJKs are elided and only I3%7W%X;s remain in “1@31�”. That is what we call a compound word.

Therefore, the meaning of a compound can be expressed by a sentence as well. We call that

sentence %#+,#3q@ <.

#e} @�[@ < This is a [¥%;;%#+,�, a sentence in natural language.

By a regulation of Pā�ini-sūtra these nouns are qualified to be

compounded as a Gu�-7� 8�G-1@31�.

1) #e+V1 < + @�[+1 8w This is an M[¥%;;%#+,�, the same sentence in grammatical breakdown.

By being qualified as 1@31�, these words are also qualified as I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) #e+ + @�[ + All 1 8W <-IJKs are elided inside I3%7W%X;.

3) #e@�[ This is the final form of 1@31. It is also a I3%7W%X;.

Now the new I3%7W%X; “#e@�[” declines as M-ending neuter, because the `&hWX

determines the gender and number of the 1@31 in a 7� 8�G1@31.

Page 168: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

159

iv. �WX-1@31� M�WX-1@31� (%2J1@31�)

� When all the I3%7W%X;s in 1@31 are found in [¥%;;%#+,, that 1@31 is called �WX1@31.

E.g., #e} @�[@ < H%7 #e@�[@ < ¦ W�7@ < M²h­ K} 1� W�73²h� ¦

� When all the I3%7W%X;s in 1@31 are not found in [¥%;;%#+,, that 1@31 is called M�WX1@31.

This is also called %2J1@31 because the combination of the words are always found

only in compound, not in a sentence. E.g., ;$ µ} 1@�W@ < H%7 `W;$ µ@ < ¦ M´� XF,� XF,35h@ < ¦

v. Steps of understanding 1@31

1. Try to understand the context.

2. Before understaning the meaning of 1@31#$%&, set %#p%v aside. Keep only I3%7W%X; of

1@31#$%& in view.

3. Identify the type of the whole 1@31#$%&. If the 1@31#$%& is not either MsK�p3#1@31 or

m�1@31, which are fairly easy to identify, then compare the last word of the 1@31 and

the noun which is qualified by the 1@31. If they are equal, then the 1@31 is a 7� 8�G1@31.

If not, it should be a ����%,1@31.

4. If there are more than two words in the 1@31#$%&, resolve them by taking two words at

a time.

5. Finally, bring back the %#p%v that was kept aside in the step 2 by adding the declined

form of “7X <” word.

For each type of 1@31, these are the things to be known:

1) Which noun can be compounded as a W�# ]WX

2) with which noun, as an `&hWX

3) Special modification of compounded words

4) Gender and number of the compound

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

Page 169: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

MsK�1@31� (A) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

160

1. MsK�p3#-1@31� (Type A)

� The meaning of W�# ]WX has predominance. (W�# ]WX3� ]-I632@ <)

These are the things to be known about MsK�p3#-1@31:

1) Which noun can go into the compound, as a W�# ]WX

a. M%6 etc. in %#p%v-M� ] (in the sense of case suffix)

b. `W etc. in 1@�W-M� ] (in the sense of nearness)

c. M2 8 etc. in the sense of “according to …”

d. I%7 etc. in the sense of repetition

e. K�3 etc. in the sense of “not exceeding …”

2) with which noun, as an `&hWX

• any noun

3) Special modification of compounded words

• n/a

4) Gender and number of the compound

• All MsK�p3#1@31s become MsK words.

• Neuter gender is given to MsK�p3#1@31s

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• Generally MsK�p3#-1@31 compounds are M�WX1@31/%2J1@31 – the W�# ]WX itself is

not seen in %#+,#3q@ <. Instead, the meaning of the W�# ]WX is provided in the

%#+,#3q@ <.

• Generally MsK�p3#-1@31s are used adverbially.

W�# ]WX@ < + `&hWX@ <

Page 170: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa� MsK�1@31� (A)

161

Examples:

a. M%6 etc. in %#p%v-M� ] (in the sense of case suffix)

� ,h¥ H%7 M%6,%h ¦ with reference to Hari

X F#X&} p%v� M%6,%h M%g ¦ Devotion of Devadatta is in Hari.

� Z±32@ < M%6;$ J, Z±%2, H%7 MÓ3±@ < ¦ Centered on the self, about the self

� XF#32 < M%6;$ J, XF#31 8, H%7 M%6XF#@ < ¦ Centered on Devas, with reference to Devas

b. `W etc. in 1@�W-M� ] (in the sense of nearness)

� ;$ µ} (of Ko��a) 1@�W@ < (near) H%7 `W;$ µ@ < ¦ Near Ko��a

c. M2 8 etc. in the sense of “according to …”

� ÛW} (form) K\�K@ < (in keeping with) H%7 M2 8ÛW@ < ¦ suitable

� I�} (question) K\�K@ < (in keeping with) H%7 M2 8I�@ < ¦

D73%2 `&h3%Q M2 8I� ­ p#%5¦ These answers are proper to the question.

d. I%7 etc. in the sense of repetition

� %X2 F %X2 F H%7 I%7%X2@ < ¦ everyday

XF#X&� I%7%X2 ­ X F#3[K­ S¨%7 ¦ Devadatta goes to the temple everyday.

� D;@ < D;@ < H%7 IJF;@ < ¦ each one

e. K�3 etc. in the sense of “not exceeding …”

� `v@ < M2%7�ª H%7 K�\v@ < ¦ not exceeding what was told

%E�� Zl3K ]} #l2­ K�\v@ < M#S¨%7 ¦ The student understands the word of the

teacher as it was told.

� E%v@ < M2%7�ª H%7 K�3E%v ¦ not exceeding one’s capacity

1� �Ï3Ó3K­ K�3E%v W %7 M5�;hQE8>K F ¦ He chants Rudram as much as he can for

the sake of M5�;hQE8%>.

Page 171: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7� 8�G1@31� (T) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

162

2. 7� 8�G-1@313� (Type T)

� The meaning of `&hWX@ < has predominance. (`&hWX3� ]-I632@ <)

� There are many types of 7� 8�G-1@31s.

a. %m7�K3-7� 8�G-1@31� (2T)

b. 7$7�K3-7� 8�G-1@31� (3T)

c. l7 8��-7� 8�G-1@31� (4T)

d. Wf@�-7� 8�G-1@31� (5T)

e. Gu�-7� 8�G-1@31� (6T)

f. 1�@�-7� 8�G-1@31� (7T)

g. ;@]63hK-7� 8�G-1@31� (KT)

h. 2P <-7� 8�G-1@31� (NT)

i. ;8-S%7-I3%X-7� 8�G-1@31�

j. `WWX-7� 8�G-1@31� (UT)

� Common features among all types of 7� 8�G-1@31s.

• Gender and number of the compound are the same as that of `&hWX.

W�# ]WX@ < + `&hWX@ <

Page 172: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX 1@31� - Samāsa� 7� 8�G1@31� (T)

163

a. %m7�K3-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type 2T)

These are the things to be known about %m7�K3-7� 8�G-1@31.

1) Which noun can be compounded as a W�# ]WX

• 2nd case ending noun

2) With which noun, as an `&hWX

• “%�7 (one who has taken refuge to)”, “M7�7 (one who has crossed)”, “W%77 (one

who has fallen)”, “S7 (one who has gone)”, “MJg (one who has transgressed)”,

“I3� (one who has gained)”, “ZW¡ (one who has gained)”

• Etc.

3) Special modification of compounded words

• n/a

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Same gender of the `&hWX

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• n/a

Examples:

1. ;$ µ­ 2/1 %�7� (resorted to) ;$ µ%�7� (the one who has resorted to Ko��a) ¦

2. ¸�É@ < 2/1 M7�7� (crossed) ¸�É37�7� (the one who has crossed over sorrow)¦

3. ;� W ­ 2/1 W%77� (fallen) ;� WW%77� (the one who has fallen in the well)¦

4. @3­ 2/1 S7� @57� (that which obtains in Me)¦ (See Topic IV)

5. +3@@ < 2/1 MJg� (transgressed) +3@3Jg� (the one who has transgressed the village)¦

6. +3@­ 2/1 I3�� (reached) +3@I3�� (the one who has reached the village)¦

7. 1­EK@ < 2/1 ZW¡� (gained) 1­EK3W¡� (the one who has gained the doubt)¦

Page 173: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7� 8�G1@31� (T) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

164

The process of compounding

;$ µ­ %�7� This is a [¥%;;%#+,�, a sentence in natural language. By a

regulation of Pā�ini-sūtra these nouns are qualified to be

compounded as a %m7�K3-7� 8�G-1@31�.

1) ;$ µ+M@ <+ %�7+1 8w This is an M[¥%;;%#+,�, the same sentence in grammatical

breakdown. Being 1@31�, they are also qualified as I3%7W%X;@ <

2) ;$ µ + +%�7+ All 1 8W <-IJKs are elided inside I3%7W%X;.

3) ;$ µ%�7 This is the final form of 1@31. It is also a I3%7W%X;.

Now the new I3%7W%X; “;$ µ%�7” declines as M-ending masculine , because, in a

7� 8�G1@31, the `&hWX determines the gender and number of the 1@31.

Exercise 1:

Following the example, give [¥%;;%#+, with conversion of the case and type of 1@31 as

well as M[¥%;;%#+, for the 1@31#$%&s listed below. And also write shorthand parsing signs.

1. �½h%�7323@ <

2. MhrK37�732 <

3. ;� WW%773%2

4. Z%XJS7@ <

5. @573�

6. @3S3 ]Jg3K

7. 1 8ÉI3� FG 8

8. ¸�É3W¡ »�

Example for 1:

[¥%;;%#+,� �½h@ < %�73� �½h%�73� (%m7�K3-7� 8�G-1@31� (2T)), 7 FG3@ < �½h%�7323@ < ¦

[W�# ]WX in 2nd case] [`&hWX in 1st case] [1@gWX] (type of 1@31), [7X < in the respective case] [the

1@31 word in the form found in original text]

M[¥%;;%#+,� �½h + M@ < + %�7 + k1 <

Exercise 2:

By parsing the sentence, give %#+,#3q for 1@31#$%&, translate the following sentences.

1. XF#X&� ;$ µ%�7� pv� p#%7 ¦

2. K� D77 < k323%7 1� §32� S 8Q37�7� l `Ü7F ¦

3. Eh�hS73� X\G3� "32 F2 MW2�K5F ¦

4. 1#]S73K 2@� ¦

5. Ik31 8 1 8ÉI3�31 8 2$W} 15\G� #6 ]7 F ¦

6. ,F pS#2 < ¸�É3W¡32 < W3%, ¦

2T

Page 174: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX 1@31� - Samāsa� 7� 8�G1@31� (T)

165

b. 7$7�K3-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type 3T)

hese are the things to be known about 7$7�K3-7� 8�G-1@31.

1) Which noun can be compounded as a W�# ]WX

• 3rd case ending noun

2) With which noun, as an `&hWX

• ;$ X5 word whose ;73 ] or ;hQ@ < is told by the 3rd case ending word

• Etc.

3) Special modification of compounded words

• n/a

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Same gender of the `&hWX

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• n/a

Examples:

1. S 8�Q3 3/1 (by teacher) `W%XÚ� (taught) S 8ÛW%XÚ� (that which is taught by teacher) ¦

2. 7F2 3/1 (by that) ;$ 7­ (done) 76$ 7@ < (that which is done by that) ¦

3. %#4K3 3/1 (by knowledge) h%,7� (deserted) %#43h%,7� (that which is devoid of knowledge) ¦

4. K\S F2 3/1 (by yoga) K 8v� (being together) K\SK 8v� (one who is together by yoga) ¦

5. zeF2 3/1 (by pot) M#%¨¡� (qualified) ze3#%¨¡� (that which is qualified by pot) ¦

6. p�@F2 3/1 1@� (same) p�@1@� (one who is equal to Bhīma) ¦

7. K\S1­%1>� ñ.ì7

8. K} 1­EK3� §321%8¡3�, ;@3 ]%Q 7­ 2 %2��%5 ¦

9. M,­ 77 < p� 8Wú7@ < M�3%@ ¦ * ME < (9P) to receive

Page 175: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7� 8�G1@31� (T) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

166

c. l7 8��-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type 4T)

These are the things to be known about l7 8��-7� 8�G-1@31.

1) Which noun can be compounded as a W�# ]WX

• 4th case ending noun

2) With which noun, as an `&hWX

• A word indicating material to make something which is told by the 4th case

ending word

• “M� ]” word which is meant for something which is told by the 4th case ending

word. Exceptionally this compound is M�WX-1@31/%2J-1@31. Thus in %#+,#3q

instead of “M� ]” word, a declined form of HX@ < is used.

• “�%[”, “%,7”, “1 8É”, and “h%|7”

3) Special modification of compounded words

• n/a

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Same gender of the `&hWX

• As for the compound in which “M� ]” as `&hWX, the gender follows the qualified

word.

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• As for the compound in which “M� ]” as `&hWX, instead of “M� ]”, a I3%7W%X; “HX@ <”,

declined in the gender and number of the qualified noun, is seen in %#+,#3q@ <.

Examples:

1. K�W3K 4/1 (for the post) X3� (wood) K�WX3� (wood meant for making a post) ¦

2. %mk3K 4/1 (for the priest) MK­ m/1/1 (this) %mk3� ]� m/1/1 (that which is meant for priest) 1�W� m/1/1 (soup)¦

3. %mk3K 4/1 HK­ f/1/1 %mk3�3 ] f/1/1 @3[3 f/1/1 (garland)¦

4. %mk3K 4/1 HX­ n/1/1 %mk3� ]@ < n/1/1 62@ < n/1/1 (wealth) ¦

Page 176: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX 1@31� - Samāsa� 7� 8�G1@31� (T)

167

d. Wf@�-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type 5T)

These are the things to be known about Wf@�-7� 8�G-1@31.

1) Which noun can be compounded as a W�# ]WX

• 5th case ending noun

2) With which noun, as an `&hWX

• “pK” (fear) word whose source is told by the 5th case ending noun.

• “MW F7”, “@ 8v”, “W%77”

• Etc.

3) Special modification of compounded words

• n/a

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Same gender of the `&hWX

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• n/a

Examples:

1. l\h37 < 5/1 (of thief) pK­ (fear) l\hpK@ < (fear of thief) ¦

2. 1 8É37 < 5/1 (of happiness) MW F7� (devoid) 1 8É3W F7� (devoid of happiness) ¦

3. h\S37 < 5/1 (from disease) @ 8v� (freed) h\S@ 8v� (freed from disease) ¦

4. �S3 ]7 < 5/1 (from heaven) W%77� (fallen) �S ]W%77� (fallen from the heaven) ¦

5. 7b37 < 5/1 (from that) s%7%hv@ < (differed) 79%7%hv@ < (differed from that) ¦

Page 177: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7� 8�G1@31� (T) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

168

e. Gu�-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type 6T)

These are the things to be known about GÚ�-7� 8�G-1@31.

1) Which noun can be compounded as a W�# ]WX

• 6th case ending noun

2) With which noun, as an `&hWX

• almost any noun

3) Special modification of compounded words

• n/a

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Same gender of the `&hWX

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• n/a

For example, a sentence “Z±2� 6/1 (of self) §32@ < (knowledge)” is qualified to be compounded

as a Gu�-7� 8�G-1@31 by a regulation of Pā�ini-sūtra. The compound word will be “Z±§32@ <

(knowledge of self)”

Z±2� §32@ < This is a [¥%;;%#+,�, a sentence in natural language.

1) Z±2 <+V1 <+§32+1 8w This is an M[¥%;;%#+,�, the same sentence in grammatical

breakdown. Being 1@31�, they are also qualified as I3%7W%X;@ <

2) Z±2 <+ +§32+ All 1 8W <-IJKs are elided inside I3%7W%X;.

3) Z± +§32 By 8.2.7 2[\W� I3%7W%X;35}¦, the last 2 < of the I3%7W%X; and WX is

elided.

4) Z±§32 This is the final form of 1@31. It is also a I3%7W%X;.

Now the new I3%7W%X; “Z±§32” declines as M-ending neuter , because, in a 7� 8�G1@31,

the `&hWX determines the gender and number of the 1@31.

Page 178: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX 1@31� - Samāsa� 7� 8�G1@31� (T)

169

Other examples of Gu�-7� 8�G-1@31�:

1. �½h} 6/1 (of Īśvara) M2 8+,� (blessing) �½h32 8+,� (blessing of Īśvara)¦

2. ØÙQ� 6/1 (of brahman) %#43 (knowledge) ØÙ%#43 (knowledge of brahman)¦

3. `@3K3� 6/1 (of Umā) W%7� (husband) `@3W%7� (husband of Umā)¦

4. ;@]Q� 6/1 (of action) È[­ (fruit) ;@ ]È[@ < (fruit of action)¦

5. 7} 6/1 (of that) W 8�G� (person) 7� 8�G� (person of that)¦

6. 7÷} (of truth) %##F;�(discrimination) 7÷%##F;�, 7} (of that) I;3h�(method) 7÷%##F;I;3h�

(method of discrimination of truth) ¦

Exercise 1:

Following the example, give [¥%;;%#+, with conversion of the case and type of 1@31 as

well as M[¥%;;%#+, for the 1@31#$%&s listed below. And also write shorthand parsing signs.

1. S 8�;8[F

2. SQW%7�

3. kS5 8�@ <

4. [\;23�3K

5. S¥h�W 8�}

6. @X3±32@ <

7. @2\#$&K�

8. 1÷S 8Q323@ <

9. ;@]È[FG 8

10. 1#3 ]±3

11. �6@3 ]2 8u32@ <

12. #FX35#3q3� ]}

Example for 1:

[¥%;;%#+,� S 8h\� ;8[@ < S 8�;8[@ < ¦ 7%b2 < S 8�;8[F ¦ Gu�-7� 8�G-1@31� (6T)

M[¥%;;%#+,� S 8� + V1 < + ;8[ + 1 8w

Exercise 2:

By parsing the sentence, give %#+,#3q for 1@31#$%&, translate the following sentences.

1. W3rd8W 8�3Q3­ l@�­ WÔK ¦

2. úG�;FE� I,12 < H# 7@ < HX@ < `#3l ¦

3. ;@]1�3137 < ;@ ]K\S� %#%E�7F ¦

4. K�3 W:W�@ < Mý13 2 %[û7F 7�3 1�

;@ ]È[»� 2 %[û7F¦

5. K\%S2� Z±E8>KF ;@ ] ;8# ]%5 ¦

6. �S]p\S FG 8 H¨3h3%,J@ < ¦

7. Ó32 F2 %l& »;3+73 [Á7F ¦

8. §32I3%�1@KF M1¥ @ 8v� p#%7 ¦

9. 7÷�\6I;3h­ #ö3@� ¦

6T

Page 179: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7� 8�G1@31� (T) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

170

f. 1�@�-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type 7T)

These are the things to be known about 1�@�-7� 8�G-1@31.

1) Which noun can be compounded as a W�# ]WX

• 7th case ending noun

2) With which noun, as an `&hWX

• “;8E[ (expert)”, “%2W 8Q (proficient)”, “W%rd7 (scholar)”, “I#�Q (skilled)”. “M%6

(depending)”, etc.

3) Special modification of compounded words

• When “M%6 (depending)” word comes in `&hWX, its form changes into “M6�2”.

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Same gender of the `&hWX

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• n/a

Some examples of 1�@�-7� 8�G-1@31�:

1. 7;® 7/1 (in logic) ;8E[� (expert) 7;];8E[� (expert in logic) ¦

2. E3æF 7/1 (in the scripture) %2W 8Q� (proficient) E3æ%2W 8Q� (proficient in the scripture) ¦

3. #FX FG 8 7/3 (in the Veda) W%rd7� (scholar) # FXW%rd7� (scholar in the Vedas) ¦

4. EæFG 8 7/3 (in weapons) I#�Q� (skilled) EæI#�Q� (skilled in weapons) ¦

5. �½hF 7/1 (on the lord) M%6 (depending) �½h36�2� (depending on the lord) ¦

6. �%b2 < 7/1 (on oneself) M%6 (depending) �36�2� (depending on oneself, independent) ¦

7. WhFG 8 7/1 (on other things) M%6 (depending) Wh36�2� (depending on others) ¦

Page 180: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX 1@31� - Samāsa� 7� 8�G1@31� (T)

171

g. ;@ ]63hK-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type KT)

� Pā�ini gave a technical name (1­§3) “;@ ]63hK” to a 7� 8�G1@31 in which the both W�# ]WX and

`&hWX are in 1@323%6;hQ (in apposition).

These are the things to be known about ;@ ]63hK-7� 8�G-1@31.

1) Which noun can be compounded as a W�# ]WX

• “D; (one)”, “1# ] (all)”, “;F #[ (only)”, etc

• %#EFGQ (adjective)

2) With which noun, as an `&hWX

• noun in apposition (1@323%6;hQ) to the W�# ]WX

• %#EF� (substantive/qualified) of the %#EFGQ (adjective/qualifier)

3) Special modification of compounded words

• n/a

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Same gender of the `&hWX

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• Wh@¬ M1¥ Z±3 l H%7 Wh@3±3 ¦

• S 8�� D# XF#� S 8�XF#� ¦

• Z;� (mango) H%7 #$|� Z;#$|� (mango tree) ¦

Some examples of ;@ ]63hK-7� 8�G-1@31�:

1. D;� 1/1 (one) W 8�G� (person) D;W 8�G� (one person) ¦

2. 1#® 1/3 (all) X F#3� (gods) 1# ]X F#3� (all gods) ¦

3. ;F#[� 1/1 (exclusive) 1�31� (renunciation) ;F #[1�31� (exclusive renunciation) ¦

4. 2�[@ < 1/1 (blue) `�[@ < (lotus) 2�[\�[@ < (blue lotus) ¦

Page 181: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7� 8�G1@31� (T) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

172

There is a group of irregular ;@ ]63hK-7� 8�G-1@31s named “@K�hs­1;3%X”. Some of them are:

1. M´� 1/1 (another) M� ]� 1/1 (meaning) M�3 ]5h@ < (another meaning) ¦

2. M´7 < 1/1 (another) #g8 1/1 (object) #<5h@ < (another object) ¦

Note: This type of compound is always neuter.

3. %l7 < 1/1 (consciousness) D# 0 (only) %lÎ3�@ < (consciousness only) ¦

4. 2h� 1/1 (human) #3 0 (or) #32h� (A type of human monky such as Hanumat) ¦

5. ÅQF 7/1 (in debt) M6@� 1/1 (lower) M6@Q ]� (debtor) ¦

There are some ;@ ]63hK-7� 8�G-1@31s which are called “@Ó@WX[\W�”, a compound in which the

middle word is elided:

1. E3;%IK� (one whose favourite is vegetable) W3%� ]#� (name of king) E3;W3%� ]#� ¦

2. 9%6;3� (greater by two) XE (ten) m3XE (twelve) ¦

3. G\dE14;3� (one whose number is sixteen) `Wl3h3� (offering) G\dE\Wl3h3� ¦

For example, a sentence “@,32 < 1/1 (great) l M1¥ h3k3 1/1 (king)” is qualified to be

compounded as a ;@ ]63hK-7� 8�G-1@31 by a regulation of Pā�ini-sūtra. The compound word

will be “@,3h3k� (a great king)”

@,32 < h3k3 This is a [¥%;;%#+,�, a sentence in natural language.

1) @,7 <+1 8w+h3k2 <+1 8w This is an M[¥%;;%#+,�, the same sentence in grammatical

breakdown. Being 1@31�, they are also qualified as I3%7W%X;@ <

2) @,7 <+ +h3k2 <+ All 1 8W <-IJKs are elided inside I3%7W%X;.

3) @,3 +h3k2 < By 6.3.46 ZÎ,7� 1@323%6;hQk37�KK\�¦, @,7 < is changed to @,3.

4) @,3 +h3k By 5.4.91 h3k3,�1%ÉÁÚl <¦, h3k2 < becomes h3k, an M-ending.

5) @,3h3k This is the final form of 1@31. It is also a I3%7W%X;.

Now the new I3%7W%X; “@,3h3k” declines as M-ending masculine, because, in a 7� 8�G1@31,

the `&hWX determines the gender and number of the 1@31.

Page 182: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX 1@31� - Samāsa� 7� 8�G1@31� (T)

173

Exercise 1:

Following the example, give [¥%;;%#+, with conversion of the case and type of 1@31 as

well as M[¥%;;%#+, for the 1@31#$%&s listed below. And also write shorthand parsing signs.

1. §323%�23

2. 1�³Eh�h»�

3. 1÷S 8Q FG 8

4. � 8%>S 8,3K3@ <

5. Wh@3±32@ <

6. h3kG ]K F

7. XF#G�23@ <

8. [\;@,F½h@ <

9. X�z ];3[F2

10. ;3E�2ShF

11. 1#]p�7%,7 F

Example for 1:

[¥%;;%#+,� §32@ < D# M%�� §323%�� ¦ ;@ ]63hK-7� 8�G-1@31� (KT) ¦ 7 F2 §323%�23

M[¥%;;%#+,� §32 + 1 8w + M%� + 1 8w

Exercise 2:

By parsing the sentence, give %#+,#3q for 1@31#$%&, translate the following sentences.

1. M,­ 1# ]K§323­ p\v3 M%b ¦

2. 1#]p�7 FG 8 M,­ 1@� ¦

3. M,­ X F#323­ @,G�Q3­ l Z%X� ¦

4. pS#X <S�731 8 W 8�G\&@K\S� 23@ WfXE�

MÓ3K� ¦

5. `&@W 8�G� Wh@3±3 H%7 `X3ú7� ¦

6. MK\Ó3W 8K3õ XEh�h3k� Z1�7 < ¦

7. XEh�W 8�� #�K ]W 8�G� ,2 8@73 1, [�3X FE­

MS¨7 < ¦

8. @,G ]K� ;»[31W# ]7 F %lh;3[­ Ó3K%5 ¦

KT

Page 183: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7� 8�G1@31� (T) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

174

h. 2P <-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type NT)

These are the things to be known about 2P <-7� 8�G-1@31.

1) Which noun can be compounded as a W�# ]WX

• “2P <”, a negative particle

• P < is H7 < letter.

2) With which noun, as an `&hWX

• anything

3) Special modification of compounded words

• Of 2P <, P < is elided as it is an H7 < letter, and 2 < is elided, thus only “M” remains,

when compounded.

• When `&hWX begins with a vowel, 2 < is added after the M, thus it becomes “M2 <”.

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Same gender of the `&hWX

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• 2P < is usually told as “2” in the %#+,�

� 2P < has 6 meanings. (See the entry M of The Student’s Sanskrit-English Dictionary)

1. 13ÖÔK-M�® likeness or resemblance e.g. MØ3ÙQ� one who is like Ø3ÙQ�.

2. Mp3#-M�® absence or negation e.g. M�\6�

3. p FX/M´-M�® difference or distinction e.g. MWe� not a cloth, different from a cloth.

4. M1-M�® not enough e.g. M[#Q@ <, M�>3, I have no money.

5. MI3E3-M�® badness or unfitness e.g. M;3K ]� not fit to be done

6. %#h\6-M�® opposition e.g. M6@ ]�, M1 8h� ¦

� The following sloka tells the six meaning of 2P <.

7ä3ÖÔK@p3#¬ 7X´c­ 7X173 ¦ MI3E3 ­ %#h\6¬ 2P�3 ] Ge < I;�%7 ]73� è

Page 184: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa� 7� 8�G1@31� (T)

175

Examples of 2P <-7� 8�G-1@31�:

1. 2 (not) Ø3ÙQ� (brahmin) MØ3ÙQ� (non-brahmin) ¦

2. 2 6@ ]� H%7 M6@ ]�¦

Exercise 1:

Following the example, give [¥%;;%#+, with conversion of the case and type of 1@31 as

well as M[¥%;;%#+, for the 1@31#$%&s listed below. And also write shorthand parsing signs.

1. M§32 F2

2. M;@]Q�

3. M%2J@ <

4. M22 823%1;3�

5. M2$7@ <

6. M23±32@ <

Example for 1:

[¥%;;%#+,� 2 §32@ < H%7 M§32@ < ¦ 2P <-7� 8�G-1@31� (NT) ¦ 7 F2 M§32 F2

M[¥%;;%#+,� 2P < + 1 8w + §32+ 1 8w

Exercise 2:

By parsing the sentence, give %#+,#3q for 1@31#$%&, translate the following sentences.

1. c@ < ME\Ü32 < M2 8E\l%1 ¦

2. M23%E2� MI@FK} H@F X F,3� ¦

3. MK@ < M¨F4� MX3×� M¹F 4� ME\�� D# l ¦

4. MK@ < Msv� M%l¿� M%#;3K ]� `Ü7F ¦

5. %;­ #l2�K­, %;@ < M#l2�K@ < ¦

6. 7# M%,73� �=2 < M#3Ü#3X32 < #%X�%5 ¦

7. M2%p%,7 F ;@ ]%Q %m7�K3%#p%v� IK 8 7 F ¦

8. ME35} ;87� 1 8É@ < ¦

9. M;@]Q� ;@ ] ¯3K� ¦

10. ;$ 7 F2 M;$ 7­ 2 M%g ¦

11. MI3�} I3%�� K\S� `Ü7F ¦

12. 1� Z±32@ < M;73 ]h@ < Mp\v3h@ < M1v@ <

WÔK%7 ¦

13. M§32#32 < W 8�G� ¦

NT

Page 185: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7� 8�G1@31� (T) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

176

i. ;8 -S%7-I3%X-7� 8�G-1@31�

These are the things to be known about ;8 -S%7-I3%X-7� 8�G-1@31.

1) Which noun can be compounded as a W�# ]WX

• A particle “;8”, indicating “deficiency”, “littleness”, etc.

• Words termed as “S%7”, certain particles which have connection with 637 8.

i.e. `W1S ]s, %� #w (7%>7IJK)-ending word, M51 <, %7h1 <, Z%#1 <, I3¸1 <, 13|37 <, %@>3, etc.

• 22 particles belong to I3%XSQ, but not qualified as `W1S ].

2) With which noun, as an `&hWX

• anything

3) Special modification of compounded words

• n/a

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Same gender of the `&hWX

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• ;8 -S%7-I3%X-7� 8�G-1@31 is %2J1@31. Thus they all have M�WX%#+,.

• In %#+,#3q, the W�# ]WXs which are specified in 1) are explained with other words.

Examples of ;8 -S%7-I3%X-7� 8�G-1@31:

1. ;8 %ä7� (wicked) W 8�� ;8W 8�� ¦ (;8 -type 7� 8�G1@31�)

2. ;8 %ä73 (weak) @%7� ;8@%7� ¦ (;8 -type 7� 8�G1@31�)

3. %#EFG FQ §3K7 F M2 F2 H%7 %#§32@ < (%# + §3 + y 8e <)¦ (S%7-type 7� 8�G1@31�)

4. ME8¹­ E 8¹­ ;$ c3 H%7 E 8¹�;$ J ¦ (S%7-type 7� 8�G1@31�)

Notice that t c3 is substituted by yW < because of being a 1@31.

5. M5p3 ]#� (being included) ¦ %7h?$ J (having covered) ¦ Z%#p� ]7@ < (that which is

manifested), Z%#@hQ@ < (manifesting) ¦ I3¸p3 ]#� (becoming visible) ¦ 13|36$ 7� (that which

is clearly seen) ¦ %@>3l3h� (improper conduct) ¦ (S%7-type 7� 8�G1@31�)

6. E\p2� W 8�G� 1 8W 8�G� ¦ (I3%X-type 7� 8�G1@31�)

7. IS7� Zl3K ]� I3l3K ]� (I3%X-type 7� 8�G1@31�)

Page 186: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa� 7� 8�G1@31� (T)

177

j. `WWX-7� 8�G-1@31� (Type UT)

� `WWX-7� 8�G-1@31 is understood well when studied under the subject of `WWX-;$ 7 <-IJK, a

type of ;$ 7 <-IJK.

� `WWX literally means “a word (WX) which is near (`W)”. However, the nearness is in terms

of the meaningful connection.

� `WWX-;$ 7 <-IJK requires not only a 637 8 to which it is suffixed, but also an `WWX, a word

which is meaningfully connected to the 637 8, as a ;@ ], M%6;hQ, etc.

� `WWX-;$ 7 <-IJKs are defined in the section of Pā�ini-sūtras starting from 3.2.1

� `WWX-7� 8�G-1@31 is a type of compound in which the `WWX and the 637 8 with a `WWX-;$ 7 <-

IJK are compounded.

For example, of a [¥%;;%#+, sentence “;8ý­ ;h\%7”, “;8ý@ <”, a ;@ ] of ;h\%7, is qualified to be

an `WWX according to a Pā�ini-sūtra, by which a ;$ 7 <-IJK “MQ <" is enjoined to the 637 8 ;$ . Thus it

is now ;$ X5, not %7V5WX anymore. Then both words are qualified to be compounded. This

operation is reflected in the M[¥%;;%#+,�.

;8ý­ ;h\%7 This is a [¥%;;%#+,�.

1) ;8ý + M@ < + ;$ + MQ < This is an M[¥%;;%#+,�. Being 1@31�, it is I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) ;8ý + + ;$ + M All 1 8W <-IJKs are elided inside I3%7W%X;. H7 < letter is elided.

3) ;8ý + + ;3h < + M Being a %Q7 <. MQ < causes #$%> to its MN, ;$ 637 8.

4) ;8ý;3h This is the final form of 1@31. It is also a I3%7W%X;.

Now the new I3%7W%X; “;8ý;3h” declines in the gender of the word qualified by the 1@31,

“;8ý;3h”.

`WWX (;@ ], etc) +

637 8 + `WWX;$ ÍJK (;$ X5-I3%7W%X;)

Page 187: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7� 8�G1@31� (T) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

178

These are the things to be known about `WWX-7� 8�G-1@31.

1) Which noun can be compounded as a W�# ]WX

• Certain nouns, termed “`WWX”, which is related to a 637 8 in the `&hWX.

2) With which noun, as an `&hWX

• The `&hWX was originally %7V5 in [¥%;;%#+,. However, in M[¥%;;%#+,, in stead

of %7V<-IJK, `WWX-;$ 7 <-IJK is suffixed to the 637 8, thus the `&hWX becomes ;$ X5.

• By default, the ;73 ] of the 637 8 is denoted by the `WWX-;$ 7 <-IJK.

3) Special modification of compounded words

• When forming `&hWX, necessary changes to the 637 8 caused by `WWX-;$ 7 <-IJK will

take place.

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Same gender as that qualified by the `WWX-7� 8�G-1@31

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• In [¥%;;%#+,, %7V5-WX is seen, while 637 8 and ;$ 7 <-IJK are seen in M[¥%;;%#+,.

• `WWX-;$ 7 <-IJKs denote ;73 ] by default.

Here are some examples of `WWX-7� 8�G-1@31s.

� “MQ <” IJK to any 637 8 with ;@ ]-`WWX (3.2.1 ;@ ]rKQ < ¦ ~ IJK� Wh¬ 637\�)

[¥%;;%#+,� and 1@31#$%&� M[¥%;;%#+,�

1��3%Q ;h\%7 (makes) H%7 1��;3h� ¦ 1�� + E1 < + ;$ + MQ <

ËX2­ (rice) Wl%7 (cooks) H%7 ËX2W3l� ¦ ËX2 + M@ < + Wl < + MQ <

,s­ (oblation) #,%7 (carries) H%7 ,s#3,� ¦ ,s + M@ < + #, < + MQ <

The feminine form of MQ <-ending word takes a æ�IJK “V�W <” (�). Thus the I3%7W3%X;

becomes 1��;3h�, and it declines like 2X�.

Page 188: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa� 7� 8�G1@31� (T)

179

� “;” IJK to Z-ending 637 8 with ;@ ]-`WWX (3.2.3 Z7\¾2 8W1S® ;� ¦ ~ IJK� Wh¬ 637\� ;@ ]%Q)

[¥%;;%#+,� and 1@31#$%&� M[¥%;;%#+,�

#h32 < (boons) XX3%7 (gives) H%7 #hX� (giver of boons) ¦ #h + E1 < + X3 + ;

2ã2 < (people) W3%7 (protects) H%7 2$W� (king) ¦ 2$ + E1 < + W3 + ;

;$ 7­ (what made you) k323%7 (knows) H%7 ;$ 7§� ¦ ;$ 7 + M@ < + §3 + ;

The following is a ÛW%1%>, a I%�K3 (process) of making `WWX-7� 8�G-1@31 by suffixing “;” as

`WWX-;$ 7 <-IJK.

#h32 < XX3%7 This is a [¥%;;%#+,�.

1) #h + E1 < + X3 + ; This is an M[¥%;;%#+,�.

`WWX-;$ 7 <-IJK “;” is suffixed to 637 8 “X3” (3P) to give.

Being 1@31�, it is I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) #h + + X3 + M All 1 8W <-IJKs are elided inside I3%7W%X;. H7 < letter is elided.

3) #h + + X < + M When this IJK ; follows, the last Z of the MN drops.

4) #hX This is the final form of 1@31. It is also a I3%7W%X;.

Now the new I3%7W%X; “#hX” declines in the gender of the word qualified by the 1@31,

“#hX”. In masculine and neuter, it declines as M–ending, while in feminine, it declines as Z–

ending because of æ�IJK e3W < (Z).

� “;” to Ò3 637 8 with 1 8�5 as `WWX (3.2.4 1 8%W Ò� ¦ ~ IJK� Wh¬ 637\� ;�)

[¥%;;%#+,� and 1@31#$%&� M[¥%;;%#+,�

S$,F 7/1 (at home) %7u%7 (stays) H%7 S$,Ò� (householder) ¦ S$, + %V + Ò3 + ;

@ÓF 7/1 (in the middle) %7u%7 H%7 @ÓÒ� ¦ @Ó + %V + Ò3 + ;

M5F 7/1 (at the end) %7u%7 H%7 M5Ò� ¦ M5+ %V + Ò3 + ;

Because the suffix is the same “;”, the ÛW%1%> will be the same as above.

Page 189: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7� 8�G1@31� (T) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

180

� “e” to ;$ 637 8 in the sense of “cause, habit, agreeable” with ;@ ]-`WWX

(3.2.20 ;$ P� ,F7 8-73¨�y-M2 8[\ªFG 8 ¦ ~ IJK� Wh¬ 637\� ;@ ]%Q)

[¥%;;%#+,� and 1@31#$%&� M[¥%;;%#+,�

KE� (fame) ;h\%7 (causes) H%7 KE?h� ¦ KE1 < + M@ < + ;$ + e

M�õ (wealth) ;h\%7 (habitually makes) H%7 M� ];h� ¦ M� ] + M@ < + ;$ + e

#l2­ (words) ;h\%7 (follows) H%7 #l2;h� ¦ #l2 + M@ < + ;$ + e

The following is a ÛW%1%> of making `WWX-7� 8�G-1@31 with `WWX-;$ 7 <-IJK “e”.

KE� ;h\%7 This is a [¥%;;%#+,�.

1) KE1 < + M@ < + ;$ + e This is an M[¥%;;%#+,�.

`WWX-;$ 7 <-IJK “e” is suffixed to 637 8 “;$ ” (8U) to do.

Being 1@31�, it is I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) KE1 < + + ;$ + M All 1 8W <-IJKs are elided inside I3%7W%X;. H7 < letter is elided.

3) KE1 < + + ;h < + M S 8Q takes place in the MN.

4) KE?h This is the final form of 1@31. It is also a I3%7W%X;.

Now the new I3%7W%X; “KE?h” declines in the gender of the word qualified by the 1@31,

“KE?h”. In masculine and neuter, it declines as M-ending. The feminine form of e-ending

word takes a æ�IJK “V�W <” (�). Thus the I3%7W3%X; becomes KE?h�, and it declines like 2X�.

� “d” to S@ < 637 8 with certain `WWX

(3.2.48 M5-MJ5-M,-Ah-W3h-1# ]-M25FG 8 d� ¦ ~ IJK� Wh¬ 637\� ;@ ]%Q S@� )

[¥%;;%#+,� and 1@31#$%&� M[¥%;;%#+,�

W3h­ (the other side) S¨%7 (goes) H%7 W3hS� ¦ W3h + M@ < + S@ < + d

1#õ (everywhere) S¨%7 (goes) H%7 1# ]S� ¦ 1# ] + M@ < + S@ < + d

The IJK d being %d7 <, the one who has d < as H7 < letter, the %e (a part of MN starting from

the last vowel until the end) of the MN is elided. In masculine and neuter, it declines as M–

ending, while in feminine, it declines as Z-ending because of æ�IJK e3W < (Z).

Page 190: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa� 7� 8�G1@31� (T)

181

� “%t #W <” to any 637 8 with/without 1 8�5 as `WWX (3.2.76 %t #W < l ¦ ~ 637\� M´FÁ\¾%W ÖÔK5F)

[¥%;;%#+,� and 1@31#$%&� M[¥%;;%#+,�

1 8u8 (well) SQK%7 (counts) H%7 1 8SQ < (well counter) ¦ 1 8 + SQ < + %t #W <

k[­ (water) @ 8f%7 (releases) H%7 k[@ 8; < (rain cloud) ¦ k[ + M@ < + @ 8l < + %t #W <

1#õ (everything) # F%& (knows) H%7 1# ]%#X < ¦ 1# ] + M@ < + %#X < + %t #W <

;@ ] (work) ;h\%7 (does) H%7 ;@ ];$ 7 <¦ (7 8; <-ZS@�) ;@ ]2 < + M@ < + ;$ + %t #W <

1­EK­ (doubt) %Ê2%& (breakes) H%7 1­EK%¨X < ¦ 1­EK + M@ < + %ÊX < + %t #W <

HЭ kK%7 (conquers) H%7 HÐ%k7 < ¦ (7 8; <-ZS@�) HÐ + M@ < + %k + %t #W <

E 8l¥ (in the sky) 1�X%7 (goes) H%7 E 8%lGX < ¦ E 8%l + %V + GX < + %t #W <

%#½­ (world) %�p%7 ] (supports) H%7 %#½p$7 < ¦ (7 8; <-ZS@�) %#½ + M@ < + p$ + %t #W <

%#½­ (world) %�p%7 ] (consumes) H%7 %#½p 8; < ¦ %#½ + M@ < + p 8k < + %t #W <

�K­ (by itself) p#%7 (exists) H%7 �K­p�� ¦ �K@ < + p� + %t #W <

The following is a ÛW%1%> of making `WWX-7� 8�G-1@31 with `WWX-;$ 7 <-IJK “%t #W <”.

;@ ] ;h\%7 This is a [¥%;;%#+,�.

1) ;@]2 < + M@ < + ;$ + %t #W < This is an M[¥%;;%#+,�.

`WWX-;$ 7 <-IJK “%t #W <” is suffixed to 637 8 “;$ ” (8U) to do.

Being 1@31�, it is I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) ;@]2 < + M@ < + ;$ %t #W < is a zero-IJK. (See Topic VII 2 c ;7 ]%h %t #W <)

3) ;@]2 < + + ;$ All 1 8W <-IJKs are elided inside I3%7W%X;.

4) ;@]2 < + ;$ + 7 < %t #W < being a %W7 <, 7 8; <-ZS@ comes. (See Topic VII 2 c ;7 ]%h %t #W <)

5) ;@] + ;$ 7 < By 8.2.7 2[\W� I3%7W%X;35}¦, the 2 < of ;@ ]2 <, being at the end of

I3%7W%X; and WX, is elided.

6) ;@];$ 7 < This is the final form of 1@31. It is also a I3%7W%X;.

Now the new I3%7W%X; “;@ ];$ 7 <” declines in the gender of the word qualified by the 113@,

“;@ ];$ 7 <”. In all genders, the I3%7W%X; is 7 <-ending. The feminine form of %t #W <-ending word does

not take any æ�IJK.

Page 191: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

7� 8�G1@31� (T) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

182

Examples of %t #W <-ending `WWX-7� 8�G-1@31 from E3æ :

E 8l¥ 1�X%7 S¨%7 H%7 E 8%lG7 < ,­1� ¦

M5%h| F Z;3EF 1�X%7 S¨%7 H%7 M5%h|17 < #1 8�¦

2$G 8 @2 8�FG 8 1�X%7 %7u%7 H%7 2$G7 < ¦

Exercise 1:

What is the s 8�%& of the following `WWX7� 8�G1@31 words? Answer in the format of the

example answer.

1. ;@];$ 7 < 2. %#½%k7 < 3. +3@Q�� 4. #FX%#X <

Example answer to 1:

The s 8�%& of the word ;@ ];$ 7 < is analyzed as follows:

a) This is a ;$ X5 word.

b) The 637 8 is ;$ (to do)

c) The ;$ 7 <-IJK is %t #W <. Thus this is called %t #�5 word.

d) `WWX is ;@ ]

e) %#+, is “;@ ] ;h\%7 H%7 ;@ ];$ 7 <”.

f) The suffix denotes the ;73 ] of the action. Thus, this is ;7 ]%h s 8�%&�.

Exercise 2: Find %t #�5 words which are `WWX7� 8�G1@31, identify their 637 8s, give %#+,#3q for

%�5 ;$ m$%&, and translate the following sentences by parsing each word.

1. �K­p�� 1$k%7 ¦

2. E3æ%#X� #X%5 ¦

3. `W%2GX­ W% �3@� ¦

4. 1#]%#X3 %#½­ 1$ 7 F ¦

5. HX­ E3æ­ 1­IX3K%#%�� `W%XÔK7F ¦

6. 1­EK%¨XF 2@� ¦

7. k[@ 8l� k[­ W7%7 ¦

8. `W%2GX3­ 73�Kõ %#l3K ]7 F ¦

9. `W%2G%X #3q3%2 1%5 ¦

10. `W%2Gä8 1­#3X3� ��K5F ¦

Page 192: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa� 7� 8�G1@31� (T)

183

� “%Q%2 w” to any 637 8 in the sense of “doing … as one’s nature” with 1 8�5 as `WWX

(3.2.78 1 8%W Mk37¥ %Q%2� 73¨�yF ¦ ~ IJK� Wh¬ 637\�)

[¥%;;%#+,� and 1@31#$%&� M[¥%;;%#+,�

`µ­ (hot) p 8BF (eats) 7¨�[� (that nature) M} M%g H%7 `µp\k� ¦ `µ + M@ < + p 8k < + %Q%2 w

1J­ (truth) #X%7 (speaks) 7¨�[� M} M%g H%7 1J#3X� ¦ 1J + M@ < + #X < + %Q%2 w

@\|­ (liberation) XX3%7 (gives) 7¨�[� M} M%g H%7 @\|X3K� ¦ @\| + M@ < + X3 + %Q%2 w

@\|­ (liberation) ;h\%7 (makes) 7¨�[� M} M%g H%7 @\|;3h� ¦ @\| + M@ < + ;$ + %Q%2 w

M+ F (in front) S¨%7 (goes) 7¨�[� M} M%g H%7 M+S3@� ¦ M+ + %V + S@ < + %Q%2 w

;»[31 F (in kailāsa) %2#1%7 (lives) 7¨�[� M} M%g H%7 ;»[31%2#31� ¦ ;»[31 + %V + %2 + #1 < + %Q%2 w

The following is a ÛW%1%> of making `WWX-7� 8�G-1@31 with `WWX-;$ 7 <-IJK “%Q%2 w”.

@\|­ ;h\%7 This is a [¥%;;%#+,�.

1) @\| + M@ < + ;$ + %Q%2 w This is an M[¥%;;%#+,�.

`WWX-;$ 7 <-IJK “%Q%2 w” is suffixed to 637 8 “;$ ” (8U) to do.

Being 1@31�, it is I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) @\| + M@ < + ;$ + H2 < Q < and Hw of %Q%2 w are H7 < letters. Thus they are elided.

3) @\| + + ;$ + H2 < All 1 8W <-IJKs are elided inside I3%7W%X;.

4) @\| + ;3h < + H2 < Being %Q7 <, %Q%2 w IJK causes #$%> on Å at the end of MN (Topic IV).

5) @\|;3%h2 < This is the final form of 1@31. It is also a I3%7W%X;.

%Q%2 w-ending word declines as H2-ending word, like K\%S2 <. The feminine form of %Q%2 w-

ending word takes a æ�IJK “V�W <” (�). Thus the I3%7W3%X; becomes @\|;3%hQ�, and it declines

like 2X�.

Page 193: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

����%,1@31� (B) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

184

3. ����%,-1@31� (Type B)

� For ����%,-1@31, generally, meaning of M´WX (another word than W�# ]WX or `&hWX) has

predominance.

� In that case ����%,1@31 is called M´WX3� ]-I632, a compound whose predominant

meaning is other than its constituents.

For example, for a compound “W�73²h”, which is ����%,-1@31, indicates “%#µ8”, whose

clothes (M²h) is yellow (W�7). The meaning of the compound is another word (M´WX) than

“W�7@ <” as W�# ]WX, or “M²h@ <” as `&hWX.

E.g., W�7@ < M²h­ K} 1� W�73²h� = %#µ8� ¦

• W�7@ < = W�# ]WX@ <

• M²h@ < = `&hWX@ <

• W�73²h� = 1@31#$%&�/1@31�/1@gWX@ <

• %#µ 8� = M´WX@ <

� There is a way to describe a ����%,1@31 by giving 2 categories:

1. 75 8Q-1­%#§32-����%,1@31�

In the meaning of M´WX, the meaning of the words in the compound is seen.

E.g., W�7@ < (yellow) M²h­ (clothes) K} 1� W�73²h� %#µ 8� ¦

In %#µ8, the meaning of the words in the compound, which are “yellow” and

“clothes”, is seen.

2. M75 8Q-1­%#§32-����%,1@31�

In the meaning of M´WX, the meaning of the words in the compound is NOT seen.

E.g., ÖÚ� (seen) 1@ 8Ï� (ocean) K F2 (by whom) 1� ÖÚ1@ 8Ï� XF#X&� ¦

In XF#X&, the meaning of the words in the compound, which are “seen” and “ocean”,

is not seen.

W�# ]WX@ < + `&hWX@ < M´WX@ <

Page 194: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa� ����%,1@31� (B)

185

� There are some types of ����%,-1@31s. Each one of them will be elaborated in the

following section.

a. General ����%,-1@31� (1to 7B)

E.g. W�7@ < M²h­ K} 1� W�73²h� = %#µ8� ¦ 116B

b. 2P <-����%,-1@31� (NB)

E.g., M%#4@32� �½h� K} 1� M2�½h� = W 8�G� ¦

c. 1,-����%,-1@31� (SB)

E.g., [³QF2 1, #7 ]7 F H%7 1[³Q� = h3@� ¦

d. I3%X-����%,-1@31� (PB)

E.g., %2S ]73� @\,3� Kb37 < 1� %2@í,� = W 8�G� ¦

� At the end of any type of ����%,-1@31, a 7%>7-IJK “;W <” can be suffixed.

� By the ;W <-IJK, it is easy to identify ����%,-1@31 from other types of 1@31s.

E.g., ØÙ%#GK;­ §32@ < ¦ (Knowledge, whose subject matter is ØÙ2 <)

� When feminine suffix e3W < (Z) is added after ;W <-IJK, an M before ;W <-IJK is replaced

by H.

E.g., %�S 8Q3� (3 gu�as) Z±3 (nature) K}3� (whose) 13 %�S 8Q3%±;3 @3K3 ¦

Page 195: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

����%,1@31� (B) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

186

a. General ����%,-1@31� (Type 1~7B)

� In this type of compound, a group of nouns together designates another word.

� Generally nouns in this compound have to be in apposition (1@323%6;hQ).

� In some compounds, nouns which are not in apposition (s%6;hQ) are observed.

These are the things to be known about ����%,-1@31s.

1) Which noun can be compounded as W�# ]WX

• Any noun

• When a noun termed %2u3 (v, v#7 8w ending), or 7th case ending noun is

compounded, it should be the W�# ]WX.

2) With which noun as `&hWX

• Any noun

3) Special modification of compounded words

• n/a

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Gender and number of M´WX, the meaning of the ����%,-1@31.

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• Relative pronoun (KX <), which corresponds to the compound, is used in

[¥%;;%#+,.

• The KX < will always be in a case other than 1st case, while a corresponding 7X <

will always be in the 1st case.

For example:

E 8>­ 1÷­ (= M5�;hQ­) K} 1� E 8>1÷� (= W 8�G�) ¦ The one whose mind is pure is called E 8>1÷�.

Note that the gender of the compound is masculine. This is because the qualified word

is masculine, even when 1÷ is a neuter word and its adjective E 8> also becomes neuter.

Also “E 8>” is termed “%2u3” because it is a v-IJK-ending word (E 86 < + 7). In the

compound, a word termed %2u3 should be W�# ]WX.

Page 196: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa� ����%,1@31� (B)

187

Examples of ����%,1@31�

1. �\�3%X� �\�­ Z%X� K} 1� �\�3%X� (= a group consisting �\�, l| 81 <, etc.) ¦

The one whose (K}) beginning (Z%X�) is �\�@ <, that (1�) is called �\�3%X�.

2. , ]@�[� ,õ @�[­ K} 1� , ]@�[� (= #$|�) ¦

The one whose (K}) root (@�[­) is up (,õ), that (1�) is called , ]@�[�.

Note: Even though the end of the compound is “@�[”, a neuter word, the compound declines

in masculine because the gender of the qualified word, #$|, is masculine.

3. Jv»GQ� Jv3� DGQ3� K F2 1� Jv»GQ� (= W 8�G�) ¦

By whom (K F2) desires (DGQ3�) are given up (Jv3�), he (1�) is called Jv»GQ�.

Note: Also in this case, the compound declines in masculine singular even though “DGQ3�” is

a feminine plural word.

4. M2 F;#C2K2@ < M2 F;3%2 #C3%Q 2K23%2 K%b2 < 77 < M2 F;#C2K2­ (= %#½ÛW@ <) ¦

In which (K%b2 <) many (M2 F;3%2) mouths (#C3%Q) and eyes (2K23%2) exists,

that (77 <) is M2 F;#C2K2@ <, a description of %#½ÛW@ <.

5. %2¬K3%±;3 %2¬K� Z±3 �p3#� K}3� 13 %2¬K3%±;3 (= � 8%>�) ¦

Of which (K}3�) the nature, �p3#� (Z±3) is ascertainment (%2¬K�), that

(13) is %2¬K3%±;3, an adjective to � 8%>�.

Page 197: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

����%,1@31� (B) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

188

The following is a ÛW%1%>, a I%�K3 (process) of making this compound “Jv»GQ”, indicating

a masculine word “W 8�G”:

1) Jv3+k1 <+DGQ3+k1 < This is an M[¥%;;%#+,�, a grammatical breakdown of the sentence

above. Being 1@31�, they are also qualified as I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) Jv3 + + DGQ3 + All 1 8W <-IJKs are elided inside I3%7W%X;.

3) Jv + DGQ3 When two feminine words are in 1@323%6;hQ in a compound, and

the W�# ]WX (Jv3) has a masculine form (Jv) in the same meaning,

then the W�# ]WX takes the masculine form.

4) Jv»GQ3 By 6.1.88 #$%>hF%l¦, “M” and “D” together becomes “°”.

5) Jv»GQ When a compound ends with a long vowel, and the last word is

but not point the meaning of the compound, the last long vowel

becomes � (short).

This is the final form of 1@31. It is also a I3%7W%X;.

Now the new I3%7W%X; “Jv»GQ” declines as M-ending masculine.

The following is a ÛW%1%>, a I%�K3 (process) of making this compound “%2¬K3%±;3”,

indicating a feminine word “� 8%>”:

1) %2¬K+1 8w +Z±2 <+1 8w This is an M[¥%;;%#+,�, a grammatical breakdown of the sentence

above. Being 1@31�, they are also qualified as I3%7W%X;@ <.

2) %2¬K + +Z±2 < + All 1 8W <-IJKs are elided inside I3%7W%X;.

3) %2¬K3±2 < + ;W < At the end of ����%,1@31, a 7%>7IJK “;W <” (W < is H7 <) can be suffixed.

4) %2¬K3±2 < + ; By 8.2.7 2[\W� I3%7W%X;35}¦, the last 2 < of the I3%7W%X; and WX is

elided.

5) %2¬K3±; + e3W < Since this compound is qualifying a feminine word (� 8%>),

a æ�-IJK e3W < (e < and W < are H7 <) is suffixed.

6) %2¬K3%± + ; + Z When Z is suffixed, an M before ; < belongs to the IJK has to be

replaced by H.

7) %2¬K3%±;3 This is the final form of 1@31. It is also a I3%7W%X;.

Now the new I3%7W%X; “%2¬K3%±;3” declines as Z-ending feminine.

Page 198: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa� ����%,1@31� (B)

189

Exercise 1:

Change the 1@31#$%& and [¥%;;%#+, into ��#l2 (plural).

E.g., E 8>­ 1÷­ K} 1� E 8>1÷� ¦ E 8>­ 1÷­ K FG3­ 7 F E 8>1÷3� ¦

1. I#$%&� [|Q­ K} 1� I#$%&[|Q� (=6@ ]�) ¦

2. %k73%2 H%ÐK3%Q K F2 1� %k7 F%ÐK� (= W 8�G�) ¦

3. %2#$&3� ;3@3� Kb37 < 1� %2#$&;3@� (= W 8�G�) ¦

4. %#S73 $,3 Kb37 < 1� %#S7 $,� (= W 8�G�) ¦

5. %Ò73 6�� K} 1� %Ò76�� (= @ 8%2�) ¦

6. ØÙ%Q %2u3 K} 1� ØÙ%2u� (= S 8��) ¦

7. %#%l�3%Q ÛW3%Q K} 77 < %#%l�ÛW@ < (= W 8�@ <) ¦

8. ;73 ] 7D ­ (principle) K} 77 < ;7$ ]7D@ < (= ;@ ]) ¦

9. �=%2 W 8�3%Q K}3­ 13 ��W 8�3 (= [73) ¦

10. �E� E3É3� K}3� 13 ��E3É3 (= � 8%>�) ¦

Exercise 2:

Change the %#p%v of the 1@31#$%& as indicated. Then change into ��#l2.

E.g., E 8>­ 1÷­ K} 1� E 8>1÷� in 3rd case

E 8>­ 1÷­ K} 1� E 8>1÷� 7 F2 E 8>1÷F2 ¦ E 8>­ 1÷­ K FG3­ 7 F E 8>1÷3�, K »� E 8>1÷»� ¦

1. ;$ 73%2 ;$ J3%2 K} 1� ;$ 7;$ K� (= W 8�G�)¦ in 5th case

2. ;$ 7� %2¬K� K F2 1� ;$ 7%2¬K� (= W 8�G�)¦ in 4th case

3. S73 s�3 Kb37 < 1� S7s�� (= W 8�G�) ¦ in 7th case

4. H7 < 1­§3 K} 1� Hä­§;� (= #Q ]�) ¦ in 6th case

5. [\W� 1­§3 K} 77 < [\W1­§;@ < (= MXE]2@ <) ¦ in 3rd case

6. p%v� W�#3 ] Kb37 < 77 < p%vW�# ];@ < (= ;@ ]) ¦ in 5th case

7. 2323 W 8�3%Q K}3­ 13 2323W 8�3 (= @3[3) ¦ in 3rd case

Page 199: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

����%,1@31� (B) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

190

Abbreviation of ����%,-1@31

� Abbreviations giving a shorthand analysis of compounds can be made using the case

numbers of the [¥%;;%#+,.

E.g., E 8>1÷� is a ����%,-1@31 indicating a person because his 1÷ (M5�;hQ) is E 8>.

[¥%;;%#+, of this compound is “E 8>­ 1/1 1÷­ 1/1 K} 6/1 1� E 8>1÷�”.

• The abbreviation of this compound type is “116B”.

• The first “1” represents the 1st case of the first word “E 8>­ 1/1” of the 1@31.

• The second “1” represents the 1st case of the second word “1÷­ 1/1” of the 1@31.

• The “6” before “B” represents the 6th case of “K} 6/1” in the %#+,.

• “B” stands for ����%,1@31.

In the same manner,

2�[� 1/1 (blue) ;r � 1/1 (throat) K} 6/1 1� 2�[;r � (= %E#�) ¦ 116B

%k73%2 1/3 (conquered) H%ÐK3%Q 1/3 K F2 3/1 (by whom) 1� %k7 F%ÐK� (= W 8�G�) ¦ 113B

#�7� 1/1 (gone) h3S� 1/1 Kb37 < 5/1 (from whom) 1� #�7h3S� (= W 8�G�) ¦ 115B

�=%2 1/3 (plenty) È[3%2 1/3 K%b2 < 7/1 (in which) 77 < ��È[­ (= #2@ <) ¦ 117B

kW F 7/1 %2u3 1/1 K} 6/1 1� kW%2u� (= W 8�G�) ¦ 716B

Exercise 3: Parse each word of the %#+, by giving I3%7W%X;­ , %[N�, %#p%v�, #l2@ < and translation.

Also give the abbreviation.

1. @,35¥ �3= K} 1� @,3�3�� (=Mk 8]2�) ¦

2. `v­ [|Q­ K} 1� `v[|Q� (= Z±3) ¦

3. E@� Z%X� K} 77 < E@3%X (= GF@ <)¦

4. %#%X7� Z±3 K F2 1� %#%X73±3 (= W 8�G�) ¦

5. S7­ pK­ Kb37 < 1� S7pK� (= W 8�G�) ¦

6. #�h3� W 8�G3� K%b2 < 1� #�hW 8�G� (= +3@�) ¦

7. M#S7­ 7÷­ K »� 7 F M#S77÷3� (§3%22�) ¦

8. M,­ Wh� K FG3­ 7 F @�h3� (pv3�) ¦

9. `W1S3 ]� W�#3 ]� Kb37 < 1� `W1S ]W�# ];� (=637 8�) ¦

10. mF ;@ ]Q� K} 1� %m;@ ];� (= 637 8�) ¦

11. #ö@3Q3%2 [|Q3%2 K} 1� #ö@3Q[|Q� (=

%#GK�) ¦

� In the reverse order, [¥%;;%#+, can be regenerated by referring to the abbreviation of

the compound.

Page 200: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa� ����%,1@31� (B)

191

E.g., 1@31#$%&� %#%X77÷323@ < 6/3 (W 8�G3Q3@ <) 11-3B

[¥%;;%#+,� %#%X7­ 1/1 7÷­ 1/1 K »� 3/3 7 F 1/3 %#%X77÷3� 1/3, 7 FG3@ < 6/3 ¦

Translation: By whom (K »�) truth (7÷) is known (%#%X7), they (7 F) are %#%X77÷3�.

Of them (7 FG3@ <).

• The original form of 1@31#$%& is in 6th case. Because the definition has to be

provided in the first case, the 6th case is removed and expressed as “7 FG3@ < 6/3” in

the %#+,.

• The original form of the 1@31#$%& is plural. Thus the definition is given in the

plural as well, as in “7 F 1/3 %#%X77÷3� 1/3”.

• The “3” before “B” represents the 3rd case of KX <. Thus “K »� 3/3” should be in the

%#+,.

• 7÷ is a neuter word. Since it is represented by “1” in the abbreviation, the 1st

case neuter form “7÷­ 1/1” comes as the second word in the %#+,.

• %#%X7 is also represented by “1”, the same case as 7÷. Thus the 1st case neuter

form “%#%X7­ 1/1” comes as the second word in the %#+,.

Exercise 4: Give [¥%;;%#+, of the following ����%,1@31#$%& according to the above method of

abbreviations.

E.g., Eð3X�23@ < (= %#GK323@ <) 116B

Eð� Z%X� K FG3­ 7 F Eð3XK�, 7 FG3@ < Eð3X�23@ < ¦

1. Eð3X�2 < (= %#GK32 <) 116B

2. @2�Gu323@ < (= H%ÐK3Q3@ <) 116B

3. S71N} (= W 8�G}) 115B

4. ØÙ%2u@ < (= §3%22@ <) 716B

5. §323%�X�6;@3 ]Q@ < (= W 8�G@ <) 3116B

6. 7G � 8>K� (= pv3�) 716B

7. 13|36$ 73±32� (= §3%22�) 113B

8. SX3W3%Q23 (= %#µ823) 176B

9. 1 8�5@ < (= WX@ <) 176B

10. ,[5� (= Eð�) 176B

Page 201: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

����%,1@31� (B) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

192

Exercise 5:

Provide 1@31#$%&, abbreviation, declined form of each %#+,.

E.g., ��%Q M²;3%Q K} 1� ... (%E#�) ... , 7b » ... ¦

��%Q M²;3%Q K} 1� �²;� 116B, 7b» �²;3K¦

1. lc3h� p 8k3� K} 1� ... (%#µ 8�) ..., 7b » ... ¦

2. Sk} Z22@ < H# Z22@ < K} 1� ... (SQFE�) ... , 7b » ... ¦

3. §32­ W�#õ Kb37 < 77 < ... (;@ ]) ... , 7} ... ¦

4. 7� (7;3h�) Wh� Kb37 < 1� ... (M7 <) ..., 7} ... ¦

5. I (`W1S ]�) W�# ]� Kb37 < 1� ... (637 8�) ..., 7} ... ¦ (Apply ;W <-IJK)

6. M,­ Wh� K FG3­ 7 F ... (W 8�G3�) ..., 7 FG 8 ... ¦

7. @%K @2� K FG3­ 7 F ... (W 8�G3�) ..., 732 < ... ¦

8. @,32 < Z±3 (M5�;hQ­) K} 1� ... (W 8�G�) ..., 7 F2 ... ¦

9. D#­ [|Q­ K} 1� ... (%#GK�) ..., 7%b2 < ... ¦

10. §32 F2 %¨¡3� 1­EK3� K} 1� ... (W 8�G�) ..., 7­ ... ¦

Exercise 6:

Provide [¥%;;%#+, of the 1@31#$%&s in the sentences:

1. ,F SNF 7h[7hNF ¦

2. ,F X F%# pvW�%k7lhQF ¦

3. 1%�X32ó�ÛW� Z±3 ¦

4. Z±%#GK;­ §32@ < ¦

5. M#Q]W�# ];} K;3h} [\W� ¦

6. 1 8ɸ�É3%Xp\S3K72­ Eh�h@ < ¦

7. %#%#vÖÚK� W 8�G3� WÔK%5 ¦

8. MX5} MN} X�z ]� ¦

9. %m%#63 %2u3 ¦

10. 2323%#63%2 W 8�3%Q ¦

11. §32} Z±%#GK;c@ < M%g ¦

12. D7} ;@]Q� %#§32W�# ];c­ ÖÔK7 F ¦

13. XF#X&;7$ ];+3@;@ ];S@2%�K3 ¦

14. @Î23 p# @�v� @43k� 2@?8 � ¦

15. S731�2 < MS731�2 < l 2 M2 8E\l%5 W%rd73� ¦

16. %lÎ8Ï3%�7,g;3K 2@� ¦

Page 202: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa� ����%,1@31� (B)

193

b. 2P <-����%,-1@31� (Type NB)

� In the sense of “one who/which does not have …”, 2P <-����%,-1@31 is used.

These are the things to be known about 2P <-����%,-1@31.

1) Which noun can be compounded as W�# ]WX

• 2P < (negative particle)

2) With which noun as `&hWX

• anything

3) Special modification of compounded words

• In the same manner as in 2P <-7� 8�G1@31, 2P < undergoes the modifications as

mentioned below.

• Of 2P <, P < is elided as it is an H7 < letter, and 2 < is elided, thus only “M” remains,

when compounded.

• When `&hWX begins with a vowel, 2 < is added after the M, thus it becomes “M2 <”.

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Gender and number of the word qualified by the ����%,-1@31.

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• A present participle “M%#4@32” (non-existing) is generally used as an adjective

to the object indicated by the `&hWX in the compound.

• A declined form of a relative pronoun “KX <” is used in [¥%;;%#+,, as in general

����%,1@31.

E.g., M%#4@32� %2;F7� (a house) K} 1� M%2;F7� (= W 8�G�) ¦

The one who does not have a house is called M%2;F7�.

Exercise: Give [¥%;;%#+, of following 1@31#$%&s.

1. M%É[­ kS7 < ¦

2. M2�½h� %E#� ¦

3. M�>� W 8�G� ¦

4. M2z� Mk 8]2� ¦

5. M2W F|�

6. Ml|8�

7. M@23�

8. MW3%Q

Page 203: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

����%,1@31� (B) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

194

c. 1,-����%,-1@31� (Type SB)

� In the sense of “one who/which exist with …”, 1,-����%,-1@31 is used.

These are the things to be known about 1,-����%,-1@31.

1) Which noun can be compounded as W�# ]WX

• 1, (indeclinable with)

2) With which noun as `&hWX

• anything

3) Special modification of compounded words

• 1, is optionally modified into “1”. This optional change is commonly seen.

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Gender and number of the word qualified by the ����%,-1@31.

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• Since 1, governs 3rd case, 1, along with a 3rd case ending word, and a %7V5

word with 637 8 indicating “to be” are usually seen in %#+,.

E.g. 1, [³QF2 1, #7 ]7 F H%7 1[³Q� (= h3@�) ¦ One who exists with [³Q is called 1[³Q�.

E.g. 2, W3XF2 (a quarter) 1, #7 ]7 F H%7 1W3X@ < ¦ 1W3X-%�#3X2@ < (quarter past three o’clock)

Exercise : Give [¥%;;%#+, of 1@31#$%&.

E.g., DG� 637 8� 1 Fe < ¦ He3 (3/1 of He <) 1, #7 ]7 F H%7 1 Fe < (=637 8�) ¦

1. 1­13h� 1@�[� %2#7 ]7 F ¦

2. �8%7� 7XF# 1%#EFG;­ #ö%7 ¦

3. D77 < 1\W3%6;@ < `Ü7F ¦

4. 7� k23� 1S 8Q@ < `W3}@ < `W317 F ¦

5. D7%b2 < %#GK F %2J­ 13W F|@ < ¦

6. 13Ó­ 11362@ < M� I%7W347F ¦

7. D7 FG3­ 1 8É3%2 13%7EK3%2 D# ¦

8. DG3 I#$%&� È[3%p1%�W�%# ];3 13,�3h3 l

p#%7 ¦

9. 1� @3­ 13%6p�7­ 13%6X »#­ 13%6K§­ l k323%7 ¦

Page 204: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa� ����%,1@31� (B)

195

d. I3%X-����%,-1@31� (Type PB)

� When the W�# ]WX of a ����%,-1@31 is one of the 22 particles of the I3%XSQ, that compound

is called I3%X-����%,-1@31.

These are the things to be known about I3%X-����%,-1@31.

1) Which noun can be compounded as W�# ]WX

• 22 particles of the I3%XSQ

1. I 2. Wh3 3. MW 4. 1@ < 5. M2 8 6. M#

7. %21 < 8. %2h < 9. ¸1 < 10. ¸h < 11. %# 12. ZV<

13. %2 14. M%6 15. M%W 16. M%7 17. 1 8 18. `X <

19. M%p 20. I%7 21. W%h 22. `W

2) with which noun as `&hWX

• anything

3) Special modification of compounded words

• n/a

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Gender and number of the word qualified by the ����%,-1@31.

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• The I3%X particle may be expanded in the [¥%;;%#+,.

E.g. 1, %2S ]73� S 8Q3� K%b2 < 77 < %2S 8]Q@ < ¦ In which all qualities are gone is called %2S 8]Q@ <.

E.g. 2, E\p2­ @2� K} 1� 1 8@23� ¦ The one whose mind is good is called 1 8@23�. (M1 <-ending

masculine)

Exercise : Give [¥%;;%#+, of 1@31#$%&.

E.g., %2@3 ]2@\,323@ < M%6;3%hc@ <¦ %2S ]73� @323� @\,3� K FÁ� 7 F %2@3 ]2@\,3�, 7 FG3@ < ¦

1. %2@3@­ ;@ ] ;h\%7 Z±E8>KF ¦

2. §3%22� ;@ ] %2��k­ p#%7 ¦

3. %2h,�3h} W 8�G} %2@ ]@c@ < M%W M%g ¦

4. %2h%7EK­ 1 8É­ %#ó%7 ¦

5. 637 ]h3ç} ¸� 8]>F� %IK­ ;h\%7 ¦

6. DG� %2hW F|� ¦

Page 205: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

m�1@31� (D) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

196

4. m�-1@31� (Type D)

o The meanings of both words have equal predominance. (`pKWX3� ]-I632@ <)

� Two or more words connected with l are compounded. This kind of compound is

called m�-1@31�.

� There are 2 types of m�-1@31

a. H7hF7h-m�-1@31� (ID)

When the members are linked together by a common predicate, and aggregation

among the members is intended, those members can be compounded as H7hF7h-m�-

1@31.

E.g., h3@¬ [³Q¬ h3@[³Q¥ ¦

b. 1@3,3h-m�-1@31� (SD)

When the sense of group (1@3,3h) is predominant, members in the group can be

compounded as 1@3,3h-m�-1@31.

E.g., W3Q� (hands) l W3X¥ (feet) l D7 FG3­ (of them) 1@3,3h�(a group) W3%QW3X@ < ¦

W 8�¬ W¥�¬ M2K\� 1@3,3h� W 8�W¥�@ < ¦

� When m�1@31#$%& is compounded into another 1@31, each member of m�1@31 is

connected to the word in another compound, just as “(a + b) c = ac + bc”.

Ex. 1, “E 8p3E 8pÈ[@ <” can be understood as E 8pÈ[@ < and ME8pÈ[@ <

Ex. 2, “W 8�%#&[\;»GQ3�” is divided into W 8� »GQ3, %#& »GQ3, and [\;»GQ3.

Ex. 2, “%2JE8>� 8>@ 8v�p3#�” is divided into %2JE8>, %2J� 8>, and %2J@ 8v.

Then, 7 F (those are) �p3#3� (the nature) K} (for whom) 1� %2JE8>� 8>@ 8v�p3#� ¦

W�# ]WX@ < + `&hWX@ <

Page 206: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa� m�1@31� (D)

197

a. H7hF7h-m�-1@31� (Type ID)

� When the members are linked together by a common predicate, and aggregation

among the members is intended, those members can be compounded as H7hF7h-m�-

1@31.

These are the things to be known about H7hF7h-m�-1@31.

1) Which noun can be compounded

• anything

2) With which noun

• anything

3) Special modification of compounded words

• In some particular combination, the W�# ]WX may undergo changes.

Ex. 1, %X# < + W$%�#� = 43#3W$%�s¥

Ex. 2, @37$ + %W7$ = @373%W7h¥

Ex. 3, k3K3 + W%7 = X­W7�

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Gender of the last member

Ex. 1, h3@¬ 1�73 l h3@1�7 F ¦

Ex. 2, 1�73 l h3@¬ 1�73h3@¥ ¦

• Number will be the total number of the members.

Ex. 1, È[­ l W 8� ­ l W[W 8� F ¦

Ex. 2, È[­ l W 8� F l W[W 8�3%Q ¦

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• n/a

For example:

h3@¬ [³Q¬ h3@[³Q¥ ¦

W 8�¬ X3h3¬ (wife) S$,¬ (house) W 8�X3hS$,3� ¦

Page 207: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

m�1@31� (D) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

198

Exercise 1:

Give 1@31#$%& and type of 1@31 based on the provided [¥%;;%#+,.

E.g., W 8�¬ X3h3¬ S$,¬ W 8�X3hS$,3� ¦ H7hF7hm�1@31� (ID)

1. kÎ l @$J 8� l kh3 l s3%6� l ... ¦ ... ()

2. 7 8� l 1 < l @� l ... ¦ ... ()

3. ;e8� l MH� l [#Q� l MJ8µ� l M%77�I� l Û|� l %#X3,� (I3%7W%X;@ < = %#X3%,2 <) l ¦ ... ¦ ... ()

4. 1 8ú7 < l %@�­ l M%h� l `X31�2� l @ÓÒ� l mF�� l �� 8� l ... ¦ ... ()

Exercise 2:

Give 1@31#$%& and type of 1@31 based on the provided [¥%;;%#+,.

E.g., W 8�¬ X3h3¬ S$,¬ W 8�X3hS$,3� ¦ H7hF7hm�1@31� (ID),

W 8�X3hS$,3� ZXK� K FG3­ 7 F W 8�X3hS$,3XK� ¦ ����%,1@31� (11-6B)

1. HÚ3� l M%2Ú3� l ... ¦ ... (),

HÚ3%2Ú323@ < `WW%&� ... ¦ ... ()

2. Ò�[­ l 1�³­ l ;3hQ­ l ... ¦ ... (),

Ò�[1�³;3hQ3%2 Eh�h3%Q ... ¦ ... ()

3. l| 8� l �\�­ l ... ¦ ... (),

l| 8��\� F ZX¥ K FG3­ 73%2 ... ¦ ... (),

l| 8��\�3X�%2 H%ÐK3%Q ... ¦ ... ()

4. 1 8É­ l ¸�É­ l ... ¦ ... (),

1@F 1 8ɸ�ÉF K} 1� ... ¦ ... ()

5. 1��­ l p3�­ l ... ¦ ... (),

1��p3�F ;8�7� ... ¦ ... ()

6. §32­ l ;@ ] l ... ¦ ... (),

§32;@ ]Q\� %2uF ... ¦ ... ()

7. @32� l @\,� l ... ¦ ... (),

%2S ]7¥ @32@\,¥ Kb37 < 1� ... ¦ ... ()

Exercise 3:

Give [¥%;;%#+, of the following 1@31#$%&s:

1. W 8�X3hS$,3%XG 8 M1%v�¦

2. 1 8ú%Î�3K 8]X31�2@ÓÒmF���8G 8 1@� 8%>�

%#%E�7F ¦

3. kÎ@$J 8kh3s3%6%p� ¸�É3W¡� k�#� ¦

4. HÚ3%2Ú\WW%&G 8 1@%l&c@ < ¦

5. Ò�[1�³;3hQEh�hFG 8 M%p@32� M%g ¦

6. l| 8��\�3X�%ÐK3Q3@ < M%6u373h� XF#73� `Ü5F¦

7. §32;@]%2uK\� %#p3S­ IXE]K2 < 1� Z, ¦

Page 208: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa� m�1@31� (D)

199

b. 1@3,3h-m�-1@31� (Type SD)

� When the sense of group (1@3,3h) is predominant, members in the group can be

compounded as 1@3,3h-m�-1@31.

These are the things to be known about 1@3,3h-m�-1@31.

1) Which noun can be compounded as a W�# ]WX

• anything

2) With which noun, as an `&hWX

• anything

3) Special modification of compounded words

• n/a

4) Gender and number of the compound

• Always neuter in gender and singular in number

5) Special note on %#+,#3q@ <

• A word “1@3,3h� (group)” with a 6th case ending word is used.

E.g., W3Q� 1/2 l W3X¥ 1/2 l DG3­ 6/3 (of these) 1@3,3h� 1/1 (a group) W3%QW3X@ < 1/1 ¦

� When the members of the m�1@31 indicate the following meanings, the m�1@31

becomes D;#l2 (singular) in number and 2W 8­1; (neuter) in gender, thus categorized as

1@3,3h-m�-1@31.

• parts of body

Ex. 1, W3Q� (hands) l W3X¥ (feet) l DG3­ 1@3,3h� W3%QW3X@ < ¦

Ex. 2, %Eh� (head) l +�#3 (back part of neck) l M2K\� 1@3,3h� %Eh\+�#@ < ¦

• classes of non-living beings

Ex. 1, K#1­ (grass) l M¡­ (rice) l `X;­ (water) l H�2­ (fuel) l DG3­ 1@3,3h�

K#13¡\X;F�2@ < ¦

• combinations of certain nouns

Ex. 1, M,� (day) l h3%�� (night) l M,\h3�@ < ¦

Ex. 2, W 8�¬ W¥�¬ M2K\� 1@3,3h� W 8�W¥�@ < ¦

• etc.

Page 209: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

m�1@31� (D) Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

200

� The following compounds are optionally neuter in gender and singular in number.

Thus the compound can be H7hF7h-m�-1@31 or 1@3,3h-m�-1@31.

• Trees, wild animals, grass, grains, seasoning, domesticated animals, birds

Ex. 1, ��,K� (rice) l K#3� (barley) l ��%,K#@ <, or ��%,K#3� ¦

Ex. 2, X%6 (curd) l z$7­ (ghee) l X%6z$7@ <, or X%6z$7 F ¦

Ex. 3, S3#� (cows) l @%,G3� (buffaloes) l S\@%,G@ <, or S\@%,G3� ¦

• W�# ] and Wh

Ex., W�#õ (before) l Wh­ (after) l W�# ]Wh@ <, or W�# ]WhF¦

• M6h and `&h

Ex., M6h@ < (lower) l `&h­ (upper) l M6h\&h@ <, or M6h\&hF¦

• Opposite qualities, when a substance is not qualified by them

Ex. 1, 1 8É­ l ¸�É­ l 1 8ɸ�É@ <, or 1 8ɸ�ÉF ¦

Ex. 2, %IK­ l M%IK­ l %IK3%IK@ <, or %IK3%IK F ¦

Ex. 3, 6@ ]� l M6@ ]� l 6@3 ]6@ ]@ <, or 6@3 ]6@J ¦

• etc.

Page 210: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

201

Exercise:

Break down the following 1@31#$%&s.

E.g., %2J3%2J#g8%##F;� ¦

SD %2J­ l M%2J­ l %2J3%2JF/%2J3%2J@ < ¦ H7hF7h/1@3,3h-m�-1@31�

KT %2J3%2JF #g82� %2J3%2J#g82� ¦ ;@ ]63hK-7� 8�G-1@31�

6T %2J3%2J#g82\� %##F;� %2J3%2J#g8%##F;� ¦ Gu�-7� 8�G-1@31�

1. S 8�#FX35#3qFG 8 %#½31� �>3 ¦

2. 1S 8QØÙ%#GK;@321s3W3h� ¦

3. 136213Ó1²�� ¦

4. I%7W3X;I%7W341²�� ¦

5. l| 8h3%X�3× F%ÐK%2+,� ¦

6. 1%�X32ó�ÛW� ¦

7. E�7\µ1 8ɸ�É3%X1%,µ8c@ < ¦

8. M2 F;kÎ1K3�;@ ]��%#X3%,2 F ¦ Z±§32IX32 F2 7b» ��S 8h# F 2@� è

9. ØÙ7÷I;3E;3K 2@� ¦

10. %2S@35@,37÷�ÛW3K ¦

11. 7÷@� ]I�\6;3K 2@� ¦

12. 23231 8S�W 8�3%Q K�3;3[\�#3%2 l ¦ p�3 X&3%2 W�k3�õ S$,3Q Wh@F½h è

13. E8¹3²h6h­ %#µ 8­ E%E#Qõ l7 8p 8]k@ < ¦ I1¡#X2­ Ó3K F7 < 1# ]%#�\WE35KF è

Page 211: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic IX - 1@31� - Samāsa�

202

5. Summary of 1@31#$%7�

Type I632@ < subcategory Example with %#+,#3q Gender Number

1. MsK�1@31� W�# ]WX3� ]� - E%v@ < 2/1 M2%7�ª 0 K�3E%v 0 2W 8­1;%[N� -

2. 7� 8�G1@31� `&hWX3� ]� ;@ ]63hK� (KT) Wh@� 1/1 l M1¥ 1/1 �½h� 1/1 l Wh@F¬h� 1/1 Gender and number of

the `&hWX, which may be

the same as the ones of

the qualified noun

%m7�K3 (2T) ;$ µ­ 2/1 %�7� 1/1 ;$ µ%�7� 1/1

7$7�K3 (3T) S 8Q F2 3/1 1¡� 1/1 S 8Q1¡� 1/1

l7 8�� (4T) S#F 4/1 %,7­ 1/1 S\%,7@ < 1/1

Wf@� (5T) l\h3X < 5/1 pK­ 1/1 l\hpK@ < 1/1

Gu� (6T) h3@} 6/1 A7� 1/1 h3@A7� 1/1

1�@�(7T) E3æ F 7/1 %2W 82� 1/1 E3æ%2W 82� 1/1

2P < (NT) 2 0 %#43 1/1 M%#43 1/1

;8S%7I3%X IS7� 1/1 Zl3K ]� 1/1 I3l3K ]� 1/1

`WWX (UT) ;8ý­ 2/1 ;h\%7 III/1 H%7 ;8ý;3h� 1/1

3. ����%,-1@31� M´WX-M� ]� General W�7@ < n/1/1 M²h­ n/1/1 K} m/6/1 1� m/1/1 W�73²h� m/1/1 ;$ µ� m/1/1 Gender and number of

the M´WX 1,W�# ]WX� (SB) [³QF2 m/3/1 1, 0 #7 ]7 F III/1 1� m/1/1 1[³Q� m/1/1 h3@� m/1/1

2P <����%,� (NB) M%#4@32� m/1/1 W 8�� m/1/1 K} m/6/1 1� m/1/1 MW 8�� m/1/1 W 8�G� m/1/1

I3%X����%,� %#S73 1/1 7$µ3 1/1 Kb37 < m/5/1 1� m/1/1 %#7$µ� m/1/1 W 8�G� m/1/1

4. m�-1@31� `pKWX-M� ]� H7hF7h� (ID) 1�73 f/1/1 l h3@�m/1/1 l 1�73h3@¥ m/1/2 `&hWX’s total number

1@3,3h� (SD) W3Q� 1/2 l W3X¥ 1/2 l DG3­ 6/3 1@3,3h� 1/1 W3%QW3X@ < 1/1 2W 8­1;%[N� D;#l2@ <

Page 212: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Topic X - D;EFG� - Ekaśe�a�

203

Topic X

D;EFG�

Ekaśe�a�

1. Basic concept of D;EFG-#$%&� (A new nominal base derived

by keeping one word out of many)

� Pā�ini-sūtras 1.2.64 to 1.2.73 form a section whose topic is D;EFG.

� When two or more I3%7W%X;s are present together in a same sentense, only one (D;)

remain (EFG) under certain conditions, which are told in the section of Pā�ini-sūtras.

The I3%7W%X; which remains is called D;EFG#$%& and it represents other I3%7W%X;s.

� D;EFG#$%& is different from 1@31#$%&. D;EFG is a consolidation of certain I3%7W%X;s while

1@31 is compounding WXs. The rules for 1@31, compounding, in Pā�ini-sūtras are

called WX%#%6s, injunctions for WXs, while the rules for D;EFG are not WX%#%6s.

� When declining D;EFG#$%&, the number of the member in it is reflected by the #l2 of

1 8W <-IJK.

Page 213: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Appendix 1 - Extra information on %Ql <

204

%Ql < is suffixed in different senses :

1) Causative %Ql < for any 637 8s

2) �3�® %Ql < for 637 8s in 10th conjugation

3) �3�® %Ql < for any 637 8s

1) Causative

For example, with reference to Wl < action, when there are

only ;73 ] and ;@ ], etc., the 637 8 Wl < without %Ql < is used to express

the activity. (See Figure 1) E.g., X F#X&� ËX2­ Wl%7 ¦

When there is an impeller of the ;73 ], this factor is

technically called ,F7 8 as well as ;73 ]. To express the activity of

Wl < involving the ,F7 8, %Ql < should be added to the original 637 8

Wl < by 3.1.26 ,F7 8@%7 l ¦. (See Figure 2)

In the sentence with “W3lK%7 (W3%l, %Qk5637 8 +

[e </;7 ]%h/III/1)”, 1\@X&, the ;73 ] of “W3%l”, takes 1st

case because he is denoted by the %7V< of “W3lK%7”.

XF#X& as the ;73 ] of “Wl <”, is undenoted by the %7V<.

Undenoted ;73 ] should take 3rd case. The ;73 ] of

original 637 8 is called “M%Q;73 ]”. ËX2, the undenoted

;@ ] by %7V< takes 2nd case. “1\@X&� XF#X&F2 ËX2­ W3lK%7¦”

As an exception, ;@ ] status is given to M%Q;73 ] when the following 637 8s take %Ql <:

A: S%7-M� ] (except 2� and #, <), � 8%>-M� ], and IJ#132-M� ] (except MX < and É3X <)

B: Eð;@] (action involving speech, such as teaching)

C: M;@]; (intransitive action)

Examples: (When %Qk5637 8 takes two ;@ ]s, M%Q;73 ] is denoted in ;@ ]%Q IK\S.)

A:

@373 (%Q;73 ]) X F#X&­ (M%Q;73 ]) +3@­ S@K%7/K3WK%7 ¦ X F#X&� +3@­ @3�3 Sª7F/K3û7F ¦

@373 (%Q;73 ]) X F#X&F2 (M%Q;73 ]) p3h­ 23KK%7/#3,K%7 ¦ p3h� XF#X&F2 @3�3 23L7F/#3×7F ¦

;73 ] ;@ ]

X F#X& ËX2

Wl < Figure 1

Figure 2

;73 ] ;@ ]

ËX2 XF#X&

Wl < + %Ql <

1\@X&

;73 ]/ ,F7 8�

Page 214: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Appendix 1 - Extra information on %Ql <

205

S 8�� (%Q;73 ]) @3Q#;­ (M%Q;73 ]) 6@õ �\6K%7/#FXK%7 ¦ @3Q#;� 6@õ S 8�Q3 �\Ó7F/#F47 F ¦

@373 (%Q;73 ]) X F#X&­ (M%Q;73 ]) ËX2­ p\kK%7/ZEK%7 ¦ X F#X&� ËX2­ @3�3 p\¯7F/ZÔK7F ¦

@373 (%Q;73 ]) X F#X&F2 (M%Q;73 ]) ËX2­ ZXK7F/É3XK%7 ¦ ËX2� XF#X&F2 @3�3 Z47F/É347F ¦

B:

S 8�� (%Q;73 ]) @3Q#;­ (M%Q;73 ]) # FX­ W3 K%7/MÓ3WK%7 ¦ @3Q#;� #FX­ S 8�Q3 W3�7F/MÓ3û7F ¦

C:

S 8�� (%Q;73 ]) @3Q#;­ (M%Q;73 ]) Z1K%7/E3KK%7 ¦ @3Q#;� S 8�Q3 Z}7F/E3L7F ¦

Counter example 1 – Other than those 3 types:

1\@X&� (%Q;73 ]) X F#X&F2 (M%Q;73 ]) ËX2­ W3lK%7 ¦ ËX2� XF#X&F2 1\@X&F2 W3Ü7F ¦

Counter example 2 – %Q;73 ] takes another %Q;73 ]:

1\@X&� (%Q;73 ]) X F#X&­ (M%Q;73 ]) +3@­ S@K%7 ¦

%#µ 8%@�� (%Q;73 ]) 1\@X&F2 (%Q;73 ]) X F#X&­ (M%Q;73 ]) +3@­ S@K%7 ¦

X F#X&� +3@­ 1\@X&F2 %#µ 8%@�FQ Sª7F ¦

2) �3�® %Ql < for 637 8s in 10th conjugation

637 8s under 10th conjugation group in 637 8W3 � take %Ql < without additional meaning.

l 8h < (10U) to steal l\hK%7 ¦ W3[ < (10U) to protect W3[K%7 ¦ p| < (10U) to eat p|K%7 ¦ p�G < (10U) to

adorn p�GK%7 ¦ Note that causative form and non-causative form of 637 8s in 10th conjugation

look the same.

3) �3�® %Ql < for any 637 8s

6$P < (1U) to hold, to bear, to support �½h� %#½­ 63hK%7 ¦ p�73%2 63hK3%@ ¦ HX­ kS7 < 63K ]7 F ¦

How %Qk5-637 8s are treated:

� %Qk5-637 8s are `pKW%X2� 637 8s.

� %Qk5-637 8s are 1 Fe <. Thus Hd3S@ will be added when suffixed with #[3%X Z6 ]637 8; IJKs.

E.g., ;3h%K7$, ;3h%K7 8@ <, ;3h%Kc3 (t c3 with Hd3S@ can cause S 8Q in MN)

� When conjugating in [e <, [\e <, [V<, and %#%6%[V<, additional suffix EW < in ;7 ]%h and K; < in ;@ ]%Q

are added. E.g., ;3hK%7, ;3hK7 8, M;3hK7 <, ;3hK F7 < in ;7 ]%h. For ;@ ]%Q, see below.

� When followed by Z6 ]637 8; IJKs without Hd3S@, the last H of %Qk5-637 8s gets elided.

E.g., ;3K ]7 F, ;3K ]73@ <, M;3K ]7, ;3K®7 in ;@ ]%Q. With ;$ 7 <-IJKs: Ò3W2, Ò3W;, %#;3K ], etc.

Page 215: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series Volume 3 Derivatives ...

Visit www.arshaavinash.in

Website for free E-books on Vedanta and Sanskrit

All the E-books available on the website can be downloaded FREE!

PUJYA SWAMI DAYANANDA SARASWATI- A BRIEF BIOGRAPHY BY N. AVINASHILINGAM. It is available in English, Tamil, Hindi, Japanese and Portuguese.

SWAMI PARAMARTHANANDA’S TRANSCRIBED CLASS NOTES: Available class notes are Introduction to Vedanta, Tattva Bodha, Bhagavad Gita (3329 pages), Isavasya Upanisad, Kenopanisad, Kathopanisad, Prasna Upanisad, Mundaka Upanisad, Mandukya Upanisad with karika, Taittiriya Upanisad, Aitareya Upanisad, Chandogya Upanisad, Brihadarnyaka Upanisad (1190 pages), Kaivalya Upanisad, Brahma Sutra (1486 pages), Atma Bodha, Vivekachudamani (2038 pages), Panchadasi, Manisha Panchakam, Upadesha Saara, Saddarsanam, Jayanteya Gita, Jiva Yatra, Advaita Makaranda, Dakshinamurthy Stotram, Drg Drsya Viveka, Niti Satakam, Vairagya Sataka, Naishkarmya Siddhi, etc.

BRNI MEDHA MICHIKA’S BOOKS ON SANSKRIT GRAMMAR: Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Books- Basic Structure of Language, Phonetics & Sandhi, Derivatives (Pancavrttayah), Dhatukosah, Astadhyayi, Study Guide to Panini Sutras through Lagu Siddhanta Kaumudi, Sanskrit Alphabet Study Books- Single Letters, Conjunct Consonants.

There are many more books and articles on Yoga, Meditation, Holy chants, Indian culture and Spirituality.

Arsha Avinash Foundation 104 Third Street, Tatabad, Coimbatore 641012, India

Phone: +91 9487373635 E mail: [email protected]

www.arshaavinash.in